Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
Fay, Theodore S. (Theodore Sedgwick), 1807-1898 [1843], A romance of New York volume 1 (Harper & Brothers, New York) [word count] [eaf099v1].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

Next section

Main text CHAPTER I.

Where are Frank and Harry?” asked Mr. Lennox, as
the family assembled at breakfast.

“I heard them, last night,” replied Mary, “agree to go
over to Brooklyn early in the morning, and practise with
the pistol.”

“Ah! here they are,” exclaimed Mr. Lennox. “Come,
young gentlemen, you're just in time.”

“How many people have you shot with those horrid
things?” said Mrs. Lennox.

“Nobody but our mark,” answered Frank, a young lieutenant
just graduated from West Point, “and I think we
rather touched that once or twice—didn't we, Harry?”

“Which is the best marksman?” asked Mr. Lennox.

“I am,” said Harry, “but Frank comes on famously.”

“What are you going to do on your birthday, Harry?”
inquired his father. “It's next Thursday, isn't it? and
you're one-and-twenty, I believe.”

“I haven't formed any projects, sir,” replied Harry.

“I hope you're going to give us some sort of a celebration
on the occasion, father?” said Mary, laughing.

“I think birthdays ought to be kept in a quiet way,” said
Mrs. Lennox, “and young people should make their first
entrance into the world with reflection and gravity.”

“Nonsense!” exclaimed Mr. Lennox: “why gravity?
There are occasions enough for gravity when we can't
help it. On the contrary, let's have some friends to dinner,
and in the evening a ball.”

“I was going to propose a trip to Rose Hill,” said Mary.
“We might ask the Eltons, and one or two others, and
make a pleasant family party—a sort of picnic.”

“What say you, Harry?” asked his father. “You are
the hero of the day.”

-- 006 --

[figure description] Page 006.[end figure description]

“Upon my word, sir,” said Harry, “I have not even
formed a wish on the subject.”

“If there is going to be a celebration,” said Frank, “I
prefer Rose Hill.”

“So I thought,” remarked Mary, laughing.

“So should I,” said Harry. “At a ball, I suppose, I
should be metamorphosed into a sort of lion, and I fear I
should feel more like Bottom the weaver than the noble
animal himself.”

“That's right, Harry,” observed his mother; “be modest,
my son.”

“But, now I think of it,” said Mr. Lennox, “I can't very
well leave town Thursday: I have an engagement.”

“If you mean the affair of Brinsley, I can attend to that,
I think,” said Harry.

“And you,” replied his mother, “how can you then join
the party?”

“Oh, I don't mind. I shall rather prefer to stay in town.”

“Well, that is one way to celebrate one's birthday, to be
sure,” said Frank, laughing.

“Harry is so odd,” exclaimed Mary. “I believe he really
dislikes to be with his own family. He's all day at his
business, and all the evening at political meetings, or clubs,
or the theatre, or heaven knows where! He don't dine at
home half the time, and when he does—”

“Young men will be young men,” said his father; “nothing
is gained by curbing and advising them; though, to
say truth, Harry, you have been rather erratic in your way
of life lately.”

“I'm sorry you think so, sir; but you often say men want
not only severe application, but a knowledge of life.”

“Certainly, my dear boy, certainly; you are quite your
own master. As to Rose Hill, we shall be obliged to give
that up for Thursday. I'm sorry, too, with this magnificent
weather. But I'll make another proposition, which I hope
won't shock your mother's sense of gravity. We'll have no
celebration at all, but a quiet family dinner, with your uncle
and aunt Henderson, and go in the evening to the theatre
and hear Horn.”

“I should like that better,” said Mrs. Lennox.

“And I,” echoed all.

“Good; it is so decreed, then,” said Lennox.

“And, father,” said Mary, “we'll ask the Eltons to dine,
and take them with us. What say you, Frank?”

-- 007 --

[figure description] Page 007.[end figure description]

“Who! I?” exclaimed Frank. “Oh, certainly. Anything
for a quiet house—anybody. It's quite the same to
me.”

“Oh, you hypocrite!” said Mary. “You've no preference
for Mrs. Elton! certainly not!”

“What do you mean by that, Mary?” asked Frank.

“And why not Mrs. Elton?” said Mr. Lennox. “She is
a very charming lady; a gay, amiable, excellent, and very
handsome woman; a little eloquent, perhaps; but I like her
because she has a heart. Mrs. Elton is one of my beauties,
although she is fifty.”

“Why, so are you fifty, father,” said Mary, laughing,
“for the matter of that.”

“Don't mention it, I beg,” cried Mr. Lennox. “I don't
believe it. It's too ridiculous! Why, I don't feel a bit
older than I did when your too susceptible mamma first fell
furiously in love with me.”

“Nonsense! Nor a bit wiser!” said his wife.

“Wisdom? A fig for wisdom! What is it but caution
and cunning, after all? What do we live for? Happiness.
Thank Heaven, I've enjoyed it, and I shall leave it within
the reach of my children. Let the unfortunate study wisdom;
but for me, true wisdom is to enjoy. And yet fifty!
I really can't believe it.”

“It is nevertheless so,” said Mrs. Lennox. “And there's
Frank, a man, with a pair of, I must say, very impudentlooking
whiskers, and a commission in the army. Here's
Mary, a tall woman already; and as for Harry, he's actually
growing old and serious. Ah, my children! you little
know how short life is to those who look back.”

“Very true!” observed Lennox, intending to be grave,
but failing in such a droll way as to make every one smile.
“It seems but yesterday when I used to think a man of
fifty a regular old codger, done with life, gouty, with a
cracked voice, gold-headed cane, and a brown wig; and
yet now, although arrived fairly at that awful age, I still
feel myself the same wild, good-for-nothing young dog as
ever.”

“And I don't see any particular difference in you either,”
said his wife, looking at him half reproachfully, half affectionately,
“only you've grown rather younger and wilder.”

“To be sure I have,” replied he; “and why? Because
I have not troubled myself with wisdom! I've never

-- 008 --

[figure description] Page 008.[end figure description]

fretted and moped about what couldn't be helped. I never
thought an hour in my life; never studied more than was
just necessary for the morrow. I've taken the world as it
came, and not striven for what it did not give me. Do you
suppose that, had I pleased, I could not have been as great
as any of them? Couldn't I have shone at the bar, and
shaken the Senate? To be sure I could. But I disdained
it. Fortune made me rich, and my own good sense kept
me happy; and, if that is not the true wisdom, I should like
to know what is.”

“To do you justice,” said Mrs. Lennox, with a smile,
“when you came to visit me—let me see! five-and-twenty
years ago—you certainly were much graver and more sensible
than you are now. I never saw such a gentle, low-spoken,
modest person. If I could have known what a
hair-brained young madeap you would turn out at fifty, I
shouldn't have had you!”

This was received with renewed laughter by the happy
family circle.

“And how they have gone, those five-and-twenty years!”
added Mrs. Lennox. “And I wonder where we shall all
be five-and-twenty years hence.”

“Be? why here,” replied Mr. Lennox; “a little changed
or so, but just here, Mary, looking very much what you are
now. Frank commander-in-chief, with his eyebrows and
whiskers a little more bushy (if possible), and Harry a
senator, or Secretary of State, perhaps, for he hasn't unfolded
yet any actual designs on the presidential chair.”

“How can you speak so lightly of such solemn things?”
said Mrs. Lennox. “How can you close your eyes to the
possibility of a very different picture?”

“I tell you what, madam,” said her husband, gayly, “I'll
thank you to give us none of your wisdom. If you choose
to go, why that's your affair: I don't; on the contrary, I
mean to stay, and I don't think I need despair of providing
myself with another helpmate. I know twenty fine women
at this moment who would take me, and say `Thank you,
sir!' ”

“I haven't the slightest doubt of it,” replied his wife,
laughing at a reckless good-humour, to which she was too
well accustomed to misunderstand it, and looking at him
with an admiration which the five-and-twenty years aforesaid,
whatever other revolutions they might have effected,
had not changed.

-- 009 --

[figure description] Page 009.[end figure description]

“Nor I,” said he, elevating his chin a little, throwing
back his shoulders into something of an attitude, and with
a glance into a large mirror opposite, which was intended
to pass for affectation, but in which, nevertheless, was no
want of a little real vanity. “I think I'm tolerably well
preserved! Hair—a touch of gray, perhaps; complexion—
a little richer than falls to the lot of inexperienced youth;
a line or two in the face, here and there, only visible in the
daylight; and, in fact, altogether—”

“Pray take a warm cake, sir,” interrupted Harry, laughing.

To say the truth, Mr. Lennox was a very handsome man.
His once dark hair was not the less luxuriant or becomingly
disposed, from the very general and decided change of
colour which he was pleased to denominate a “touch of
gray.” His complexion showed the natural effect of a long
course of good living, in a gentlemanly ruddiness which
scarcely detracted from his good looks. His person was
tall, well formed, and dignified; his voice manly and pleasing,
his eyes fine, and his manners particularly fascinating.
In short, he was one of those persons whose appearance
and address remind you of a duke or a prince, before you
have time to reflect that dukes and princes are, by nature,
no handsomer than other men. The benevolence, good
humour, and esprit of his character discovered themselves
in all he did and said, and the sort of thoughtlessness, which
might appear startling in any other man of his age, threw
around him only an air of originality.

“To come back to Mrs. Elton, however,” said he, while
he arranged upon his plate, and duly provided with pepper
and salt, a piece of fresh, boiled shad (an exquisite delicacy,
peculiar, we believe, to the United States, and some of
the rivers of Spain), “if I should be under the necessity of
seeking a new helpmate, which, nevertheless, I hope won't
be the case, Katy my dear, it wouldn't be the old lady I
should make up to, by any manner of means. She has
rather too redundant a flow of conversation for my quiet
and retiring disposition. I should carry the war into another
quarter.”

“And, pray, who would it be, father?” inquired Mary.
“Whom would you give me for a second mamma?”

“Why, that little witch Fanny, to be sure.”

Mary and her mother here interchanged glances, and

-- 010 --

[figure description] Page 010.[end figure description]

laughed with a significance which appeared, as Othello
says, to “mean something.”

“What are you laughing at, miss?” demanded her father.

“Oh, nothing, sir!” answered Mary, laughing still more.

“Come, now, I insist upon knowing.”

“Why, only,” said Mrs. Lennox, “if you have any serious
intentions that way, your pride may have a fall.”

“What do you mean?”

“You stand some chance of being rather—rather—”

“Rather what?”

“Rather cut out, father,” said Mary.

“What! Fanny Elton?” exclaimed Mr. Lennox, evidently
surprised. “Is it possible? And who is the fellow,
pray?”

A glance, full of good-natured mischief, which Mary cast
towards Frank, appeared to throw some light on the mystery.
Frank returned it with a look of great indiguation,
but, at the same time, coloured obviously.

“What! the lieutenant?” cried Mr. Lennox. “What,
sir! you have had the audacity to—to—hey, sir?”

“It's the most absurd thing possible,” said Frank.
“Mary is always full of nonsensical ideas.”

“You need not look so angry,” said Mrs. Lennox.
“There's nothing to be ashamed of.”

“Ashamed?” repeated Frank, with a certain dignity,
rather thrown away, however, upon the company, “I'm not
ashamed; but I think Mary might devise more profitable
occupation than—than endeavouring to discover facts, and
circulating reports of things which—which do not exist.”

“Hoity toity! what a grand speech!” rejoined his father.

“Your indignation,” said Mrs. Lennox, “reminds me,
Frank, of the first time you ever put on a long-tailed coat.
Mary had been teazing him all day about it, for she is a
shameful teaze, and at last capped the climax by speaking
of it to some ladies who were paying me a visit. I shall
never forget how Frank drew himself up, in his grand way,
and said, `Mary's a mere child, and is always endeavouring
to attract attention to every passing circumstance!'
Poor Frank!”

“Frank's famous for making memorable speeches,” said
Mary, while all were laughing heartily except the object
of the merriment. “Do you remember what he once told
me about reading history? I had asked him some question

-- 011 --

[figure description] Page 011.[end figure description]

concerning one of the personages in Hume, whom he could
not remember till I related several events of his life.
`Oh,' said he, `when I read history, I always skip the
names and dates!
' ”

“I hope you have not skipped Miss Elton's name,” said
his father, “and the date of your first meeting? Hey! you
young dog?”

“Upon my word, it's quite ridiculous,” replied Frank,
amid the general smiles which these youthful anecdotes
had provoked; “I'm sure I might skip Miss Elton herself
altogether, for all the truth there is in Mary's accusation.
She may be a very decent sort of girl—I've no doubt she
is; but as for—in respect to—so far from there being any
danger of—”

“Hold your tongue, sir!” cried his father. “How dare
you have the impertinence to speak in that way of the loveliest
little being that ever grew off a rosebush? If that
young lady, sir, has deigned to honour you with an instant's
attention—if you've received so much as an accidental look
from her, and not gone crazy, you young scoundrel, you're
no son of mine.”

“You're rather hard upon Frank,” said Harry. “He
cannot publicly acknowledge a hope without also intimating
that such a hope has some foundation. Frank is not
only not one of those who would not boast of favours
not received, but he would even not boast of favours received.”

“Well, really, Harry,” said his mother, laughing heartily,
“it seems to me you are almost as bad as Frank with your
speeches. You are not in love too, I hope?”

“Favours! received and not received!” said Mr. Lennox.
“Why, what's all this? Are you such a coxcomb,”
addressing Frank, “as to suppose that young lady fancies
you worthy of the least notice?”

“No; and that's what I've been trying to say. Nothing
whatever has passed between Miss Elton and myself
which—that in the least—”

He coloured again.

“Come, come!” said Mrs. Lennox. “I won't have you
all on Frank in this way. Hand you father the cakes, and
let us leave the things of to-morrow unto to-morrow.”

“The lucky young rascal!” muttered his father; “and
ashamed of it!”

-- 012 --

[figure description] Page 012.[end figure description]

“Really, sir,” said Frank, with something more of emphasis
than became the relation between him and the person
to whom he spoke, “as this is a discussion not altogether
agreeable to me, and as I have quite finished my
breakfast, I must beg leave to withdraw.”

He rose from the table and was leaving the room, when
his father called him back.

“Here, sir! Master Frank! Lieutenant Lennox! one
thing let me say to you!”

“What is it?”

“If you think the attentions of this young lady importunate,
had I not better forbid her the house? Ha! ha! ha!”

The door was closed with a decision which a good observer
might have remarked above the merry laughter occasioned
by the sally of Mr. Lennox.

“Poor, dear Frank!” remarked Mrs. Lennox. “You
really press him too far.”

“I wish all my children,” said Mr. Lennox, “to be able
to stand jesting good naturedly, and to learn the art of constantly
governing their temper. Frank is quick as lightning.”

“But it's soon over,” replied his mother. “Go after
him, Harry, and soothe him. This matter is, I fear, too true
for jesting.”

Harry rose, and followed his brother out of the room.

“The young dog!” said Mr. Lennox, “what an actor he
would make! Did you ever see such a splendid countenance!
such haughtiness! and to me, too! Our names will
live hereafter, Kate, in those two boys. I have frittered
away my life in peaceful pleasures. Instead of seeking
power and fame, I have confined myself to a narrow circle,
without influence, without a name. But if men want to
know me hereafter, let them look at my sons. Is Frank
really attached to Fanny Elton, though?”

“Certainly,” said Mary; “I have long seen it. They
love each other passionately.”

“I have sometimes half thought,” said Mrs. Lennox,
“that Harry—”

“Oh no! mother, not at all! He never goes near her.
I think, on the contrary, they are perfectly indifferent to
each other.”

“I confess,” said Mrs. Lennox, “I should like no one
so well for a daughter-in-law as Fanny Elton.”

-- 013 --

[figure description] Page 013.[end figure description]

CHAPTER II.

It is not easy to say what sense there is in jesting at
young lovers. If they are entering into a union destined
to be favourable to their happiness, there is nothing ridiculous
in it; if not, it is rather a serious affair. Miss Elton
had been like one of the family for years, and the Lennox
children had played with her, and quarrelled and romped in
happy freedom from the feverish malady which goes in the
world by the name of love. But Time, that revolutionizing
old gentleman, always busy with everything, and
never leaving the smallest blade of grass one day what it
was the day before, had almost imperceptibly altered the
individuals in question. He had advanced the little, sturdy,
hoop-playing Harry into a promising young lawyer; and
Mary, with her short-cropped, boyish hair and pantalettes,
into a slender girl of a little over fifteen. Frank's round
jacket and smooth, rosy face were metamorphosed into an
officer's becoming coat, and a manly, whiskered countenance,
very much browned by the sun, where, however,
as yet lurked all the transparent beauty and ingenuousness
of a boy; while Fanny Elton, from the sweetest
little rosy-cheeked, bright-eyed child that ever was seen,
who had a kiss for everybody that she loved, without particular
reference to age or sex, had, somehow or other, acquired
a new form and new ideas. And, in the intervals of
Frank's military education at West Point, when he came
home on a visit, or the family spent a day or two at that enchanting
spot, he saw, year after year, the riotous little, beautiful
tom-boy softened and subdued into gentle and lovely girlhood,
inches and feet added to her stature, new lines and
graces to her countenance, new charms and wonders to her
form, timidity, blushes, expression, thought, feeling, and opinions
unfolding themselves like hues and leaves in a rosebud,
and with a fragrance which touched his senses as strangely.
The romping and kissing, the shouting and quarrelling, had
ceased. He was deep in the manly mysteries of mathematics,
engineering, and other accomplishments indispensable to a
soldier and a gentleman, and she—we might here attempt

-- 014 --

[figure description] Page 014.[end figure description]

to trace, in a magnificent poetic style, the nature of the silent
and enchanting changes which had come over her;
but the indulgent reader will doubtless let us off with the
simple annunciation that she had shot up into a tall, sweet
girl, and that, to make a long story short, Frank was desperately
in love with her. In his present condition, he was
not altogether, however, at his ease, as what lover ever is!
He had no reason to suppose himself disagreeable to her;
on the contrary, their long acquaintance, the intimacy of
their childhood, the tender and close attachment and companionship
existing between her and his sister, placed him
on terms of perfect familiarity, and gave him not only the
constant access of a favourite cousin, but of a brother.
Lovers have been, who, for a moment's solitary interview
with the object of their affection, for one touch of the peerless
hand, one lock of hair, one worn riband, would have
risked their lives. Frank's case was different. He was
with this young person as often, as much, and as unobservedly
as he pleased. He shook hands with her frequently.
He occasionally walked with her from his father's
house quite alone. He had already made a tolerable collection
of ribands, shoestrings, old roses, etc., in the indefinite
augmentation of which he did not see any particular
danger or difficulty; and, had he boldly and plumply
asked her for a lock of that rich auburn hair, on the occasion
of his departure for Prairie du Chien, where he was
likely to remain six or seven years, it is probable that, although
the request had been preferred at dinner, before the
whole family, the warm-hearted, sunshiny girl would have
clipped him off a good bouncing handful without a moment's
hesitation. Yet here he was, soon to start off for a place
so many miles distant, without any probability of seeing
her in seven long, changeful, horrible years, and yet he
had not dared to venture any actual statement of his case,
either to her or to any one else. The profound passion
which steeped his soul—for young lieutenants of twenty
can, if fairly put to it, love, when they meet such women,
as well as other and older men—had led him only to break
his repose by frequent moonlight promenades, to a considerable
outlay of sixpences and shillings for real Havana
cigars, to much melancholy meditation, to many mournful
sighs, and to divers valorous resolutions of decisive action,
which melted into thin air at the presence of the laughing,
lovely girl, who had made all this havoc with him.

-- 015 --

[figure description] Page 015.[end figure description]

One thing, however, he had supposed, viz., that the state
of his heart was unobserved by others. He had fancied it
in his power to be with such a girl, in the presence of other
women, and those women his mother and sister, without
betraying himself to them, and perhaps he was not unreasonable
in such a supposition. For how could he, in his
innocence, fear that, what he had endeavoured so long and
ineffectually to communicate to the object of it, had been
divined by two comparatively uninterested spectators.

The onset of his whole family at breakfast had cast a
new light over the affair. He had been detected, exposed,
and quizzed. At first he seriously thought of setting out
for Prairie du Chien that very morning, without bidding
good-by to anybody, and taking with him only his hat and
cane. Then he resolved to throw himself at the feet of
Miss Elton, and ask her, just in so many words, whether
she would have him or not. Then he conceived the idea
of crushing in its bud a passion which could not be fortunate,
and all these fiery impulses ended in his choosing,
with some care, a cigar from a silver box on the mantelpiece,
lighting the same by a pretty fire machine at its
side, sitting down in a comfortable fauteuil by an open window
looking into a garden full of lilach and other flowers, and
smoking furiously. In this state Harry found him when, at
his mother's request, he left the breakfast-table on his affectionate
commission.

“You'll ruin your health, smoking as you do, Frank,”
said he, by way of opening the conversation, and with
something of the paternal authority of an elder brother.
“You smoke altogether too much. One or two cigars a day
are enough for any one. Beyond that—by-the-way, those
are very nice ones. Where did you get them?”

“I ordered a box home yesterday from Bininger's—try
one—they are superb. Look there! Did you ever see anything
richer than that?”

And he held out the cigar he was smoking, which, although
nearly finished, retained its original form—a phantom of
snowy ashes nearly two inches long.

“I don't care, for this once, if I do smoke one with you,
though I generally postpone it till after dinner.”

The luxury of the cigar is not confined to the mere
physical solace. Its management aids conversation, and
the attention to be paid to it fills up the pauses. If the

-- 016 --

[figure description] Page 016.[end figure description]

smoker be an awkward person, it furnishes employment for
his hands; if there is any embarrassment in the interview, it
covers it. Could the thing have been, barring the impoliteness
of it, and could Frank have had Miss Elton at his side
while he smoked his cigar, he would have dared and known
his fate long ago.

Some consciousness of this peculiarity of the cigar appeared
to pass through the mind of Harry. Perhaps he did
not fully know himself why he smoked on the present occasion,
and contrary to his advice and habit. He turned
his cigar over several times in his mouth, as if trying to get
the smoke out of it, although there was no occasion for such
endeavours, it being a perfectly good one. He then puffed
away rapidly, almost as much so as Frank had done, with
a nervous uneasiness, and scarcely had the ashes begun to
appear, when he knocked them off with a smart blow of his
little finger.

At length he said, after emitting one or two clouds, not
with the measured self-enjoyment of a smoker who feels
the charm of what he is doing, but with an abrupt air,

“Frank! what's all this fun about you and Fanny Elton?”

“Nothing,” said Frank, “but Mary's nonsense.”

“Do you tell me, on your honour, that you have no attachment
for her?”

“On my honour? Who said anything about honour?”

“I ask you in earnest.”

“Then, in earnest,” said Frank, with another blush, such
as is sometimes seen in a lieutenant, but is rarely known to
exist in any higher rank, “yes, I do love her.”

“And you mean to marry her?”

“Certainly—if she'll have me.”

“Does she love you?”

“Ah! my dear fellow, that's cutting rather close!”

“No matter: answer me.”

“I think—I hope she does.”

“Has she said so?”

“No, not exactly said so.”

“Have you ever spoken to her on the subject?”

“Never.”

“Have you good reasons for your hopes?”

“Yes—no—certainly.”

Harry paused, but went on smoking at rather a rapid rate.

“Very well; that's enough. I thought it but fair to ask

-- 017 --

[figure description] Page 017.[end figure description]

you this. The whole family seemed to think so, and you
ought not to deceive them or the young lady herself. I
congratulate you, my dear fellow. She's noble girl, and
I hope you may win her well and wear her long.”

“Where are you going?” asked Frank.

“I've business in the office.”

“Stop one moment. I have answered all your questions,
Harry, have I not?”

“Certainly.”

“Well, now then, if you please, you must answer one of
mine.”

“What do you mean?”

“Confidence, Harry, begets confidence, and no one puts
such broad questions as you have asked me, without laying
himself open to be cross-examined in his turn.”

“Well, there is truth in that,” said Harry. “I have no
objection to answer you anything, I'm sure, but you would
nevertheless oblige me greatly by not asking.”

“That is a favour I can't grant. You must tell me, now,
do you love Miss Elton?”

“No. I cannot love a woman who loves another.”

“Have you ever loved her?”

There was a pause.

“Yes. I once fancied so.”

“And have you had reason to suppose she loved you?”
continued Frank; and the blush had now given place to a
very unmilitary white.

“Never; on the contrary—a year ago, for a short time,
I nourished a sort of foolish idea, but it has entirely vanished
of itself, and I have always found her cold and shy.”

“Do you think she knows you loved her?”

“No, I don't think she has the remotest idea of it. On
the contrary, she thinks I despise her, and so,” he added,
bitterly, “I almost do.”

“Despise Fanny Elton? And why?”

“I think her capricious—a coquette.”

“There is only one excuse for such a sentiment,” said
Frank.

“And what is that?”

“Love! disappointed, perhaps, or imagining itself disappointed,
imbittering your criticism, and blinding your judgment.
I see how it is. You too love her.”

“No, by Heaven, no. If she were kneeling at my feet,

-- 018 --

[figure description] Page 018.[end figure description]

I would not marry her. I avoid her presence, and shut my
heart against her beauty. If she marry you and make you
a good wife, that may reconcile me to respect her in time:
nothing else can.”

“Softly, my good Harry. What cause have you to hate
and despise her, unless a cause growing out, not only of
love, but of an idea that you had made some progress in
her affection. No, it is clear to me you love her, and
doubtless she loves you. I am glad you have disclosed
this to me before I made a fool of myself by going any
farther. I wonder I never thought of it before. She has
been in the constant habit of seeing you since I have been
at West Point. It would be strange if she did not love
you. But better late than never. Now go, Harry, I have
no more questions. I shall take my course.”

“And what do you propose to do?”

“Leave here at once and forever. Set out to-morrow
morning for Prairie du Chien, and bury the rest of my life
in the West.”

“You can do as you like,” said Harry; “but you must
understand me better than to suppose me capable of taking
advantage of your departure to seek the affections of Miss
Elton. It was not my intention, when I entered the room,
to say anything of my own feelings. On the contrary, I
thought, and I still think, your union with her would give me
pleasure. You have become possessed of my secret by accident;
but, since you have discovered it, let me prevent
your supposing it other than it is. I will therefore tell you,
in perfect frankness, the whole of it, that you may see how
the land lies. I really did think Miss Elton liked me, till
one day, about a year ago, I commenced telling her so, and
she did not appear to be offended. We were interrupted, I
don't remember how—a door opened or shut, or something
of that sort, in the next room, and she ran off. I hoped for
an opportunity to finish the matter; but no, I've never been
able to find one. From that time till now, my young lady
has kept from being alone with me an instant, and when
with me in company, she's altogether a different person
from what she used to be—polite, gay, but no more confidence,
no more—you understand me. Of course, when I saw
how matters were going, I withdrew. Ha! ha! ha! I abdicated.
I'm not a man to be extinguished by a tender passion,
nor have I time to waste in studying Miss Elton's

-- 019 --

[figure description] Page 019.[end figure description]

character and caprices; so for the last six months I've
had nothing to say to her more than simple politeness required.
On the whole, I've come to the conclusion that
she never did really like me, or if she did, she's changed,
that's all, as she certainly had full right to do, and devilish
lucky it is for me that it happened before matters went any
farther. There—now you know all.”

“I'm glad you've told me this,” said Frank: “I also
shall abdicate.”

“No, you will not make that resolution.”

“Why not?”

“Because I don't see the necessity of it. I have already
made a similar one, which I certainly sha'n't break. Besides,
I have more cause than you to suppose her affection
either never existed or has ceased to exist. It is possible,
in her girlish inexperience, she might have fancied she
liked me, and afterward discovered her mistake. She may
have been inspired with that sentiment by another—by you,
perhaps. Go forward—win her hand; it will relieve me
from all farther unhappiness. Marry her, Frank, for Heaven's
sake, and make all three of us happy.”

“And do you think,” said Frank, “that I will be excelled
in generosity?”

“What's to be done then?” said Harry.

“Why, I see only one way to settle the difficulty,” said
Frank, ingenuously, “and that is to try our fortune, both of
us
. There can, after all, be no real conflict of interest
here. Fanny Elton wouldn't marry either of us unless she
loved. She must know her own mind, and, if she ever
mean to do so, she must already have felt a preference for
one. In fact, after all, I don't see how we can interfere
with each other.”

“True—quite true,” said Harry, in spite of himself showing
the relief he felt at the turn the conversation was now
taking.

“We have, then,” continued Frank, “only to try; we must
each take our chance. The decision of the question does
not depend upon us, and we have it not in our power, after
all our professed readiness for self-sacrifice, to make her
accept any one not agreeable to her. The present state of
her heart is probably unalterable, as far as regards us. I
have thought myself certain, but, when I look back, I see I
might easily have mistaken the familiarity of indifference

-- 020 --

[figure description] Page 020.[end figure description]

for that of affection, while you may have thought the shyness
of love the coldness of dislike. You are, and always
were, as delicate and doubting in such matters, as I have
been, I fear, rash and sanguine. Let us enter the arena,
then, fairly and kindly. I confess I could never see the
sense of quarrels between lovers of the same mistress, unless
by supposing the woman a fool.”

“I agree,” said Harry, “because I believe that my failure
will lead to your success.”

“And he who succeeds will be the sufferer,” said Frank,
“because his happiness will be dashed with the thought that
it is reached over the heart of the other.”

“No, not so,” said Harry. “My heart is not so easily
shaken, or, at least, broken.”

“Well, I will not argue. Who shall make the first trial?”

“You. But no, I think the advantage will be with the
second. Should the first be rejected, the other has his own
time, and perhaps what is now simple friendship, time may
ripen into love.”

“Let chance decide,” said Frank. “A game of whist—
a throw of the dice.”

“No,” said Harry, “we will not gamble for such a
prize. Nothing so common shall interpose between us, but
something as frail as my hopes, as idle, and as bright. Look
yonder!”

A large butterfly had just lighted upon the rosebush in
the window, and stood stirring his broad, powdered wings,
spotted with black velvet and gold, as if drinking in at every
pore the sweetness of the balmy June air.

“If he fly,” continued Harry, “before the expiration of a
minute, by the second-hand of my watch, I will take the
first chance; if not, you.”

“Agreed.”

“Agreed,” murmured both; and the two brothers drew
cautiously near to watch the soft, golden creature, on the
caprice of whose airy mind they supposed they had staked
their earthly happiness; for beneath their restrained and
sometimes apparently gay demeanour, each felt an agitation
which amounted to pain. Their mutual affection was sincere,
and, in their ordinary moods, each would have been
willing to surrender for the other life and happiness. But
the struggle for, what almost seemed to them, in this moment,
the love of Fanny Elton, filled them with mixed

-- 021 --

[figure description] Page 021.[end figure description]

emotions of hope and fear, selfishness and magnanimity; for
selfishness, at some time or other, enters every human heart.
In one it comes and goes, partially banished by better impulses;
some hug it through their entire lives, till they are
powerless in its embrace as in the coils of a serpent; few
succeed in rising above it completely: yet there are such.

Harry held his watch. The bright sunshine fell full
upon it, and upon the superb hues and gently moving wings
of the little brilliant air wanderer, which, reposing on its
crimson couch, seemed in no haste to depart. There was
a profound silence. The brothers stood breathless, their
eyes fixed, now upon the watch, now upon the gorgeous
arbiter of their fate. Suddenly a crow floated low over the
housetops, and uttered his hoarse, repeated cry. The insect
changed its position, but did not fly. Several swallows
next darted almost into the window with their sharp
scream of joy, but as instantly rose again. Each of these
interruptions sadly startled the hearts of the two observers.
The minute was more than half gone, when a flock of pigeons,
from the lower roof of an adjoining building, rose together
with their whirring wings, and, rapidly wheeling in
a close circle, swept off overhead, darkening for a moment
the sunshine in which they stood. The fragile visiter stirs—
it flies. No! no! Those sweet sounds of Nature were too
gentle and familiar to disturb even Nature's lightest creation.
All relapsed into silence, broken only by the distant roar of
the town, the barking of the far-off dog, or the exulting crow
of a neighbouring cock, proclaiming to earth and heaven his
joy, valour, and defiance. The hand wanted only ten seconds
of completing the minute, when the insect, which had
stood all the interruptions unmoved, from, who can say, what
impulse of its tiny mind, and little dreaming what important
consequences hung on its motions, bent backward, forward
its spotted wings, rose lightly in the air, and floated, fluttering
and glittering, down the sunshine.

“Go,” said Frank, “Fanny Elton is yours.”

“This night, Frank,” replied Harry, “you shall sleep
without fear of me.”

-- 022 --

CHAPTER III.

[figure description] Page 022.[end figure description]

It happened, as Harry descended the stairs, that Miss
Elton was going into the drawing-room on an early visit to
Mary. A courteous, but not very lover-like salutation passed
between them, Miss Elton entering the room, and Harry
continuing his way down towards the office. Suddenly he
stopped, crossed by a determination peculiar to his character.

“Why should I delay? why waver?” thought he. “No
choice is left me. What I must do, why not do instantly?
That she scorns me is plain. Yet, were all the hatred and
contempt of the human heart concentrated in one word, and
I knew she would utter it, I would do what I have now engaged
to do—for Frank's sake, not for mine. His heart
shall not beat one moment in unnecessary suspense.”

He advanced towards the room and stopped.

“But Mary! how to get rid of her?”

The coincidences of life sometimes look so like the contrivance
of malicious or ministering spirits, that it is difficult
to regard them as accidental. While he stood in perplexity
at the recollection that his sister was in the room, she came
suddenly out, and said,

“Go in one moment and entertain Fanny, will you? I
want to get her my new cape.”

And off she ran up stairs.

“Now, then,” said Harry.

He opened the door, entered, closed it after him, and
was alone with the object of his hopes and his fears. His
countenance and manner must have betrayed emotion, for
Miss Elton, who was standing by a table carelessly turning
over some new engravings, on looking up, exclaimed,

“Why, Mr. Lennox, what's the matter?”

“Nothing, Miss Elton, only I have resolved to delay no
longer addressing you on a subject which seriously interests
me.”

She looked surprised and coloured, and there was a very
awkward pause.

“Miss Elton,” at length resumed the poor fellow, in a

-- 023 --

[figure description] Page 023.[end figure description]

low voice, “I have resolved to throw myself upon your
generosity. I come frankly to make an offer of my hand,
trembling lest you reject, and scarcely hoping that you will
accept me.”

“Sir!” said Miss Elton, preserving a cold, undisturbed
voice, “I do not understand you.”

“Fanny, how have I offended you? Is it possible that
I have misunderstood or in any way annoyed you?”

“I do not wish any discussion, sir.” And she was about
leaving the room.

“I would not be importunate, but some mystery is between
us, and a strange necessity hurries me along to know
at once—”

“I trust, sir,” said Miss Elton, with haughty astonishment,
while the colour which had gradually overspread her
face now left it entirely, “there can be no serious necessity
for you to hold, or for me to listen to such language. I
never supposed I could be subjected to an insult from you.”

There did not exist a man prouder or haughtier than the
young person who, amazed and shocked, heard this observation.
But the love which had for so many years been
strengthening in his bosom, and for a long time past had
been acquiring the force of a strong stream accidentally obstructed,
mastered even his pride. It was now his turn to
grow pale, but it was more the pallor of anguish than indignation.
The immediate prospect of death could not
have shaken him more than these words from the lips from
which they fell.

“Miss Elton,” he stammered, “you cruelly misunderstand.
There is certainly some inconceivable error.”

She walked to the door, and would have left the room,
but he barred her passage.

“If it is your determination,” said he, “to treat my
proffered love with scorn and insult, let me, at least, request
you to hear me explain before I leave the subject forever.”

“I cannot choose but do so. I am not free to go,” said
she, coldly.

“Go, go, Miss Elton; I no longer stop your way.”

She advanced, but paused on seeing the expression of his
face.

“What do you wish to say? I will hear you.”

“With that haughty frown on your brow, with that cold
scorn in your voice, I scarcely know, Miss Elton, what to

-- 024 --

[figure description] Page 024.[end figure description]

say, or how to begin a tale of love; but, nevertheless, I
will do it. My whole life, since first my early boyhood
felt what love was, has been filled with your image. I
loved you before you yourself were old enough to understand
my deeper feelings. I once dared to hope you had
discovered, and did not disapprove my affection, till, in a
moment of boyish imprudence, I dared to betray my feelings,
the strange cause of your present resentment. From
that time to this you have chosen to alter the relations
which I supposed existed between us. I have felt myself
cast off, and have acted accordingly.”

“Oh, you must excuse me,” said she, again going.

“You will forgive my frankness,” continued Harry: “my
happiness, however indifferent you may be to it, I cannot
see wasted and wearing away without taking some measure
to preserve it. I will not so humbly bend beneath your
words as to say I must be dependent on you for it always:
you can bestow it upon me now, but you cannot always
deprive me of it. There are other paths—other—”

“Women!” interrupted she.

“Even so, Miss Elton. If you love me, say so, and I
am yours. If your words are a true indication of your feelings,
independent of any error, say so, that I may know
what to believe, what to feel, and what to do.”

The strange mixture of love and rudeness in this speech
appeared only to confirm the displeasure of the young girl.

“Mr. Lennox,” said she, “I have heard you, that I might
reply distinctly. You speak of a necessity, and of your
trembling lest I reject you. Let me equally free you from
your necessity and your fears: I cannot love you.”

He appeared borne down by her decisive words and
scornful eyes.

“Fanny, pause one moment before you separate us forever.
Pause one moment, till we are both cooler, and can
conduct more prudently a conversation which may be for
the happiness or misery of us both, and which I shall never
resume if you reject me now. My whole happiness, my
prospects in life, perhaps my life itself, hang on the breath
of your lips in this moment. Give me time to ascertain the
cause of your anger (for there is some hidden cause), and
to call back the feelings for me which once inspired you.
Do not reject me, or I solemnly swear I never will resume
the subject.”

-- 025 --

[figure description] Page 025.[end figure description]

Miss Elton looked at him a moment, and then very
calmly replied,

“Notwithstanding your formidable threat, Mr. Lennox,
permit me to say, I not only reject, I despise you!” and she
left the room.

CHAPTER IV.

It would be difficult to convey to the, we trust, comparatively
happy reader, a just idea of the thoughts of the
young man. In his bosom raged the passions of youth untempered
by reflection or experience. Perhaps, among the
subjects on which time and observation give us light, there
are none less understood by the young than themselves, and
the manner in which they would feel and act on yet untried
occasions. He had supposed a rejection by Miss Elton
would end his love by arousing his pride, and that the certainty
of her indifference would speedily enable him to resume
his own. Alas! he now perceived with consternation
that she had acquired only more charms; that he had
never before been aware how beautiful, how noble she was.
She became infinitely dearer to him than ever. So far from
pride being able to overcome love, it was itself overmastered.
He could scarcely collect his senses to comprehend the full
force of those decisive words, that cold contempt which
amazed him from its total unexpectedness. She might
have declined his addresses, rectified his boyish mistake,
regretted her inability to reciprocate his affection, and promised
him, in return, esteem and friendship. For this he
had been tremblingly prepared. This he could have
scarcely borne. But here were scorn, derision, insult, inflicted
with a cruelty as insupportable as it was inexplicable.

He was pacing backward and forward through the room
when Mary and Miss Elton re-entered. His sister did not
seem to suspect that anything unusual had taken place,
but was laughing and talking, and pointing out the peculiarities
of the cape, on which Miss Elton appeared to bestow
all the desired attention.

-- 026 --

[figure description] Page 026.[end figure description]

“It's very pretty indeed,” said she, in an indifferent
voice. “I will get one like it.”

“Will you be good enough to call Frank down stairs,
Harry?” said his sister, suddenly. “He has made an engagement
to ride with us. Tell him we're waiting for him,
will you? The horses have been at the door a quarter of
an hour.”

He went out without at first venturing to look at Fanny,
but, as he closed the door, he turned to steal one glance.
There was an expression in her face, unexpected, indescribable,
which renewed all his grief and all his love.

Frank was sitting alone, lost in thought, when he entered,
but said immediately,

“You have seen Miss Elton?”

“I have. I have offered myself to her. She has refused
me. Go: she is yours. God bless you both!”

“But, Harry, you amaze me: so soon?”

“Not a word—never a word more on this subject, I
entreat. It is done. I have fulfilled my part—go and do
yours. They are waiting for you in the drawing-room.
Go, I beg of you.

“My dear Harry, you are agitated.”

“Frank, are you coming?” said Mary, at the bottom of
the stairs; “are you going to keep two ladies here and
three horses waiting for you all day? You're a fine beau,
to be sure!”

Frank left him. He locked and double locked the door,
went to his drawer, took from it a pistol, examined the
charge, cocked it, and held the muzzle to his forehead.

At this moment a dim idea of God came over him. He
had never thought of his Creator before. About to rush
into His presence, it struck him that there might be a reality
in future, invisible things.

He paused: the reflection of his face from a mirror on
the table startled him.

Suddenly there was a knock at the door. He felt like a
guilty wretch, and thrust, trembling, the deadly weapon into
the drawer.

“Who's there?”

“Your father is waiting for you in the office, if you'll
please to come down.”

“Yes, in one moment.”

It was the voice of little Seth Copely, one of the clerks,

-- 027 --

[figure description] Page 027.[end figure description]

who, having delivered the message, withdrew. He heard
his steps retreating down stairs till they died away.

“My father! my mother! God! the future! What new
thoughts are these? Pause, madman. At least not yet,
not here, not so. What you do, do wisely, deliberately.
Do nothing rashly, nothing ignorantly.”

As he spoke, a sudden debility came over him. His
violent excitement abating, the natural reaction followed.
He sank into a chair, overpowered by an irresistible revulsion
of feeling, covered his face with his hands, and wept
in silent agony.

Suddenly, recollecting the summons of his father, he exerted
all his strength of character, of which he had an ample
share, though unregulated and misdirected, as well as a
certain power of concealing his emotions, which he had
mistaken for the power to govern them. Copiously bathing
his head, therefore, in a large basin of water, washing
away the traces of his tears, and arranging his dress and
hair, he went down stairs, calmed by the outbreak of emotion
to which he had just yielded. No one with whom he
came into contact suspected he had a few moments before
been prevented, only by a casual thought, from discharging
a pistol into his brain.

At dinner he expected to meet Miss Elton, but she had
excused herself on the plea of indisposition.

CHAPTER V.

A REJECTED lover generally fancies himself very miserable,
even if his fate have been communicated in the mildest
manner. But Harry's offer had been disposed of so very
unceremoniously, that the young gentleman had a good excuse
for being rather out of spirits. There was something
inexplicable in it. He knew that he could not have been
mistaken in her former obvious affection, or in the certainty
that she had been alienated from him by some extraordinary
error, to which his utmost conjectures could furnish
no clew.

From the dinner-table, whence he perceived his rashness

-- 028 --

[figure description] Page 028.[end figure description]

had banished his sister's friend, and a favourite and frequent
guest of the family, he started off on an excursion, he scarcely
knew whither; but he found his strong wish for a change
of scene had driven him over to Hoboken in one of the
ferry-boats, and that he was pressing his way through
woods, over fields, and up the steep acclivities of the Weehawken
heights at a most prodigious rate; stopping sometimes,
however, in the midst of his peculiar meditations, to
admire the beauties of the various views which broke upon
him, of the river, bay, shores, and distant city, now all
bathed in the silent, mellow light of a summer sunset.

In the course of this love-sick ramble he had various very
serious reflections and sensations, which were more interesting
to him than they would be to any one else. Among
them were mingled images of despair and resentment; resolutions
of flight, of marriage with some one else, of suicide,
and of a stoical return to calm and sober reason, to all of
which, however, there were certain objections or difficulties,
and all of which were melted to air every time the
face of Miss Elton crossed his imagination, looking, as she
generally did, particularly pretty. One determination, however,
he did take. After such a rejection, he might love the
young lady or not, according to circumstances, but he certainly
would not make her any more declarations. He
would meet her hereafter with a lofty insensibility, and if
his heart should break outright, he would never let her know
anything of it.

While engaged in these reflections, the hours rolled
rapidly away, and he heard the bell of the last ferry-boat
ringing violently. Hastening his steps, he crossed once
more the broad and noble river, and took his way along the
streets, now glittering with evening lights, and filled with
crowds of pleasure-seekers. Here he wandered till a late
hour, endeavouring to deaden, by rapid motion, his sense of
unhappiness, which he at length so far succeeded in doing
that he felt a consciousness of more than ordinary hunger
and thirst, induced by his long and fatiguing ramble, and
the exciting nature of his thoughts, after a dinner which, as
the young reader may suppose, had not been a very hearty
one. He had come to the conclusion that a world in which
such a person as he could be so cruelly and contemptuously
rejected by such a person as Miss Elton, must be a very
wretched one—must be given over to blind chance, if not to

-- 029 --

[figure description] Page 029.[end figure description]

the sport of an evil demon. He was not an infidel, but he
was by no means a Christian. He belonged to the large
class who, perpetually engaged in the cares, pursuits, and
pleasures of this life, have no time or inclination to think
about anything else. With a sort of buoyant recklessness,
he resolved to shake from his thoughts the circumstance
which had so much affected him, or, at least, to drown present
recollection in a hearty supper and a bottle of wine.

He continued still to wander rapidly on, for he cared not
how long, scarcely knowing whither he went, when he
found himself before one of those elegantly-furnished ordinaries
which, notwithstanding the lateness of the night, was
open, to catch such as roamed abroad in search of pleasure.
His mental anguish abated a moment at the prospect
of refreshment, which his exhausted body greatly demanded.

An ample and tempting meal called him from his gloomy
reflections to the keen pleasure of his repast, by which he
sought, and, for the moment, with success, to lose sight of
his wo. He ate heartily and drank freely, to drown the
saddening and tormenting thoughts which would obtrude
themselves upon him.

He looked around. The room where he sat was entirely
deserted, with the exception of the barkeeper, a young lad,
worn out with late hours, who sat, half asleep, retired at
some distance, betraying, had there been any one in a situation
to observe him, by many an ill-suppressed yawn, his
longing for the departure of his ravenous customer, and
thinking, perhaps, as he beheld the amply-loaded table, with
the honest man in the farce,

“If all this is to be devoured by Mr. Morgan,
He must have a deused good digestive organ!”

But Harry was in no such haste. The fumes of his supper,
and the inspiration of his bottle of Champagne, gave
him a feeling of joyous relief, which kept sleep and the desire
of sleep far enough from his eyelids. Here he sat,
and ate, and drank, and thought, till the various persons
who came in had satisfied their wants and gone out again;
till the wine mounted into his head rather more than he intended,
and till the idea of blowing his brains out for Miss
Fanny Elton, or any other young lady whatever, appeared
to him one of the most ridiculous and amusing things he
had ever heard of in the whole course of his life.

Finishing, at length, the meal, wine, and reflections

-- 030 --

[figure description] Page 030.[end figure description]

together, he called for the bill, with as steady an air of gentlemanly
ease and dignity as he could assume, though with
a decidedly confused idea as to where he intended to go,
or what he proposed to do when he should have resumed
his walk. He was considerably struck, too, with a symptom
by no means usual with him, viz., a strong inclination
to smile without being particular as to the occasion. Thus
making his way out of the eating-house, he issued into the
street, he scarcely knew how, with his hat thrust down
very much over his eyes. He was just sober enough to
know that he was intoxicated, and to feel that the cool, fresh
air was most grateful to his flushed cheeks. The pavement,
however, heaved so beneath his feet, that he could not very
well walk, and he caught hold of the balustrade of the Park
to prevent his falling. He looked around and up. The
moon had now risen, and was shedding a pale, golden
gleam upon each object, filling the air with her gentle
glory, as he stood holding on firmly to the iron railing, not
without an effort preserving himself from lying at full length
upon the stones, which seemed to rock like the deck of a
ship at sea. He commenced singing a song, but, overcome
by the deliciousness of his sensations, and fully aware of the
absurdity of his ridiculous position, he began to laugh aloud,
and remained thus giving full vent to the overflowing merriment
of his soul.

At this moment a figure came towards him, but, on seeing
his condition, crossed over as if to avoid an encounter.
Urged by some new impulse, however, the person came
back, and looked him directly in the face.

“Hallo, my old cock!” said Harry, “what may be your
business?”

“What! Harry Lennox?” said the voice.

He turned to look at the speaker, and discovered Emmerson,
his father's partner.

“The devil! How are you?” cried Harry, assuming a
very grave and sober look.

“Why, my dear sir,” said Emmerson, smiling, “what's
the matter with you?”

“Oh, I have been unwell this evening, and I have come
out to (hiccough) take a little walk.”

“You're now going home, I hope?”

“Oh, y—y—yes! my dear fellow. I was just going
when you came up. Delightful evening!”

-- 031 --

[figure description] Page 031.[end figure description]

“Delightful!”

“How are you? and how goes bu—bu—business?”

“Very well, I thank you. Good-night.”

“G—good—night, my dear boy. Won't you have a cigar?
But you don't smoke, I believe. Hallo! he's gone.
I think I'm a little drunk—ha, ha, ha!—but he has not
the least suspicion. Mum's the word! I had no idea I
could have done it so well. I wouldn't have him see me
flustered—him, of all men—not for a pipe of the best old
Tokay that ever—ha, ha, ha! Hold on, my fine fellow!”

A little sobered, however, but with his head still reeling,
laughing occasionally aloud, despite his efforts to keep serious,
he staggered on, and reached his home without meeting
any farther interruption.

CHAPTER VI.

Harry breakfasted with the family the next morning as
usual, and thence went to his ordinary duties in the office.
A certain awkward feeling came over him as he met Emmerson,
but, from the manner of that gentleman, he could
not gather any reason to suppose he had detected his state
at their last night's meeting, and he concluded, with a hearty
feeling of relief, that in the darkness of night, and from
what he presumed had been his own power of self-control,
his intoxication, which he firmly resolved should never be
repeated, had entirely escaped his attention.

“You have a pamphlet in your room, I believe, from the
office library, which I wish very much to consult,” said Emmerson
to Harry in the afternoon.

“Yes, I took it to look at the proposed — Bill.”

“Why, that's what I wished to look at,” said Emmerson.

“Perhaps we are occupied on the same subject,” said
Harry. “I'm going to address the meeting to-night.”

“You! you address the meeting?” said Emmerson.

“Certainly: why not?”

“Oh, I do not say `not' at all,” said he, with a smile,
“only I did not know it was your intention. Have you
prepared anything?”

-- 032 --

[figure description] Page 032.[end figure description]

“A few notes. I shall scarcely use them, however.
When I speak I very soon get beyond my notes.”

“Let me see them, will you?” said Emmerson. “It is
barely possible I may wish to say something, but not a
speech.”

Harry handed the notes, and Emmerson looked them over
with an air of no great interest.

“Oh! ah! that's the view you take, is it?”

“Yes; but the most important I don't put on paper, or
only a single word, to bring the point to my memory. I
am resolved not to accustom myself to dependance on memoranda,
but to begin young, and throw myself at once upon
all the uncertainty, or perhaps,” he added, with a smile,
“others may think it the certainty, of extemporaneous speaking;
that is—”

He was going to explain, but Emmerson interrupted him.

“Well, I see your drift here. It is good, certainly; but
hadn't you better leave out this—for instance, this paragraph?”

“Oh no: why so? that is a common opinion.”

“But your mode of proving it is not so common, nor do
I think it quite correct.”

“Well, if you think so, I'll leave it out in deference to
you.”

“You had better: though I really think you give yourself
more trouble, in speaking at all, than the matter is likely
to be worth. The subject has no real interest. I have
not made the least attempt to go into it by previous study.”

At dinner Harry was a breathless listener to an interesting
conversation. The family were speaking of Fanny Elton,
and Mary insisted that something had occurred to displease
her.

“She is not the same in her manner to me,” said she;
“she is cold and reserved. Her refusal to dine with us
yesterday, I am convinced, was not caused by indisposition,
although she really is not well. But how often has she
come to us when she was not well? What harm could it
have done her just to have dined here instead of at home?
And she refuses to come to-day, refuses to dine with us on
Thursday, and to go to the theatre with us in the evening.”

“Nonsense,” said Mr. Lennox. “Who would—what
could offend Fanny, I should like to know? She could not
suspect any one in this family of an intention to offend her,

-- 033 --

[figure description] Page 033.[end figure description]

and I don't think she is the sort of person to be offended
when she knows there has been no intention.”

“How do you account, then, for these three refusals—this
sudden withdrawal of her consent to go to the theatre on
Thursday—for her curious manner?”

“I'll go round this evening,” said Frank, “and see if I
can persuade her, and you shall go with me.”

“No,” said Mary, “I will not. To say the truth, I am
a little hurt and offended, and she saw plainly that I was,
and yet did not in the least alter her decision.”

“So,” thought Harry, “Frank has either not made his
offer, or” (and his heart sunk within him at the thought)
“he has made it and been accepted.”

“I feel sure,” said Frank, “I can make her alter her determination.”

“Nonsense,” said Mrs. Lennox; “why, in such an ingenuous
creature as Fanny, look for any other excuse than
the one she assigns? She is not very well, is out of spirits,
and therefore will not come.”

“Well, if you think so,” resumed Mary, “I'll go with
Frank; but I don't understand it.”

“So,” thought Harry, “she avoids me. That of course:
but in a way which must betray the insult I have received.
This I must prevent.”

He therefore wrote the following note, and, after a brief
explanation, intrusted it to Frank:

“Mr. Henry Lennox begs Miss Elton to forgive and forget
the error into which he has fallen, upon his assurance
not to repeat it. He hopes she will not make it the cause
of interrupting her intercourse with the family, rather than
which he will himself withdraw, till time shall test the sincerity
of his resolution never to offend again. If he have
reason to fear his presence prevents her usual visits and
engagements, he will carry into effect a desire he has long
had of spending a few years in Europe. Should she, however,
be disposed to accord this, the only favour he can ever
ask of her, he need scarcely add, he considers himself
bound, as a gentleman, to protect her from the annoyance
of his society, as far as can be done without exciting attention.”

-- 034 --

CHAPTER VII.

[figure description] Page 034.[end figure description]

This was the evening of the great public meeting, called
for the purpose of passing resolutions respecting a measure
pending in Congress. The subject was one which young
Lennox was acquainted with, as it had long engaged his
attention. Miserable as he was at this moment, a desire
to escape from himself led him to be thankful for such a
distraction, and while Frank and Mary were gone to Eltons's,
he repaired to deliver his address.

On arriving at the large room which had been designated
for the purpose, he found many distinguished citizens assembled.
His father and Mr. Emmerson were already
there. The hall rapidly filled to overflowing. An eminent
man was elected to the chair, and several secretaries appointed.
Many speakers were anxious to express their
views on the subject, and two or three did so, and were received
with interest. At length Mr. Emmerson rose. He
was listened to with respectful attention. His remarks
showed the results of study; for, as Harry afterward discovered,
he had been long and laboriously preparing himself
for the occasion. Distinction was his passion, and to
it he had resolved to devote himself. But he was regarded
as a cold, dry man, laborious in details and learned in facts,
without enlarged views, or original inferences or ideas. His
discourse, while it made a favourable impression, did not
produce any particular effect.

Harry was rather surprised to perceive that he had made
use of several arguments similar to those contained in his
own memoranda. He set it down, of course, as accident,
for there was scarcely a man whom he would not sooner
have suspected of anything wrong, so highly was he esteemed
for purity and gentleness of mind and manners.
He was, however, fairly puzzled, on hearing him, as he proceeded,
deliver some remarks in support of a delay in the
passage of the offensive bill, an exact counterpart of those
which, at the intimation of Emmerson himself, he had proposed
to omit in his own observations.

After Emmerson rose a Mr. Holford, a gentleman of

-- 035 --

[figure description] Page 035.[end figure description]

large stature and dignified personal appearance, with a sonorous
voice and an apparent familiarity with public speaking.
He occupied the attention of the audience an hour
with fine words and high-sounding phrases, frequently eliciting
applause by the artful recurrence of patriotic sentiments.
But Harry perceived that this person belonged to the class
of mere demagogues, who, by dint of impudence and perseverance,
not only thrust themselves into prominent places,
but maintain themselves there triumphantly, while men of
merit and modesty remain in obscurity. Notwithstanding
very general applause, his eloquence was made up of superficial
commonplaces and phrases, borrowed, ready-made,
from the floating oratory of the day. A part of what he
said was good, but that was not his own, and, whenever he
ventured into anything like original argument or declamation,
he betrayed the poverty of his attainments and the
smallness of his understanding by flimsy sophistry or swelling
bombast. It was all received, however, with the unexamining
approbation characteristic of a public meeting,
and which evidently made the speaker (although he repeated
the quotation that he was “no orator as Brutus is”) believe
himself a much greater orator than that ancient or
most other modern gentlemen.

At length Harry rose, striving to fly from himself, and to
lose in any manner the keen sense of his late disappointment.
We have not ventured to describe him, but the reader
must imagine a young man rather above the middle stature,
as noble in person as expressive and handsome in
countenance. His features had a manly gravity and even
sternness, which gave place to sweetness when he smiled.
His eyes were dark and full of expression, and a voice,
more soft, flexible, and, at the same time, powerful, was
rarely heard. He had not uttered ten sentences before
every one became aware he was no common man. Free
from embarrassment, he presented by far the clearest view
of the case which had been given, drew enlarged, unexpected,
and striking inferences with the logical precision
of a more matured orator, and in language the most eloquent,
enchained, delighted, and convinced everybody. With
all the knowledge of details and facts of Emmerson, and a
far more chaste and rich flow of language than Holford, he
added that kind of light and fire which only genius and sincerity
know how to throw around what they touch.

-- 036 --

[figure description] Page 036.[end figure description]

Warmed by the exertion and by the consciousness of his success,
he triumphantly completed the argumentative part of his address
to an audience who gave neither the cold respect
awarded to Emmerson, nor the noisy applause elicited by
the clap-traps of the pompous Holford, but the attention of
men whose minds are really awakened. In conclusion,
when his points were clearly proved, and the objections raised
by the opposite party had been undeniably silenced, he
ended by an appeal to the clear judgment and higher feelings
of the nation, in a strain not often heard at public meetings,
and which showed a speaker as far above the petty desire
of self-display as the mere interested influence of party
views.

A pause followed his concluding words, for his auditors
preserved a moment's silence, unwilling to lose a syllable,
till a simultaneous burst of applause, ended, resumed, hushed,
and prolonged again, told that the minds and hearts of all
present had been under the spell of eloquence.

He was acknowledged the speaker of the evening.

On descending from the stage, he was received in triumph
by his friends, and heartily congratulated before he
could reach and accept the hand of his delighted father.

By the side of the latter stood Emmerson, silent and motionless,
and with a peculiar expression of discontent on his
dark features. Harry was struck with it, and felt it chill
the warm flow of his blood and the pleasure of his success;
and had he not known him, he would have thought he saw
on his countenance only the workings of mean selfishness
and pale envy.

“What's the matter?” asked he, as he perceived his
proffered hand was not accepted.

“Oh, nothing,” said Emmerson: “the crowd—the heat.”

Then, with a singular look, which afterward often rose in
Harry's memory, he added,

“I did not expect to see you so soon in public, when I
met you last night, you know!

“Last night!” repeated his father: “where?”

“What do you mean by that?” said Harry, sternly.
“You knew I intended to address the meeting, Mr. Emmerson.”

“Yes, certainly; but—ha, ha, ha—you have proved yourself
a Demosthenes.”

Harry did not understand the tone of voice in which this
was said. The meeting immediately passed the intended

-- 037 --

[figure description] Page 037.[end figure description]

resolutions, availing themselves of various suggestions made
by Harry, and the curious “last night, you know!” of Emmerson,
passed from his mind.

After the adjournment, Mr. Lennox, Harry, and Emmerson
were standing together, with several others, conversing,
when the chairman, Mr. Lawrence, an influential leader
of the politics of the state, came up, and shaking Harry
warmly by the hand, acknowledged in strong terms the
pleasure he had received from his address.

“You must sup with me,” he added, “you and your
father. I have something of importance to say to you.”

“To be sure—to be sure,” said Mr. Lennox; “and as for
my Harry, I tell you what, that young gentleman is destined
to be, one of these days, the ornament of whatever
office he chooses to desire. You don't know that boy.”

“I hope he knows you, sir,” said Harry, modestly, “or
else he will mistake the language of your heart for that of
your judgment.”

“Why, you impertinent young dog, what do you mean by
that?”

“It's all very well, sir—it's all very well, sir,” said the
pompous Holford, rubbing his hands, and assuming a look
of dignity, which did not hide his vexation and jealousy.
“These boys just out of college are full of fine words, but
we want a knowledge of things!

“We do indeed—at least some of us,” said Lennox, with
an emphasis.

“They've missed the most important resolution, sir—the
most important, sir, by far!” said Holford. “I rarely address
promiscuous public meetings: I have other and more
important duties. But the resolution omitted spoils everything,
sir—spoils everything! I'm sorry I spoke. The
meeting will do more harm than good. I'll be d—d if I
don't regret I have appeared at it.”

“If that be an error, as perhaps it is,” said Mr. Lennox,
coolly, “you will have an opportunity to repair it on future
occasions.”

“I didn't address my remark to you, sir.”

“I addressed mine to you, Mr. Holford.”

“Come, gentlemen, my supper will be cold,” said Mr.
Lawrence. “Mr. Lennox, and you, sir” (to Harry), “you
must not give us the slip. I have something to propose to
you.”

-- 038 --

[figure description] Page 038.[end figure description]

He added no other one to the party, and Emmerson silently
withdrew.

They repaired to the house of their host, where the supper-table
was already spread. The ladies of the family,
after a gay half hour, retired, and the gentlemen were left
to discuss subjects which exclusively interested them. It
was at once suggested by Mr. Lawrence that Harry should
accept an early seat in Congress.

“Well,” said his father, “what say you? As you don't
appear wanting in the valuable gift of speech, you can answer
for yourself, I suppose.”

“I think,” said Harry, “it requires time for reflection;
but I should, of course, be guided by your wishes, if I remain
in America.”

“Remain in America! Why, where the devil do you
expect to remain?”

“I have had some desire lately to go abroad.”

“What! a short tour, eh?” said Lawrence.

“A tour, but not a short one.”

“May I ask what you mean?” said his father. “You
have the intention of going abroad for a long time?”

“Yes, sir; a plan which, with your approbation, would
be a very pleasant thing for me.”

“What! leave us, Harry? Spend half a dozen years
abroad, and come back at last to find some old sexton, who
sings while he works, coolly pointing out our respective
graves: `Mrs. Lennox's, sir!' `Miss Mary's, sir!' `The
old gentleman's, sir—that one with the flowers!' Is that
what you call `very pleasant,' with my approbation?”

“My dear father, I did not intend to discuss the point
with you—at least not here; but, in respect to the seat in
Congress, I scarcely feel myself able—”

“Nonsense!” said Mr. Lawrence. “You are only a boy.
If every one had your modesty, where should we find men
to make up our tickets? You'll meet there (for I never
flatter, young gentleman) men infinitely above you in learning
and mind, to equal whom you might with profit spend
all the years of your life, and be satisfied if you half attained
your object.”

“I am fully aware of it, and that is why, or one reason
why, I hesitate.”

“But,” continued Mr. Lawrence, “you will find yet more
inferior to you in all these respects—men who do not

-- 039 --

[figure description] Page 039.[end figure description]

hesitate, on that account, to take place among legislators and
statesmen.”

“Fill your neighbour's glass,” said Mr. Lennox—“(I beg
your pardon, Lawrence; I make myself at home, you see),
and then your own, and let me, if you please, hear no more
of your going abroad at present. As for the seat in Congress,
I shall state at once my views. If I were as rich as
I ought to be, and could leave you, and your brother and
sister, a hundred or two thousand dollars each, after having
handsomely provided for your mother, I might, perhaps,
feel a pride in seeing you take your place, where your talents”
(Mr. Lennox always said what he thought) “could not
fail to be of service to your country, and to reflect a lustre
on your and my name.”

“Bravo!” said Lawrence.

“But I am not such a Crœsus as you appear to suppose.
Do you know how much I am worth?”

“No, sir.”

“Well, just enough to provide, in case of my sudden
death, a decent independence for your mother, and another
for your sister, who must be portioned like a sweet girl and
a gentleman's daughter as she is.”

“I hope so.”

“Then there's Frank. He has chosen a profession
where, even if he be not ingloriously scalped to begin with,
he will have no great opportunity to amass a fortune. His
expenses are great, his pay scandalously small, his danger
not inconsiderable, his chance of glory quite so. Yet he
must live like a gentleman. He has the tastes, habits, and
feelings of one; and where is he going to get a fortune if I
don't leave him one?”

“Very true!”

“But, my good friend,” said the benevolent Mr. Lawrence,
amused and interested by this glimpse of a family
scene, “if you leave all your property to your other children,
what remains for Harry?”

“I have given him a first-rate education. He is fully
fitted to go forth into life. He is a scholar and a gentleman,
and, what is equally to our present purpose, a superior
lawyer. If he attend to business, the honourable profession
to which he belongs, and of which he can easily become a
most distinguished member, as you may see by his display
this evening, will be to him, in twenty years, an ample

-- 040 --

[figure description] Page 040.[end figure description]

fortune. Should he then wish it, and he will still be a
boy—”

“Your ideas of boyhood,” said Harry, “are rather comprehensive.”

“Hold your tongue, sir! If he then desire to descend to
politics, why, he does it, at least, with the advantage, that
if he fail, he has a place to stand on and a hole to creep
into. Politics undertaken from the hope of pecuniary gain,
or the more selfish ambition after place and power, cannot
fail to deprave the moral character as much as it must injure
and pervert the mind and destroy the reputation.”

“True, very true,” said Lawrence.

“There's Holford now,” continued Lennox, his fine face
beaming with the contempt he felt for everything mean,
“a mere ass! an empty demagogue! as ready to do any
dirty work as a street scavenger. He was always a paltry
fellow, for I knew him at school; but had he adopted a
more noble scheme of life, he might have enlarged and enriched
his mind with knowledge, and perhaps redeemed his
character. But watch the course of that man, and you shall
see that every year will make him less particular in his
actions and less honest in his opinions. Age will overtake
him in the exercise of all his lower faculties and meaner
passions, and while, perhaps, he may succeed in his exterior
designs, for such characters often do, he will do so, not
only at the sacrifice of his honour, but at last of his fame
and happiness. He will be obliged to resort to discreditable
tricks for advancement, and to perform degrading tasks
without reference to the delicacy of a gentleman or the duty
of a man of honour. Having started an ass, he will never
have time to make anything more of himself, till at last the
conviction that pure and noble things are unattainable by
him will cause him to despise them, pecuniary dependance
will make him a slave, and an old age of neglected insignificance
and contempt will end a life of empty assumption
and usurped honour.”

“Oh, I hope better of my old friend Holford!” said Lawrence.
“He is not very strong, perhaps, in the upper story,
but he has good points.”

“Doubtless! all men have; but I do not wish my son to
resemble him. Therefore, as he has to carve his own way
with his own good sword, it is time for him to know it, and
to perceive the necessity of applying himself to his

-- 041 --

[figure description] Page 041.[end figure description]

profession steadily, resolutely, and severely. I myself am not a
business-man. I wish I were; but I hate business, and
I shall gradually endeavour to withdraw from the office,
leaving the whole toil and profit of it to you. You have
Emmerson, an inestimable, unassuming man, the most honest
and excellent partner in the world, and, withal, a sharp
and able lawyer; one of the few who unite integrity of
character, gentleness of heart, and mental ability. You
and he must manage matters. In a year or so I shall begin
to require a little repose, and think a tour abroad for
your mother and me would be more proper than for you.
Nevertheless, I am gratefully obliged to you, Lawrence, for
the honour you have done this youngster, and, in his name
and my own, I thank you.”

“I must say,” said Mr. Lawrence, “that, while I regret
your decision, I approve it.”

They separated. Harry had not distinctly followed all
his father's long harangue. His reveries had wandered to
the stern, beautiful face of Fanny Elton, to her cold words
and flashing eyes; but he had heard enough to learn that
his plan of foreign travel and foreign adventure was likely
to be opposed by divers more serious objections than had
at first presented themselves to his mind; that, notwithstanding
the wealth of his father, he was to start in life
without much benefit from it; and that, unless he were to
break forcibly away from many tender ties and some sober
duties, he was likely to be kept a prisoner in his native city.

CHAPTER VIII.

Would she receive his note?” such were the thoughts
which filled Harry's mind during another very love-sick
ramble. “Would she answer it?” (What meant the throbbing
of his heart at the idea?) “Would she comply with
its request? Would she dine at his father's table to-day?
Would she dine and go to the theatre the next day—his
birthday—and thus acknowledge and sanction a kind of
communion with him, a yielding obedience to his dictation,
and a consideration for his wishes, his feelings, his

-- 042 --

[figure description] Page 042.[end figure description]

happiness, perhaps? More! Would she accept Frank? Had
she accepted him?”

The peculiar relative position of the two brothers acted
as a check upon their usual confidence. He had requested
Frank not to touch upon that subject again. Had the latter
made his offer and been rejected, he would probably have
communicated his fate at once—he was under a sort of honourable
obligation to do so—but if accepted, delicacy, love
for his brother, embarrassment, would all combine to make
him shrink from such a confidence. He had been accepted,
then; or, last, faint hope! he had not yet made his offer.

Had there been no doubt to be solved, perhaps he might
have succeeded in diverting his thoughts from the subject;
but the dinner-hour was to decide the fate of his note, and
all the interest of his life now concentrated itself upon this
single point.

“Do you know how I'm getting on with my boys, Emmerson?”
asked Lennox, of his friend, the morning after
the meeting; for Lennox's communicative nature confided
everything to those about him.

“What new plan?” asked Emmerson, with a smile.

“Time is dashing along,” said Lennox. “I feel it every
day more forcibly; but, when looking on these young rascals,
I can't believe my own eyes. They are scarcely out
of their round-jackets—at least, so it seems to me—and yet
one is going to marry up to my warmest hopes, and the
other—”

“To marry!” echoed Emmerson, with such signs of interest
as surprised even the sanguine father.

“Yes, marry!”

“Bless my soul,” said Emmerson, fixing his keen, dark
eyes upon the speaker.

“Yes,” continued Lennox: “I trouble you with affairs
in which few men in your situation would take any interest.
Yes, he is going to marry, and I am truly glad of it.”

“Certainly, certainly; and I suppose the lady is Miss
Elton?”

“It is!”

“Indeed?”

“Yes; I hope she will accompany him, at least for a
time (although I don't know, after all, if the young dog will

-- 043 --

[figure description] Page 043.[end figure description]

ever be content, with his views, to remain in the army), I
hope she will accompany him to Prairie du Chien.”

“What? Is it not your son Harry, then, who is to marry
Miss Elton?”

“Harry? certainly not. What put that into your head?”

“Bless me! this is very unexpected, isn't it?”

“Why yes; these lieutenants have a military brevity of
conducting affairs which is rather edifying. I only heard
of it myself a morning or two ago.”

“I fear,” said Emmerson, “this union—but are you
sure?”

“Sure? No, not absolutely sure. It is not actually
and formally settled yet between the young people, only I
understand so from my wife and daughter, and from the demeanour
of Miss Elton and my son. Pray, do you know
anything in relation to it?”

“No—yes. I was under the impression that your son
Harry was—indeed,” he continued, in a whisper, and looking
cautiously behind and around him—“I know he is also
attached to Miss Elton.”

“You surprise me!”

“I think I may tell you all,” continued Emmerson; “but
you will give me your word not to reveal it.”

“I assure you it shall go no farther.”

“Then I have reason to know Harry is attached to Miss
Elton. She is also attached to him. Any difference between
them must be but some lover's quarrel. Perhaps the
young lady is going to take a step from pique, which will
sacrifice the future happiness of both herself and Harry, as
well as that of Frank, who would not like to wake from his
dream of happiness to discover his wife in reality attached
to another.”

“You distress me beyond measure,” said Mr. Lennox.
“I am sure Frank loves her; but I am infinitely obliged to
you. This must be looked into. I am really infinitely
obliged to you.”

“I should not be willing to intrude my interference into
such a delicate matter,” said Emmerson, “but—”

“I know, I know; nor shall you suffer by such disinterestedness.”

“I must repeat, however, that what I say is under the
seal of secrecy. You know what these young people are!
you know what friends and relations are in these cases!
You know what love affairs are!”

-- 044 --

[figure description] Page 044.[end figure description]

“My dear Emmerson,” said Lennox, “you may put your
mind quite at rest.”

“I have one other thing to say, which duty will not permit
my concealing. You may have observed that Harry
has been of late rather irregular in his hours and habits.”

“Yes, yes, it has struck us all.”

“I met him the other night,” continued Emmerson, in a
pale whisper, “quite intoxicated in the street.”

“What, Harry?”

“Harry.”

“I would not believe any other human being but yourself.”

“His love for Miss Elton, interrupted, probably, by this
affair with his brother, is driving him into habits of intemperance.”

“I thought he was peculiarly attentive to business.”

“Before you,” continued Emmerson, in an agitated whisper;
“but I see more. His mind is shattered—his spirits
gone.”

“But you heard him last night, how well he spoke.”

“Ah!”

“What do you mean?”

Emmerson made no reply.

“What! you don't mean to say that Harry has been assisted?

“Ah!”

“Have you aided him?”

“Don't ask me, my dear sir; only believe me, I have no
motive in this disclosure but your and his good. I fear
his mind is, at least at present, unfit for business. As to the
young lady, I have scarcely seen—cannot say I really know
her. But if you value Harry's happiness and health, you
must stop this union with his brother, or delay it. I have
the most sincere interest in the happiness of Harry. Such
a fine young man!”

“Drunk in the street!” said Lennox; “yet that I could forgive.
Shakspeare says, `any man may be drunk some time
of his life;' but a mean use of another's talents—parading in
borrowed plumage like a peacock, and yet not like a peacock
either—for he has, at least, his own gaudy feathers to
strut in.”

“He is but a boy, that will come right in time! I can't
say he borrowed from me. We only spoke together on the
subject!” said Emmerson.

-- 045 --

[figure description] Page 045.[end figure description]

“I don't recognise Harry in this at all.”

“You had better not say anything to him, however;
rather leave it to time.”

“And what do you advise?”

“To send Frank off for some years—he is, in fact, too
young to marry—and see what time will do. Perhaps a
voyage for Harry also would be of use. These young folks
very easily take new impressions.”

“I really supposed Harry very much above anything of
this sort. Do you know he has had the offer of a seat in
Congress?”

“Ah!” said Emmerson. “Mr. Lawrence, I suppose?”

“Yes.”

“You know this Mr. Lawrence?”

“Know him? Who? Lawrence?”

“Certainly.”

“A nice, benevolent man, but—”

“Why, Lawrence is one of the noblest fellows!”

“Ah! that's as people think. I have nothing against
him personally; but I have heard curious things.”

“But Harry! This is a painful discovery. Why, he is
not fit to marry that sweet girl; he is not worthy of her.
Poor Frank!”

“We must not be too severe on him,” said Emmerson.

“Does he know you are aware of his attachment to Miss
Elton?” asked Mr. Lennox.

“Not a word,” said Emmerson, in another whisper.

“And how did you discover it, if not from him?”

“I overheard him telling her so one afternoon when they
thought themselves alone. The door was ajar; I was passing
along the entry, and could not help hearing.”

This was also said in a whisper, close to the ear of Lennox,
and with an expression of face so agitated that Lennox
could not but be struck with it.

“Why, that's nothing so very terrible, my good friend,”
replied the father, smiling. “It's no more than most men
have done at some time of their lives or other.”

“Oh, certainly,” said Emmerson; “but I only want you
to see I am not mistaken in my opinion.”

Mr. Lennox had the utmost confidence in his son, but
this intimation of plagiarism, thus reluctantly and accidentally
drawn forth, made a very disagreeable impression on
his mind. In the irreproachable Emmerson he believed he

-- 046 --

[figure description] Page 046.[end figure description]

had found perfect disinterestedness united with unusual
penetration, while he saw that Harry was of a character
yet unformed, and exposed to all the dangerous influences
which beset youth and passion.

When the family assembled at dinner, Fanny was not
there. Her vacant place was next Harry's. His father
was silent and grave; Emmerson talkative and gay. In
Frank he could not detect anything unusual, except a disposition
to sink into revery. His mother was thoughtful.
It was but a trifle, the absence of a young girl, who could
never be anything to him; yet his faculty of self-government
was so uncultivated, that he suffered during this repast
a kind of pain like that of the nightmare. He dared not
ask, and no one made any remark from which his curiosity
could be gratified. Every time the door opened to admit a
servant, the violent beating of his heart taught him how
deep-seated his fever was, and he could scarcely refrain
from starting up under his insupportable emotion. Her absence
he could not rationally be surprised at, yet it had not
been expected by him. He imagined all eyes were fixed
on him, and could scarcely keep from giving vent, by some
word or act, to the feelings which swelled his breast, yet he
went on eating like one in a dream.

The door opened, and a servant presented a note to Mr.
Lennox, who read it and handed it to Mrs. Lennox.

“Miss Elton, feeling herself still indisposed, begs Mrs.
Lennox to excuse her from dinner to-day.”

“I hope Fanny is not going to be ill,” was all his mother
remarked, and they separated without any other recurrence
to the subject.

“So! she is, after all, cold and selfish. She will not
come. She will betray her power and my unrequited love.
She wishes to do so. She feels a pride in it. She is,
after all, a commonplace girl, a coquette, trifling with me,
laughing at me, ten chances to one. They will ask her, at
length, respecting the change in her conduct. She will
answer, with seeming reluctance, `To save myself from the
importunate addresses of your son.' And this is a woman!
How true the poet:


“ `Most women have no character at all.'

Her beauty makes her vain. Her very sensibility makes

-- 047 --

[figure description] Page 047.[end figure description]

her go too far. Her ambition on earth is to subdue man,
her master. I swear the libertine, who revenges himself
on her sex, is not so bad, after all.

“I must go, then. I must leave my father's house. Not
a message—not a word—not a line! Then farewell, country
and friends; farewell, prospects, ambition, study, perhaps
life. And what difference does it make? Since happiness
is a dream, life must be a curse.”

A very equivocal piece of reasoning. But men of twenty
and men at forty take different views of things.

CHAPTER IX.

The next day was Harry's birthday. He did not spend
the morning in the office, as usual, but absented himself in
the indulgence of his love of solitude. His father, when he
saw him, looked grave, but said nothing. For the first time
a cloud had come between them, and both were conscious
of it.

The dinner-hour at length arrived, and with it the company.
He was early in the drawing-room, and felt calmer
than usual, for his resolution was taken to go abroad, if not
with, then without his father's approbation. But few guests
were expected, and they punctually came. Mr. Emmerson
was among the first, who blandly made his congratulation.
He was speedily followed by Henderson, the brother of
Mrs. Lennox, and his wife. At length came Mr. and Mrs.
Elton, and with them, to the extreme astonishment of Harry—
for such an event had not once entered his thoughts—
Fanny!

Every one expressed surprise. She was received with
such a burst of affectionate welcome by all the family that
both her confusion, if she felt any, and that of Harry were
safe from observation.

“My dearest Fanny! this is so unexpected after your
severe illness yesterday.”

“She would come,” said her mother; “we did all we
could to keep her at home; but those young girls are such
unaccountable beings. The other day she would not come

-- 048 --

[figure description] Page 048.[end figure description]

when all persuaded her to do so; now, for my part, it reminds
me of—”

Mrs. Elton was a talker, and she went on with a much
longer series of observations, which, however, were only
collateral to the conversation of the rest of the company.
Mr. Elton and she, however, both came up to Harry to
shake hands with him, and to congratulate him upon the
occurrence of this happy festival, and to wish him a thousand
returns.

“A thousand would be rather more than my share!” said
he, with all the gayety he could assume.

And then Fanny came forward to the old friend of her
childhood, and frankly gave him her hand. He took it,
poor fellow, and held it a moment in his, while he listened
to the few words she said, all the rest being engaged talking
together.

“I also congratulate you, Mr. Lennox,” said she, “and
hope you may pass many and yet more happy birthdays,
surrounded by all who love you and whom you love.”

She was pale, and her face and voice betrayed debility
and illness; but her manner was full of its usual gentleness
and calmness.

“You have been ill, I fear, Miss Elton?”

“Yesterday and the day before, very.”

“And how could you venture out to-day?”

Their eyes met. That look was full of reproach, mingled
with the least possible scorn.

“But of course you do not go to the theatre this evening?”

“Oh yes. The party is made up. I feel much better,
and think it will do me good. You know I am as great an
admirer of Horn as you are.”

I shall not be able, I fear, to hear him to-night,” said
Harry, in a low voice.

“Fanny! my dear Fanny!” said Mary, looking her tenderly
full in the face, and passing her arm around her waist
to press her to her bosom. “And did I dare to believe you
were not really ill? I shall never forgive myself.”

The dinner was announced. Frank led in Fanny. There
was a vacant seat next hers when Harry passed round; but
he went on, and took a place at the other end of the table,
between Mr. Henderson and Emmerson, more in love than

-- 049 --

[figure description] Page 049.[end figure description]

ever, hating and despising himself, yearning to pursue at
leisure the new thoughts which thronged on him, and yet
resolved to tear her from his heart, cost what it might, or
else to tear himself away; for this vicinity to her, these
exposures to interviews with her, this necessity of feigned
familiarity, so dangerous and enervating to his resolution,
he saw plainly were beyond his power to resist.

“So you're going to take Fanny to the theatre with you
this evening?” said Elton. “I don't half like it.”

“When your consent is asked, my good friend,” said
Mr. Lennox, “it will be time enough to express an objection.
I rather think it the present intention of the party
to take her, whether you like it or not.”

“My dear Mr. Lennox,” said Mrs. Elton, “I really admire
your address. I have been trying all kinds of ways
to persuade Mr. Elton to allow of her going, and I do not
think he had made up his mind; but you put the question
at rest. I had already—”

“Fanny is not looking well just now. I don't know
what's the matter with her,” said Mr. Elton; “the day before
yesterday she fainted: she never did such a silly thing
before in her life. I don't know what to make of it.”

Harry stole a glance at her—her eyes were drooped
thoughtfully down—he felt like a scoundrel.

“I shall take care she sha'n't faint again!” said Lennox.

“I should like to know how you'll do that; besides, you
know, I am no friend to theatres at all.”

“My husband is too strict on that and a great many other
points,” said Mrs. Elton. “I am not of his opinion, however.
I think the mind that is pure is pure everywhere,
and certainly, were I to—”

“So thought your amiable ancestor Eve,” said Elton;
“yet it would have been quite as well for her, and us too,
if she had stayed by her husband's side, and not gone off
where she had no business to be.”

“As for me,” said Mrs. Elton, who always interrupted
everybody, and never stopped till she was interrupted herself,
and generally not even then, talking over her competitors
with the greatest good-humour in the world, and not
the least idea of what she was doing, “I think much may
be learned at the theatre, and there can be no reason to
fear anything. I know, when I was a girl—”

-- 050 --

[figure description] Page 050.[end figure description]

“Much may be learned everywhere,” said her husband,
gravely; “but sometimes the lessons cost too much.”

“And I know,” continued Mrs. Elton, without stopping,
“that when I was a girl, my father used to take me often
and often, and really, my dear Mrs. Lennox, I cannot discover
that I am any the worse for it. For why should—”
and she went on with her argument.

“She shall go to-night, as she and you wish it,” said her
father; “for she is a good girl, and I don't mean to disappoint
her; but, as a general thing, I think theatres objectionable.”

“Did any man ever hear such nonsense!” said Mr. Lennox.
“Theatres are a delightful recreation. The language
is improved, the mind restored to its good-humoured elasticity
after labour and chagrin, and home is never more delightful
than after returning from such pleasures abroad. I have
always brought up my children to—”

“And as for me,” interrupted Mrs. Elton, “I could never
be of the opinion that young people were better for being
kept in ignorance of life. If I had sons, I should send them
everywhere all alone, never mind, be as wild as they might.
Better let off their wildness in youth than have it when
they're old. Now, do you know, there's Mr. Franklin, our
excellent friend, you know, my dear Mrs. Lennox, they say,
when he was a young gentleman—”

“For to-day,” said Mr. Elton, “I yield; but, miss, hereafter
we shall be a little more strict.”

“I have got excellent seats,” said Harry, anxious to say
something; “you will have the Wilmingtons in the next
box.”

“Ha! ha! ha!” said his father, “that is an odd piece of
logic. You have got excellent seats, we shall have the
Wilmingtons in the next box; as if the vicinity of the Wilmingtons
made the seats any better, particularly the old
fellow, a sneaking, sly, creeping scoundrel, who would desert
his best friend in the hour of need, if he could save
sixpence by it.”

“My dear husband!” said Mrs. Lennox, in a deprecatory
tone of voice.

“Mr. Wilmington is a good man!” said Henderson.

“Good? Oh, excellent! in old Shylock's sense of the
word,” said Lennox, “but in that only. Why, sir?”

“My dear husband,” said Mrs. Lennox, “I won't have

-- 051 --

[figure description] Page 051.[end figure description]

you going on in this way about people whom you dislike
merely because they don't exactly act up to your idea of what
is right, and for the sake of his wife I always like him.”

“Yes, certainly, she's well enough; a nice little body—”

“Nice little body! She's a very sweet woman.”

“I'm sure,” said Mrs. Henderson, who seemed to be rather
a dry lady, with an expression of face as if she felt a sort
of malicious envy for every one and everything she saw,
“I'm sure I ought not to speak against her, for she's been
uncommonly polite and kind to me, but she is a very odd
person! I don't know what to make of her; she pleases
at first sight, but when you come to know her more—”

“Frank is saying the most extraordinary things to Miss
Elton,” interrupted Mary.

“What's the matter now?” said Lennox.

“We, like you, have been conversing on the merits of
Mrs. Wilmington, and on my saying, among various other
causes why I admired her, that I liked her because she was
so fond of Fanny, Mr. Frank takes it upon himself to exclaim,
in the most rude way, he thinks that must be allowed
to be among the least of her merits!

“How, sir?” said his father; “I will thank you to explain
what you mean by that!”

“Really, Frank,” said his mother, laughing, “I don't
know how Miss Elton may take such a speech, but I should
demand a written apology.”

“Mary knows, and I hope Miss Elton also, perfectly
what I mean: I mean that it's no merit to admire Miss Elton,”
said Frank.

This lucid explanation produced a general laugh, and
even Miss Elton turned her eyes on him with a look of
amusement, not quite unmingled with surprise, which added
to the dilemma of the poor fellow.

“I hope you also do not pretend to misunderstand me,”
said he to Miss Elton.

“Upon my word,” said Fanny, “the only meaning I can
find is, you don't think better of any one for liking me.”

“Well, that is exactly what I meant,” said Frank.

But the expression of politeness in his face so much contradicted
the apparent meaning of his words, that Miss Elton
could not herself help joining in the renewed mirth of
the table.

-- 052 --

[figure description] Page 052.[end figure description]

“Ah, Frank, my boy,” said Mr. Elton, “you are a bad
beau, but I don't think the worse of you for that.”

“If that's the way you pay compliments!” said his mother.

“You never heard a gentleman, or a person pretending
to be a gentleman, speak his mind so plainly to you before,
Fanny,” said Mary.

“Frank in name and frank in nature,” said Emmerson.

“You are all very dull if you really do not understand the
idea I meant to express,” said Frank.

“Nonsense,” said Harry, “they understand you very
well, Frank; they are only laughing at you for being so
unsophisticated.”

“No, upon my soul,” said his father, “I don't understand
at all, and I beg you to explain yourself at full. Come,
we're all attention.”

“They were praising Mrs. Wilmington,” said Frank,
“for a variety of virtues. She speaks the truth. Well!
that is a virtue. She is of a gentle disposition. Well! that
also is a virtue. She is charitable, graceful, handsome.
Well! it may be said we like her the better for all that sort
of thing. But her friendship for, her attachment to, her
admiration of, Miss Elton, is a thing which—since everybody—
who—as—”

The burst of laughter which greeted this regular breakdown
appeared to distress Frank as much as it offended
him. He coloured, pushed back the chair, and was apparently
about to leave the table.

“Frank!” said his father.

“Sir.”

“Stop!”

To that voice he had ever been taught implicit obedience.

“Sit still. Where are you going?”

“You can scarcely be surprised,” said Frank, forcing
himself into a sort of gayety, “if I withdraw from a circle
where I have not the power of making myself understood.”

“Hold your tongue. Sit still. You are not a boy.”

“I don't know,” said Fanny, archly, looking at him with
an expression of almost affection, which at least compensated
for her share in bringing down on him this reproof;
“I'm afraid—”

“How will you get through life,” said his father, “with
such a quick temper as that? Learn that it is the first duty

-- 053 --

[figure description] Page 053.[end figure description]

and the highest accomplishment of a gentleman always to
keep his temper, particularly in the presence of ladies.”

Frank did not appear altogether to relish this lecture, and
before Miss Elton, too; but there was something in his
father's manner at once playful and firm, which took off the
asperity of command without lessening its power.

“I tell you what, Frank,” said his mother, “we must lay
a penalty on you for this outrageous attack on Miss Elton.”

“Fifty years ago,” said Elton, “you would have been
obliged to drink a gallon of wine, or brandy perhaps; but
we are past that, I hope.”

“Let him explain his meaning to Miss Elton herself in
a poem,” said Harry, generously coming to the aid of his
successful rival, as he now considered him, for he had seen
the look cast on him by her.

“Excellent!” said Mary. “You are condemned to write
an impromptu.”

“Yes,” said Mr. Lennox; “an extempore-metaphysicotragico—”

“Comico—” interrupted Miss Elton, with another look.

“Explanatory poem,” continued Mr. Lennox, “before we
leave this house for the theatre. The company shall assemble
ten minutes earlier, to hear the document publicly
read.”

“By me,” said Mary; “for I suppose the repentant author
will be too much overcome to read it himself. There,
Frank, you can go into the next room; you will find my
desk, and pen, ink, and paper.”

“Decreed!” said Lennox.

“The punishment is severe,” said Frank, “if, indeed,
the terms are not impossible; but I have no alternative, and
if Miss Elton will accept such an expiation of my unfortunate
attempt at a compliment, I will do my best; only she
must pity and forgive me.”

“Do so,” said Miss Elton; “you have my forgiveness,
but not my compassion. I can never pity a gentleman in
any dilemma caused by attempting a compliment.”

“Why, what a horrible little tyrant you are!” said Mr.
Lennox, as the company rose, pinching her cheek, till one,
at least, wore its usual healthy colour.

“Oh! you hurt me,” said she. “You're worse than
Frank, a great deal.”

“And they have even had the impudence,” said Mrs.

-- 054 --

[figure description] Page 054.[end figure description]

Elton, who had been all this while talking away upon various
subjects not in the least connected with that which occupied
the rest of the company—“they have even had the
impudence, do you know, my dear Mrs. Lennox, to say that
he did not know how to spell.”

“He! Who?” said Mrs. Lennox.

“Why, General Washington, notwithstanding manuscripts
of his own, which certainly ought to put the question—”

They all retired, and the door closed upon the company,
till Mrs. Elton's voice was lost to Frank's ear, like the unceasing
gurgling of some persevering little mountain stream
which forever fills the wood with its music.

For to him it was music, not only because she was one
of the kindest-hearted, most excellent, and noble women in
the world, full of sunshine and love to every human creature,
and every other creature, too; and not only because
she talked well and always generously of every one, and
particularly of the absent, but because, still handsome and
stately in her person, and really beautiful in countenance,
there could be traced in her face some resemblance to the
young lady who just at this moment had nearly driven him
crazy.

As soon as his tormentors had fairly left him, and his gay,
audacious father had dared to touch that cheek—which, had
any one else done it, might have induced the enamoured
boy to throw him out of the window at least—and as soon
as he found himself in quiet and solitary possession of the
apartment, and had spent some moments envying the carpet
which had been pressed by her foot, wishing himself the
air she breathed, and other various matters, which all that
part of our readers who have actually felt true love in early
youth will understand without farther description, and all
that part who have not will set down as the most absurd
nonsense possible, and the mere idle invention of fancy—
he began to reflect that the sooner the poetry was commenced
the sooner it would be finished, and the sooner it was
finished, the sooner he would stand a chance of feeling to
his trembling heart one more of those looks which made it
ache with happiness so. Seizing, therefore, pen and ink,
and a sheet of paper, which happened to be at hand, without
waiting to go into the next room, which his sister had
designated, he began to rack his imagination to comply with

-- 055 --

[figure description] Page 055.[end figure description]

the conditions of his punishment. Harry knew he wrote
poetry with ease and sweetness, and had made the proposal
in the hope of at once extricating him from the rebuke of
his father and the merriment of the company, and of affording
him an occasion, if, indeed, he had not yet found one,
to declare to the object of his love something of the state of
his mind.

An impromptu would have been no difficult matter under
any other circumstances, or even now, perhaps, if it were
to be read by Fanny alone. But the desire to do something
particularly fine was a heavy drawback upon his inspiration,
and the wish to say something significant to her, and yet in
which the uninitiated should be able to find only a commonplace
piece of politeness—these were sad labours, before
which Hercules, Sisyphus, and other ancient gentlemen
might have paused.

He pressed his forehead between the thumb and finger
of his left hand, contracted his brow, threw himself back in
his chair with his eyes fixed, sometimes on the ceiling and
sometimes on the floor, and impatiently dipped his pen full
of ink, and shook it as impatiently out again, to the occasional
damage of his facetious papa's splendid mahogany
dining-table, and after the universal fashion of poets in the
composition of the flowing impromptu. It was, however,
for a long time in vain. He wrote—erased—wrote again—
tore off—chewed up and filliped out of the window, in the
shape of ingeniously-formed little balls, several invocations
of uncommon elegance and deep pathos, but whose merit
was impaired by the peculiarity of their not going farther
than the first two lines. Rather red in the face (for, if anything
can add to the sensations of a man publicly forced
upon an impromptu, it is being obliged to execute the same
immediately after a hearty dinner; an event so unusual in
the life of most true poets, that the muse seems to fly at the
very idea), he murmured over what he had written in a low,
declamatory tone.



Oh thou! whose dark eyes, half life and half fire, commandest
(erasure)—compellest (erasure)—conferrest—

“Ah, bah!”

He turned the sheet upside down, and commenced on the
top of the other page in a new metre.

-- 056 --

[figure description] Page 056.[end figure description]



When Beauty speaks the sweet command
To pour the glowing line;
When mischief and when malice, and,

Sweet maid—the look divine—the heavenly wine—immortal
wine—shine—refine—mine—whose soul once mine.

“Ah, bah! was ever anything so stupid?”

When mischief, and when malice, and—

Ah, ha!”



When innocence combine
To force the feeble poet's hand—

“Feeble poet indeed!”

Upon the trembling lyre—

“That'll never do—heighho! Let us try it again.”

And, as if caught by a new idea, he went on writing for a
few moments very fluently.

“There,” said he, after having finished something which
he liked better, “that'll do; but, bless me, the theatre commences
at seven: it's now six o'clock, and—hallo! what
the devil's that?”

The last exclamation was called forth by the discovery
of something on the floor. It was a glove. He rose and
approached it. He recognised it in a moment. It was
Miss Elton's, and it still wore the shape of her hand and
breathed the incense of her presence. With a not unnatural
impulse, he raised it to his lips and printed upon it an
impassioned kiss.

“This at least,” murmured he, “sweet girl! I will bear
away in spite of fate.”

A slight rustling behind him caused him to turn suddenly,
and Miss Elton herself stood before him, fully betraying, by
her look of embarrassment and surprise, that she had been
the witness of this tender folly. She would have withdrawn
hastily, but the bold and ardent boy placed himself between
her and the door, and seized her hand with the gentleness
of a lover, but the firm determination of a man.

“Stay! dear Fanny, stay!”

“I beg you, Frank—what nonsense is this? Give me my
glove and let me go. They are waiting for me.”

“No, Miss Elton; why should you avoid what I wish to
tell you? and why should I conceal what you have already
discovered?”

“My dearest Frank, what a child you are! Give me the
glove and let me go. You don't wish to make me angry, I
hope?”

-- 057 --

[figure description] Page 057.[end figure description]

“Fanny, I love you. I am serious—I am sincere. Be
so yourself. I love you to distraction, and can never be
happy without you.”

“What folly! what a freak is this? Frank! Mr. Lennox!
indeed, let me go—”

“One moment, Fanny, hear me; and, as you value my
happiness, answer me, can you love me? will you be
mine?”

“My dear Frank! love you? Let me go! to be sure I
do, most sincerely. No friend, no brother, could ever be
dearer.”

“No brother! you cruel girl! can you trifle with me at
a moment when—”

“You astonish and distress me, Frank. Consider, if any
one should come; what do you mean by detaining me so?”

“I mean that I love you, seriously, passionately—that I
am about leaving New-York for many years, and that I
will not go without learning from your lips whether the
long and ardent attachment I entertain for you is, or can
ever be, requited.”

“Frank, this is foolish—ridiculous—impossible. I request
you to release me.”

The blush faded from her cheek, and she lifted her eyes
gravely, almost coldly upon his. Startled by her tone, the
reserve, the dignity of her manner, and the expression of
her face, the young man released her hand, and bent his
eyes inquiringly and reproachfully upon her.

“Let me leave you, Mr. Lennox, and forget this moment,
as I shall.”

“No, Miss Elton,” said Frank, firmly, “I shall neither
forget this moment nor suffer you to leave me willingly
without at least once earnestly repeating the declaration I
have made and the question I have asked.”

“You are a foolish boy,” said Miss Elton, “and have
been taking too much wine, I believe!”

“I have told you I love you,” said Frank, very seriously.
“I am not trifling, and I request a reply. It is important
I should know. I have no right to coerce your affections,
but I have a right to ask if they are mine. As for your accusation
of having taken too much wine, I presume you
are jesting. I am not.”

“I feel for you so much friendship, such a sister's love,
my dear Frank,” said Fanny, “that I cannot, without both

-- 058 --

[figure description] Page 058.[end figure description]

pain and embarrassment, answer you seriously, or believe
at all that a demand so unexpected is intended to be seriously
answered.”

And then she added in a different tone, and extending her
hand, while moisture glistened in her eyes,

“You foolish—foolish boy! how came you ever to have
such a thought in your head? You are too young, ardent,
and susceptible to know what will ultimately be your choice.
Leave this subject forever. Your friend I hope always to
remain; your wife I can never be.”

“Miss Elton,” said Frank, haughtily, but tears gushed to
his eyes and grief choked his words, and he murmured in
accents of deepest tenderness,

“Dearest Fanny, do not inflict upon me the agony you
are now doing, without an unalterable cause. If you have
never felt towards me any return for the enduring and tender
love I shall never cease to entertain for you, wait and
see whether time and my devotion may not inspire you with
it. Answer me, but pause before you do so. I am young,
I know, but who, capable of loving, will count a few months?
You have several times called me a boy. I am not one, believe
me. If years can ever bestow upon me strength to
love or passion to suffer, believe me—believe me, I possess
them now.”

“Mr. Lennox,” replied Fanny, after a pause, “you take
this too seriously. Hear me calmly.”

“I will, I will; but whatever you have to say of the
present, oh leave the future to decide for itself. Give me
one beam of hope that you may hereafter become my wife,
when, at least, I shall have made myself worthy of you.”

“You are worthy of me now, more than worthy,” said
Fanny, greatly affected; “but I never can be your wife,
and I have listened so long, dear Frank, only to end forever
all such thoughts. I sincerely value your friendship.
Do not withdraw it because I reply firmly, and without appeal,
to your love. Hope nothing from the future. I never
can love you. I never will—I never can become your wife.”

Much affected by her gentleness, her beauty, her grace,
and her tears—subdued, overmastered—he lifted his pale
face to hers, and presented her his hand.

“I bow to your decision, Miss Elton. I will never address
you as a lover again. Simple friendship I cannot
certainly render you; but, while I shall always love you

-- 059 --

[figure description] Page 059.[end figure description]

devotedly, you shall find me as careful of the feelings which
you have now made me acquainted with, as if you were”—
and his voice trembled as he spoke—“already the wife
of another.”

“Noble, generous Frank!” said she, giving her hand,
“you merit a better and a happier heart.”

“Go, then, Miss Elton! for I check the terms of endearment
which rise to my lips; go! may God bless you! I
shall never cease to love and respect you; and should you
ever stand in need of a friend to shed his life's blood in your
cause—”

“I should not hesitate a moment, dear Frank, to call on
you. And be sure, on my part, no recollection of this scene
shall remain but the admiration of your noble magnanimity
and manly self-government. Good-by, dear Frank.”

She left the room; but the moment she was gone, relieved
from the sense of her beauty and the enchantment of
her manner, Frank began to feel indignation and wounded
vanity come to his aid.

“She's a little, impertinent, unfeeling coquette, who has
gained all and given nothing in return. A capricious, insufferable
jilt!—that's what she is. I have not the slightest
doubt she's laughing at me heartily at this very moment.
What a simple shepherd I am, to be sure. By Heaven! I
wonder I did not see through her. But if she thinks she's
going to break my heart, she shall find herself finely mistaken.
She shall never see the shadow, no, not the shadow
of a shadow on my brow.”

He sat down, lighted a cigar, and lost himself in reflections
which, notwithstanding his stoical resolution, brought
a very black shadow to his brow. At length, puffing away,
his eyes occasionally full of tears, which glittered through
heavy clouds of smoke, he brought his cigar to a premature
conclusion just as Harry came in.

“Hallo!” said Frank.

“Well, what's the matter?”

“The deed is done.”

“What deed?”

“My deed! I have offered myself to Miss Fanny Elton.
like an ass.”

“Well?”

“And am rejected, as if I had, indeed, been that elegant
and long-enduring animal.”

-- 060 --

[figure description] Page 060.[end figure description]

“You don't mean to say,” cried Harry, with a singular
feeling, not joy, but certainly not grief, “that Miss Elton
has refused you?

“No! I don't mean to say it, if I can help it, at least to
any one but yourself; but I mean to say it to you, and I
hereby make the satisfactory disclosure, in return for the
little, polite confidence you have been so obliging as to
make me, somewhat in the same line. It seems Miss Elton
is difficult. By heavens! she not only rejected me, but
she wound me round her finger as if I had been a child of
six, scolded me for my folly and impertinence, and explained
the impropriety of my conduct in the clearest manner. I
think we've been rather jilted, Harry. Why! where the devil
is the fellow? He's off too! agreeable family I've got into!
No matter: I'm young, as she very correctly observed.
But there's an old adage she did not repeat, though I swear
I thought once she was going to do so, viz., `There's as
good fish in the sea as ever came out of it!' and—ah, Fanny!”
said he, as the affectation of this flippancy became too much
for him, “I'm a villain to wrong you with one light thought.”

While the poor fellow, who had sat down in an attitude
of deep reflection, was thus agitated with a (to be sure,
somewhat miniature) tempest of love and despair, the door
of the adjoining drawing-room was suddenly burst open, and
in came Mrs. Elton, talking as hard as she could possibly
talk, followed by Mr. Lennox and Mrs. Lennox, laughing
heartily at something which appeared to have been already
said by somebody, and Elton, exclaiming with a benevolent
harshness, “Now, sir, we've come to arrest you for your
debt,” and Emmerson, gliding in softly behind the rest, with
an uneasy expression on his brow, and the only silent one
in the company, and Mary, actually dragging in the blushing
and yet (if any one had taken the trouble to observe her,
they might have seen) obviously distressed Fanny, and Mr.
Henderson, saying something to his wife, who, without listening
to him in the least, was saying something to him.
Such a noise, to be sure! and so sudden was the irruption,
and they all made so quickly for Frank, as he sat leaning
his elbows on the table and his face on his hands, with the
inkstand and pen significantly beside him, and two or three
sheets of paper, all scribbled over with broken lines and
great black erasures, scattered about, and one sheet lying
before him, which he had quite forgotten, with a small
poem fairly written out, headed, in large, flowing letters,

-- 061 --

[figure description] Page 061.[end figure description]

To Miss Elton.” As this clamorous apparition broke
upon his solitary meditations, Frank started up with such
a look of serious amazement, that those who had not laughed
before laughed now, and those who had, laughed yet
louder.

“There he is! There's the lieutenant!” said his father.
“Ha! ha! ha! reposing after his toils.”

“Now then!” exclaimed his mother, “for the `warrior
bard!”'

“Come, Frank, produce! bring forth! which is it?” cried
Mary, laughing.

“Which is it?” echoed Elton. “Here are a dozen at
least.”

“This is the one,” cried Mrs. Elton. “See! look! To
Miss Fanny Elton
.”

“He really has done sixteen lines,” remarked Henderson.

“I'll read it,” said Mrs. Elton.

“No, I”—“No, let me,” cried several voices.

But Frank had snatched up the paper when he recollected
himself.

“I beg your pardon,” said he, with dignity, which seemed
to amuse every one wonderfully; “it is not finished. I
beg—I request another time.”

“Read it, then, yourself,” said his mother.

“No.”

“Frank,” cried his father, “give it up this moment. Do
you dare to back out—to trifle with the feelings of the public
in this way?”

“It is not fit to read.”

“Give it me, sir.”

Frank obeyed.

“We'll forgive your blushes; in a young lieutenant,
with such a furious pair of whiskers as yours, they're rather
interesting than otherwise. But the penalty must be
paid; it's a debt of honour to a lady. Odds hearts and
darts, as Bob Acres would say, the thing's inevitable.”

“Well, let me go out, then,” said Frank, blushing deeply.

“Not a step. Elton, mind the door. I declare military
law. See that Miss Elton does not escape, some of you.
She seems also disposed to desert. Attention! now, in the
court. Officer, keep silence.

-- 062 --

[figure description] Page 062.[end figure description]



To Miss Fanny Elton.
“When Beauty speaks the sweet command,
To pour the glowing—”

“That's the wrong one,” said Frank, with something very
like drops of perspiration on his forehead.

“What! are there two?”

“I've no doubt the poor fellow has written twenty,” said
Mary.

“Well! let us see. He shall have only justice and his
bond.”

“Please to let me off,” said Frank, earnestly.

“No, sir. Officer, keep silence there,” cried Mr. Lennex.

“To pour the glowing line—”

“Pour a line? Why, what sort of a process is that,
Frank? You might as well say `write a glass of punch!”'

“Read the other one,” said Mrs. Lennox, observing
Frank's embarrassment.

“Well, here it is. Hear ye! hear ye! hear ye! A
flowing impromptu, composed by a young lieutenant of the
great North American standing army, of five thousand men,
to the eyebrow of the most beautiful, young, blushing, blueeyed
lady that ever was seen. Done, after a hearty dinner,
in the mansion of his distinguished parent, and read, by the
delighted latter gentleman, to a select circle of the New-York
nobility and gentry, in the year of our Lord one thousand
eight hundred and—”

“Do, for Heaven's sake, read!” said Mrs. Lennox.

“In order to explain what he meant,” continued Mr. Lennox,
“by declaring that it was no merit to like the blueeyed,
bewitching young lady, as aforesaid”

The peal of laughter with which this
Frank to get the better
which he did with a very
looks and gesture
the noisy merriment of the
to a delighted but complete silence, passed his hand
over his own good-humoured countenance, as if to bring
down to the tone of dignified gravity required in a public
reader, and proceeded as follows:



To Miss Fanny Elton.
1.
“So charming her figure, her features so fair,
Her manners so gentle the while;
You say all the graces reside in her air,
While love lies concealed in her smile.

-- 063 --

[figure description] Page 063.[end figure description]



Whatever the charms of her form, they're excelled
By the virtues that shine in the breast;
And then—she loves roses! but, surely, I find
Of her merits, the last is the least.


“With the best of intentions her soul is inspired;
Her feelings with charity glow.
For a saint, could perfections more rare be desired?
And then—she loves roses also!
You may praise, if you will, both her mind and her heart,
If, indeed, they're so tender and true;
But I ask, can they claim, as a merit, her love
Of music, or roses—or you?

“Now, what are you to do with such a young villain as
that?” said Mr. Lennox.

“Really, he has made it out admirably,” said Mary.

“Admirably?” exclaimed his father. “Why, Moore's
nothing to him!”

“I never heard of virtues shining in anybody's breast,”
whispered Mrs. Henderson to her husband. “Besides, the
word charm occurs twice in the first stanza.”

“Poor Frank!” said his mother. “The lines are really
beautiful.”

The whole company broke out into exclamations of admiration
and delight very complimentary to the poet; but,
on looking around to find where he had hidden himself, it
was perceived that, taking advantage of Mr. Elton's attention
to the reader, he had quietly made his escape.

“No matter,” said his father; “I shall insist upon criticising
them before him to-morrow!”

And he pinned them up in full sight against a curtain.

CHAPTER X.

Frank's character was lighter than his brother's. What
the latter to madness almost, drove him at first
of suicide, and afterward to lose the sense of his
, but, nevertheless, keen despair in intoxication, only
touched Frank's heart with grief, and then awakened new
hopes. He had received a dismissal, too, of a very different
kind from Harry's. It was gentle, affectionate almost,

-- 064 --

[figure description] Page 064.[end figure description]

confidential, and good-humoured. He was completely convinced
that Fanny had never thought of such a thing as his
being in love with her. Her surprise, her pain, her earnest
desire to save his feelings by throwing over the whole affair
the character of a boyish frolic, and, at last, her unequivocal,
explicit manner of putting the extinguisher upon his little,
unexpected flame, left him no room to doubt that the young
girl had acted in good faith, and that at present there was
an end to his fine dreams.

“But what then?” thought he. “Now she knows I love
her, it will be another thing. She has supposed me a boy,
it seems! I don't know what there is about me so very
young, I'm sure,” and he arranged his whiskers and brought
them forward into a more prominent position. “I have five
or six months before me. If I can't in that time succeed in
changing her opinion, why, then, it will be time enough to
despair.”

These reveries were enjoyed in the pit of the Park Theatre,
whither Frank had gone to sit a while and behold the
countenance of Miss Elton before he took his place by her
side. The pit of the theatre has been the resort of many a
mournful lover to gaze and gaze on the bright star of his
worship, without boldness or the fear either of observation
or interruption.

He was aroused from his reveries by a touch on the
shoulder. On turning he recognised Mr. Earnest, a young
lawyer with whom he had a slight acquaintance. As the
act curtain fell, though Frank was scarcely conscious it had
been up, this gentleman addressed him to beguile the interval.
He was a little fellow, with large black whiskers,
piercing eyes, over-dressed, over-perfumed, with a variety
of rings on his fingers, and a rather startling brooch in his
cravat, which was spread voluminously out over his breast.
Although Frank had met him once or twice at his father's
house, where he occasionally presented himself, he scarcely
considered him among his friends, and he was rather surprised
at his perfect familiarity of manner.

“Hallo, Frank! that you? How are you? How do you
come on? What a devilish stupid thing this opera is? How
disgustingly Horn sings! Isn't it very odd that the public
allow themselves to be gouged in this way?”

Frank did not think the opera stupid, and he admired
Horn; but, not disposed for a dispute, replied only in general
terms.

-- 065 --

[figure description] Page 065.[end figure description]

“If I couldn't sing better than that, I would not sing at
all,” resumed Earnest.

“And do you sing?”

“Why yes, a little! at least, I know enough of music to
see the difference between what is bad and what is good.
Since I have returned from abroad, I can't put up with the
same fare as others. I'm not to be fobbed off with such
trash as this.”

“Were you long abroad?”

“Six months. I made the whole tour: I saw everything
and everybody.”

“Really?”

“Oh yes. I went to see, and I did see. I found the
character of a stranger, a traveller, and an American, a
passport everywhere.”

“Indeed?”

“There is scarcely a thing worth seeing that I haven't
seen a great man I haven't spoken with, or a sovereign I
have not been presented to.”

“Well, as for me,” said Frank, “I confess that, although
I am interested in seeing great men, I have no desire to
know them.”

“Ah! bah! they like it; it is incense to them. Besides,
they are as much interested in us as we are in them, and are
always glad of an opportunity of procuring living information.
A conversation with an intelligent man just from the spot
is worth to them a pile of musty folios or pert books of travels.
Why the kings of France and of England talked with
me a good half hour. Metternich kept me chatting till I
was tired to death. I dined with Scott; and as for Moore,
Byron, Rogers, and those fellows, by Jove! we're hand and
glove together.”

“You must have some delightful recollections?” said
Frank.

“Yes, rather. But it has spoiled me for home. Everything
here seems little, mean, and vulgar. I really think
there is no excellence of any kind. Our great men all
strike me like provincial actors to one accustomed to a metropolitan
theatre. Our statesmen make long-winded, declamatory,
schoolboy speeches, and take two days to say
what a clever member, what, indeed, any member of the
House of Commons would say in ten minutes.”

“Why, it seems to me,” said Frank, “that such men as

-- 066 --

[figure description] Page 066.[end figure description]

Webster and Clay are as good as others. I would not do
our distinguished men such injustice as to attempt to enumerate
them in a short conversation.”

“We have had one or two clever fellows; but I think
our greatest men of the present day would be only fifth
rate in England.”

“Well, I won't debate with you,” said Frank, not sympathizing
with the blind admiration of foreign things, which
rendered his companion unable to see excellence abroad
without denying its existence at home—the sure indication
of a small mind.

“Then look at our society,” continued Earnest. “What
a mere trumpery collection of heterogeneous material, a
mere mélange, without a standard of manners or any systematic
principle of exclusion or organization.”

“As to exclusion,” said Frank, “if report and books
speak truth, the highest society of Europe is not, with all
its exclusiveness, free from vulgar people.”

“But then I feel here, as the saying is, like a cat in a
strange garret,” said Earnest. “I see nothing of the splendour
and gorgeousness that I've been in the habit of being
surrounded with. Where are our public walks? our magnificent,
shady parks? our picture and sculpture galleries?
Where our stately equipages? our chasseurs? our footmen
with powdered hair and gold-headed canes? our men of
science? our beautiful women? Going abroad has ruined
me forever as an American.”

“Then I think,” said Frank, gravely, for his love of country
was not only a principle, but a feeling, “it is a great
pity you did not remain at home. As for our comparative
inferiority in some things, it is undeniable. In others our
superiority is equally apparent. Royal parks! there are
none, because there are no kings, expensive governments,
and wealthy aristocracy! I cannot feel less happiness because
I don't see chasseurs and footmen with powdered
heads and gold canes! I believe Providence means the
English should love their country and we ours, and if travel
only impairs our patriotism, then travel is an evil.”

“I don't agree with you at all,” said Earnest. “I go for
truth, and I embrace the truth wherever I find it. Society
exists as it is, and man, if a philosopher, wishes to see it as
it is
, and not under any delusion or prejudice, amiable or
unamiable. There are people who talk in the same way of

-- 067 --

[figure description] Page 067.[end figure description]

religion. They believe because they wish to believe. If
Christianity be not true, I don't wish to believe it. Do you
suppose the great characters of antiquity believed in their
gods, and miracles, and all that? certainly not. Give me
truth! I set up for a man of sense, and I don't care who
knows it. I also set up for a man of courage, moral as well
as physical. I wish to see things as they are, whether the
discovery be pleasing or not. I seek truth even before happiness;
truth, if it mean death or annihilation after death.”

“Certainly,” said Frank, who, during this harangue, had
been leaning his face back and away as much as possible,
but who was followed up close by the youthful philosopher,
and greatly annoyed at finding himself entrapped into a
metaphysical dispute with a person whom travelling and
his own self-sufficient mind had rendered rather disgusting,
“certainly, truth is the object of life, but one cannot be too
guarded against illusion.”

“Oh yes, but I am sure I have found truth.”

“You're a lucky fellow.”

“Yes, I am, and it is travel which has opened my mind.
Before I went abroad I don't think there was a greater fool
to be found anywhere than I. Perhaps you remember me?”

“No! I do not.”

“I was badly dressed, bad-mannered, and backward, without
any confidence in myself, and blushing like a red cabbage
when any one—particularly a lady—spoke to me.
Now, egad! I have seen the world—but I am wrong. It is
not travel alone which has opened my mind.”

“And what else is it?”

“Love!”

“Love?” said Frank, almost with a start.

“Love,” repeated Earnest. “You've no idea how you
get on in that way abroad. I was in love with three married
women. You know no one falls in love with any one
but married women on the Continent.”

“No, I did not know that. I fear I am as backward as
you were before you left America.”

“One was a countess at Vienna, one a baroness at Paris,
and the third the wife of a general—a very good creature—
in Milan.”

“And did all these ladies return your passion?” asked
Frank.

“Why, that is scarcely for me to say,” replied Earnest,

-- 068 --

[figure description] Page 068.[end figure description]

modestly, “at least of all of them. They were very kind—
particularly so. If I had had time—at least I may say there
were some little `passages' between us—ha! ha! ha! Hey?
and I assure you this sort of thing has rather steeled my
heart against home attacks.”

“Home attacks?”

“Yes, the Yankee young ladies.”

“Really?”

“Yes. Dark eyes, bright eyes, tall or short, fair or brown,
tender or haughty, it's pretty much the same to me.
Thank God! I have seen men, and women too, my lord,
hey? and, moreover, I have seen the world. I am rich—
that is to say, I have de quoi vivre. I don't mean to marry,
unless I get something very superior. Now your cousin
yonder—isn't she your cousin?”

“She? who?”

“That devilish pretty Fanny Elton.”

“Miss Elton is not my cousin.”

“No? I thought she was. She's a devilish nice little
piece, though; I say, you've no intentions that way, have
you—hey?”

“I? no, certainly not.”

“So I thought, otherwise you wouldn't be here in the pit
while she was sitting in the boxes with a vacant seat beside
her. Well, then, I wouldn't say anything to hurt your feelings,
but since you're not carrying on operations in that
quarter, I will candidly confess that I myself, at one time—”

Frank turned his glance so sternly on the speaker that
most men would have observed it, but Mr. Earnest was too
much occupied with himself to pay much attention to others.

“You see, my friends wanted me to marry. The old
gentleman is getting rather rickety, and the mamma wants
to see the hopeful son settled before she shoots the pit.
So I did allow myself to be persuaded to look about me,
and she, on the whole, appeared to be about the best thing
in the market. Wherever I went it was always Fan Elton.
I called to see her several times—but—” he twisted up his
mouth to express the total failure of Miss Elton in her desires
to please him—“it was no go! I did not exactly think
she bore a close view. She's pretty—at a little distance—
but her manners are not precisely—besides—matrimony—
when one is brought to the point, you see, hey?—so I rather
shied. In short, I withdrew without committing myself,

-- 069 --

[figure description] Page 069.[end figure description]

though I fear she, poor girl! must think my abrupt clearing
out very odd.”

Much disgusted, Frank turned away, scarcely preserving
his temper sufficiently to avoid openly insulting the little
puppy, whose perfect satisfaction with himself was so provoking.

The curtain rose just at the moment, and the occupants of
the pit, with their usual dogmatical commands of “hats off,”
and “down in front,” arranged themselves to enjoy the drama
on the stage—few dreaming what a drama was going on
their side of the orchestra.

For one moment the awkward possibility had flashed
across Frank's mind, that there might be some truth in the
representation of Earnest. Miss Elton might have refused
himself and Harry in consequence of a passion for another,
and that other Mr. Earnest. He was—at least some people
thought him—good-looking. His features, though irregular,
were rather spirituelle (or Frank fancied them so at
this moment), his complexion was clear and fine, and his
eyes unquestionably good. He had travelled, was rich,
and reputed “a young man of talent.” He certainly was a
clever lawyer, a ready speaker, a spouter at public meetings,
and a great ladies' man, though an inherent pertness
and self-conceit could scarcely fail to repel persons of discrimination.
Was it within the range of possibility that
Miss Elton had—for love does sometimes play such curious
pranks—fancied this youth worthy her attention? He
watched with renewed interest, vexation, and delight, her
face as it changed in its mobile features with the incidents
on the stage—now shading over with the sadness of a tender
scene—now lighted up in the enjoyment of a sweet
song, and now, alas! forgetting all around her once more in
her own apparently not happy reveries.

The act was finished before he was well aware that it
had been begun, and as the curtain fell, said Earnest, leaning
over,

“I say, my boy, do you know those gentlemen that have
just come into your folk's box, and are sitting exactly behind
Fanny?”

“No.”

“They are English officers—stationed in Canada—here
on leave of absence. I knew them in London, and have renewed
the acquaintance here. The younger is Captain

-- 070 --

[figure description] Page 070.[end figure description]

Glendenning, the other Captain White—first-rate fellows—
high bred—the very tip-top.”

“Indeed?”

“They're here almost incog., on a sort of frolic; go nowhere,
though, if they chose only to present themselves,
they would be honoured to death by our toad-eating fashionables.
That Glendenning is the greatest devil that ever
breathed. In London he is always getting into the most
astounding scrapes. It is his passion. I should not be in
the least surprised to see him walk up the aisle of a crowded
church on a Sunday, take the clergyman by the nose, and
walk out again. It would be just like him—exactly. And
his friends have bought him into the army, and got him over
to Canada, to keep him out of the way of temptation, or, at
least, of disgrace in England.”

“I beg your pardon,” said Frank; “I believe I'll go and
join my party.”

“Just stop a moment, can't you,” said Earnest, “till this
big chap next you gets out? One day he rode a spirited
horse directly into a crockery shop, slap! dash! crack!
and nearly killed an old woman who was sitting behind the
counter; and when the owner came out to remonstrate, he
knocked him down senseless with the butt-end of his whip,
and left him for dead, for he's as brave as Cæsar—a magnificent
fellow!”

“Really,” said Frank, “he has not the appearance of being
such a desperate rascal. What were the consequences
of all this to him?”

“Oh! by Jove,” said Earnest, “don't apply quite such
plump expressions to him, or he'll knock you through some
third story window one of these days. The consequences
to him were nothing. He was fined five pounds, I believe,
by the magistrate. He paid it, of course (he's a thousand
a year), winked to his worship, and left the room. I heard,
however, he made, of his own accord, a very handsome
present to the poor crockery chap; for he is an excellent-hearted
fellow, and just as generous as he is wild.”

“I should doubt the excellence of his heart as much as
I do that of his head,” said Frank, coolly.

“Oh, it's nothing at all—only a frolic; boys must sow
their wild oats. `We young men must live,' as Jack
Falstaff says. One day he was at the races in England,
when he saw a man walking with a pretty girl. He went

-- 071 --

[figure description] Page 071.[end figure description]

up to him in the politest way and said, `I say, sir, that's a
d—n pretty girl! where did you pick her up?”' The
stranger, who was a merchant's clerk, replied, `She's my
wife, sir, and you're a puppy, or you would not address me
in such a way;' upon which Glendenning knocked him
down as flat as a flounder, for he's a capital boxer. When
the clerk, a Mr. Heckson, or Hickson, or some such name,
got up, he refused to box with Glendenning, because he
saw he was a bruiser; but he calmly offered to fight him
with pistols. `Your rank?' said Glendenning's friend
(for he was, of course, some low fellow!). `Your rank,
Mr. Tapeyard, does not permit you to invite a gentleman to
meet you.' `If the gentleman, as you call him,' said the
stranger, `has the baseness to insult a man beneath him in
rank, he ought, at least, to have the courage to meet him.'
`You're perfectly right,' said Glendenning. `I'll meet
you whenever you please.' They did meet, and Glendenning,
had he chosen, could have killed him just as easily as
kiss his hand, for he's a first-rate shot; but he only winged
him—broke his arm, I believe, or something of that sort.
Now, I want to know, who could behave more handsomely
than that? I like him amazingly. He's just after my taste.
Don't you agree with me?”

“No; on the contrary, I think your friend must be a desperate
blackguard!” said Frank, without trying to soften by
his manner the bluntness of his remark.

Earnest appeared to feel that this was intended as an offence,
but, not liking the idea of quarrelling, changed the
conversation.

“Well, I swear, Fanny is looking sweet to-night! I've
a great mind to go up into the box with you.”

“When I speak of that young lady,” said Frank, “I always
call her Miss Elton; and if you were a gentleman,
you would do the same.”

“Hallo!” said Earnest.

But Frank had already risen, and was making his way
out of the theatre without deigning him any farther attention.

-- 072 --

CHAPTER XI.

[figure description] Page 072.[end figure description]

Earnest was now insulted, yet he dared not resent it.
Although he professed to have found truth, he had not been
so fortunate in respect to courage. He was a coward. But
in proportion to his fear of the flashing eye and manly arm
of the indignant young soldier, was his vanity, and his hatred
of him who had wounded it. When men are in that
state of passion, the father of evil is generally ready with
opportunity to gratify it. The young man saw the departure
of his enemy, and presently perceived him seated almost
immediately behind Miss Elton, and occasionally interchanging
a remark with her. Jealousy added force to his revenge;
for the reader need scarcely be informed, that his
withdrawal from addressing Miss Elton was in consequence
of the cool dislike discovered by the young lady, in a way,
gentle and polite indeed, but by far too unequivocal to leave
him the slightest hope of success. He had, therefore, in
fact, not much more friendly sentiments towards her than
towards Frank.

The opera was at length concluded, and Earnest left the
theatre in no enviable mood. As he was passing into the
street, he felt a friendly, though rather emphatic slap on his
shoulder, and a

“Hallo, my little fellow! where do you come from?”
showed him Glendenning.

Their greetings were warmly interchanged, and, with
Captain White, they agreed to go in next door to Windust's
and take supper together before the farce.

“And how goes the world with you?” said White, as
each one began to discuss his delicious steak.

“How can it go other than well?” said Earnest, secretly
congratulating himself that his companions had not been
witnesses of his late humiliation. “With such a steak as
that, and a bottle of Champagne by me, the world always
goes well. How long do you mean to stay in New-York?
How do you like our Yankee metropolis? Where are you
going next?”

“Did any one ever hear such a rattle-pated madeap!”

-- 073 --

[figure description] Page 073.[end figure description]

said Glendenning. “How many mouths do you think I
have, to answer such a discharge of questions as that and
eat such a supper as this at the same moment? Have you
been into the theatre?”

“Yes. I saw you there. How do you like Horn?”

“What! another question?” said Glendenning. “Cut
that cork, will you? I really don't know. I didn't hear
him.”

“No? Why I saw you there!”

“Don't talk to Glendenning; he's crazy, as usual,” said
White. “I always wanted his old man to put him into a
madhouse. Do you know he has fallen monstrously in love
to-night, poor swain! with a girl he never saw before, and
never will again. Here, hold your glass, young Romeo.
We jest at scars that never felt a wound! This is devilish
nice wine.”

“I'll bet a dozen of it I see her again, and speak with
her too,” said Glendenning.

“Who are you raving about?” asked Earnest.

“I don't know.”

“Ha, ha, ha! capital!”

“She's a very beautiful Yankee girl, that sat before us
this evening. You ought to know your own town's people.”

“There were two,” said Earnest; “both pretty enough,
and both old friends of mine.”

“The one with a rose in her bosom,” said Glendenning.
“Waiter! another bottle of Champagne. Tell me who she
is, for I have never felt the keen arrow of the little boy go
so deep before.”

“The one with a rose on her breast is a Miss Elton.”

A Miss Elton? Thou speakest like a withered lawyer.
Miss Elton! the Miss Elton! The only woman I
ever saw in my life.”

“Ha, ha, ha! Here's a man to have under one's care,”
said White. “His old gentleman committed him to my
prudence, and I'd rather drive an unbroken colt before a
park of artillery. Ha, ha, ha!”

“Who is she? What is she? Will you make me acquainted
with her?” said Glendenning.

“No, not I. She's a demure coquette. She's jilted me,
and I've no more to do with her. I rather think she's consuming
the youth behind her—the one next you. He's one
of her flames, too, I suspect.”

-- 074 --

[figure description] Page 074.[end figure description]

“A coquette, is she?” said Glendenning. “I should
like her to try me.”

“Oh, you'd have to fight your way through two or three
fellows. This chap has a brother, both would-be cocks-of-the-walk.
The one with her to-night is a lieutenant in the
army.”

“What, a militia lieutenant? A `Jefferson Guards' or a
`Tompkins's Blues' man?” said Glendenning.

“No, a regular lieutenant; a proud, conceited, free-spoken,
upstart sort of a fellow; very rich, very saucy, and, by-the-way,
no great admirer of yours.”

“How's that?” said Glendenning, in whose cheek and
eyes the effect of the wine was already visible. “What
does any Yankee lieutenant have the audacity to say of
me?”

“Nothing, but that you're a desperate blackguard,” said
Earnest.

“What!” said Glendenning, laying down his knife and
fork.

“Just now—in the theatre—to me. I heard him. I
would have knocked him over if it had not been in the
theatre.”

“Waiter!” said Glendenning.

“Now you're for a row!” said White. “Don't go back.
What do you mean, Earnest, by such a statement as that
of a man who does not know either of us, and can know
nothing but what you must have told him?”

I? I told him only some of your frolics,” said Earnest,
sturdily, “and that was his reply. I'll take my oath
of it.”

“Waiter! the bill!” said Glendenning, mildly.

“Here, let me pay!” said Earnest, putting his hand violently
into his pocket, and rattling his money and keys as
soon as he saw the bill was paid.

“No matter!” said Glendenning, “the next time! I'm
very much obliged to you, my dear fellow. Let's finish the
bottle!”

“And where are you going then?” said White.

“Back to the theatre to see the farce.”

“Yes, to act in it, perhaps! Glendenning, you shall not
go,” said White.

“Nonsense.”

“I know you perfectly well, and you've taken too much
wine.”

-- 075 --

[figure description] Page 075.[end figure description]

“Look at me,” said the young roué; “am I drunk?

“I don't say you're drunk, but I say you're quarrelsome.
If you wish to notice the, I must say, ridiculous statement
of Earnest, do it, at least, in a proper way; send a message.
Earnest may take it, if he likes.”

“Oh no! not for the world. You must not betray me. I
told it you in the strictest confidence,” said Earnest.

“Well, I won't send him a message.”

“Then you shall not go back to the theatre!” said White,
grasping his arm.

“White,” said Glendenning, “I give you the honour of
a gentleman, I won't disturb this Lieutenant Hancock.”

“Lieutenant Lennox,” said Earnest. “His name is
Lennox.”

“Well, Lennox, then. I don't want a row any more than
you.”

“Your word of honour?”

“My word of honour. I want only to see this girl, because
she's so pretty.”

“Well, then, for half an hour let us go back.”

“I have my seat in the pit,” said Earnest, and he sneaked
off to resume it.

CHAPTER XII.

Frank sat with his party between the play and farce.
When White and Glendenning left the box he felt relieved,
for their admiration of Fanny had been so apparent as to
inspire the susceptible young lover with some not very placid
sensations. His gratification, however, was of short
duration, for, after the lapse of fifteen or twenty minutes,
which he had spent talking to his mother, the two officers
both returned. Thinking, perhaps, that the sight of a gentleman
conversing with the object of their rude attention
might either abash or intimidate them, he moved nearer and
addressed her.

“I've been looking at you, Miss Elton, from the pit,” said
he, “and considering what a fool you must think me.”

“To be sure I do!” said she, smiling, and extending her
hand; “but we are friends for all that.”

-- 076 --

[figure description] Page 076.[end figure description]

“I really don't quite know!” said Frank.

“You're a spoiled child,” said she, “and I shall tell your
mamma of you.”

“A child? my mamma? I am no child, Miss Elton.
Do you know I'm twenty in less than a month?”

“No! What a venerable old fellow you are. Is that
your own hair? Why, my poor child, I'm old enough to
be your grandmother! How do you like the opera?”

“Not much. It's very good. I haven't heard a note of it.”

“Lucid being! your ideas are so clear!

“And you have the cruelty to laugh at me? You!

“I must answer you in your father's style. `Hold your
tongue, sir!' How dare you have the impertinence to address
me in that way?”

He was going to reply, when the younger English officer
leaned deliberately forward, and took the rose from Miss
Elton's bosom.

For a single moment amazement and incredulity kept
Frank motionless, till he saw the two strangers rise as if
about to leave the box, when, with a deep exclamation of
fury, and his large eyes flashing sparkles of fire, he leaped
upon the aggressor, and struck him a fearful blow in his
face. There was a shriek of horror, a shout of wrath, and
Frank and his foe were linked together in a deadly hug.
The audience rose en masse, supposing the house on fire,
or that some part of the building had given way. The
truth, however, became immediately apparent, when a vociferous
burst of voices rose from all quarters, with “Hustle
'em out! Turn 'em out!”

But the combatants were already in the lobby, which was
close thronged to suffocation. The terrified family of Frank
shrieked after him in vain. They could not even get a
sight of him.

CHAPTER XIII.

Harry had also stolen into the pit of the theatre to look
at Miss Elton. He had beheld the incident above related,
and the effect upon his high-wrought temper may not be
easily imagined. Exerting all his strength, he forced his

-- 077 --

[figure description] Page 077.[end figure description]

way, not out of the theatre, but through the crowd towards
the box, and, leaping over the balustrade, he hastened into
the lobby. It was, however, too late. The combatants
were already gone, he knew not whither. The family had
also disappeared.

“Where are they?” demanded Harry of a by-stander.

“A lady fainted, and they have taken her home.”

“But the combatants?”

“Oh! gone off in one coach, four of them; but where is
more than they mentioned. The police are after them, but
I wish they may catch them, ha! ha! ha! One of those
young chaps has got to be made cold meat of before sunrise.”

Where, indeed, thought Harry. Which way to go was
now the question. To the police? to Hoboken? at length
he sprang into a hackney-coach, and directed “home.” On
arriving, he rushed into the house. He could not rationally
expect to meet Frank there, but he felt a shadow of horror
on finding he had not yet been heard of. The family
were in a delirium of grief; his mother walking up and
down the room, wringing her hands in despair, and his father
very pale, but calm. The supper-table was set, but,
as may be imagined, was untouched. The servants were
running to and fro, peeping into the room and slamming the
doors in haste and confusion, and there was poor Frank's
poetry pinned up against the curtain.

“My son! my son! where is he?” cried Mr. Lennox.

“Then he has gone,” said Harry.

“To the police. Oh, go to the police,” cried the women.

“No!” said Lennox, “he must go through with the affair:
no police!”

“I will go to the police,” said Elton.

“I beg, I command,” said Lennox, “that no one interfere.”

“Pardon me,” said Elton, hastening out, “I must not
desist from my duty.”

He went.

“God have mercy on him,” murmured Fanny.

“Police—no. They must meet, and they will meet. An
English officer and an American officer cannot go so far as
that without going farther. I trust he will lay the scoundrel
low, and teach a bully and a blackguard a manly lesson. I
hope to meet him presently, safe and successful from his
stern duty, and to clasp a hero and a gentleman to my arms,”
said Lennox.

-- 078 --

[figure description] Page 078.[end figure description]

“And I too, father,” said Mary, firmly, but with streaming
eyes. “I would have loaded his pistols for him rather
than he should have failed to do—act as he has done.”

“And hear me too, Almighty God!” cried Mrs. Lennox,
falling solemnly on her knees, “rather than a murderer, let
me see him brought back a dead corpse!

“Catharine,” cried her husband.

“I could better bear, oh Eternal Father!” continued she,
without paying any attention to the interruption, “I could
better bear to see him taken by thee. Take him—his mother
asks it—let him die in his youth, in his beauty, rather
than—”

“Dear Mr. Lennox,” said Miss Elton, “hadn't you better
go out and see what can be done to stop this dreadful
affair?”

“No, never!” said Lennox.

She then turned to Emmerson, but, on finding him taking
some refreshment very quietly in the back room, she appealed
to Harry.

“And will you see your brother murdered or become a
murderer, when, perhaps, you might prevent it?”

“I fear it must take its course, Miss Elton,” said Harry,
gravely. “The police are already informed. I could in no
way aid them.”

“Then go to the ground,” said Miss Elton, “where you
think they will repair. Make at least an effort to find them.”

“Were I on the spot,” said Harry, “what could I do?
They will not obey me. Nor, in fact, could I advise Frank
to do anything but go through with the affair.”

“You may reach the place in time to receive his dying
breath, perhaps some last request,” said Miss Elton.

“You are right,” replied Harry, shocked and rebuked.

“Go, then.”

He hastened out and leaped once more into the carriage,
when a police-officer stepped up to him.

“It is quite useless,” said the officer: “the gentleman's
name is Captain Glendenning. He lodges at the City Hotel.
We have sent there, and also over to Hoboken. It is
too late, however. The meeting can't be avoided. It is
now two—day breaks at three, and they will not probably
wait for much light, for they are in earnest. The mischief,
whatever it turn out to be, is done, and that's the end of it.”

Harry felt this, and that all exertion on his part would

-- 079 --

[figure description] Page 079.[end figure description]

prove fruitless. The chance was very slender of his being
able to find the parties. But the idea suggested by Miss
Elton had given him a new impulse. His affection for his
brother was warm and tender. He might find him, perhaps,
wounded, gasping his last sigh, alone, abandoned, or deserted
by all but strangers and hirelings. This new thought
seemed to wing his soul with lightning. He directed the
coachman to drive instantly and rapidly to the foot of Courtland,
or any of those streets leading to the Hudson, and
where small boats might be procured. The man obeyed,
and he presently reached the wharf. Boats were found,
but no oarsman and no oars. He leaped at length into one,
in which, probably by chance, a pair of old oars had been
left.

CHAPTER XIV.

The night was clear and calm. The water stretched
itself peacefully out till its gently-heaving surface was lost
in the dusky shadows. The strongly marked, heavy shapes
of the receding town lay indistinct and black on the flood—
a few dim forms of vessels at anchor, only half discernible;
but, without stopping to claim any more assistance, Harry
rowed with all his might out into the broad stream, and was
soon surrounded only by sky and waves. Unaccustomed,
however, to this violent exercise, he presently found himself
breathless and exhausted. Dripping with sweat, agitated
and impatient beyond endurance, he was obliged to
cease from his exertions, and suffer many long intervals to
pass away in passive despair. Then he seized the oars
with a new impulse of madness and rowed again, and so
more than half an hour elapsed, till, in the east, to him the
most dreadful sight, a pale, silver light began to steal upon
the long, sleeping clouds, and to touch with a deeper transparency
the tender sky.

At daybreak they would doubtless meet. Perhaps, by
the aid of these soft and slowly strengthening beams, the
brother whom he loved with a passionate tenderness which
he could scarcely endure, was presenting his heart to the

-- 080 --

[figure description] Page 080.[end figure description]

deadly aim of his enraged and murderous enemy; and so
the day broadened, and the green, pellucid waves heaved
and broke with their gentle, soothing sound, and streaks of
rosy red shot in arrowy lines up to the mid-heaven, and the
now distant city began to be unveiled beneath its light covering
of smoke, and mist, and shadow, and the green, delicate
shores of New-Jersey grew more near, more distinct,
more vividly lovely; and he could hear the birds warbling
in the woods, and the plaintive cry of three or four snipe,
that occasionally rose and alighted again on the winding
beach, and the meadow lark shot upward with its joyous
scream; and then—the report of a pistol, and then another.
He paused and listened till his blood grew cold and his
heart dead.

Nothing more could be heard but the ordinary sweet
sounds of nature, the dash of the waves, their rolling murmur
as they broke on the pebbly beach, the carol of the
lark, and the melancholy cry of the snipe.

With the strength of a giant, he now resumed his rowing,
and for a few moments the little boat shot swiftly on towards
the land, when, in the eagerness of his efforts, one oar broke
short off and the other fell into the stream.

With a deep imprecation, he struck his clinched fist
against his forehead. We will not repeat his blasphemous
maledictions, his dark, unbridled rage, his oaths of vengeance
on the murderer of his brother, even if he should
be obliged to stab him in the street. Nothing but fiendish
fury and black, relentless hate and despair held possession
of his mind; not a prayer, or a thought of Him who created
and sustained him.

He had not remained long in this state, endeavouring, in
a very inefficient and clumsy manner, to propel the boat,
with the aid of one of the board seats, by what boatmen
term sculling, when he perceived three figures come hastily
down, and disappearing behind a little cove, they presently
reappeared in a small boat, which began its rapid flight
across the stream towards the city. They came near
enough for him to see them. They were strangers. He
thought he could recognise the person who had taken the
rose from the bosom of Miss Elton. His brother was, then,
killed. He shouted to them to arrest their attention; but
the little boat held on its way, and was soon diminished to
a speck.

-- 081 --

[figure description] Page 081.[end figure description]

With great difficulty he neared the land, and, leaving the
boat to take care of itself, he leaped ashore and plunged
into the thickets and lanes, shouting his brother's name, and
looking to behold on every green sward, beneath every
flowery and odour-breathing hedge, his body extended and
weltering in its gore, or dragged along by some trembling,
blood-stained, and guilty-looking friend, to be huddled out
of sight, like something worthless and vile.

At last he left the search, with throbbing temples and
fevered veins. An early Hoboken ferry-boat was crossing
just in time for him, and he found himself at length once
more in town.

CHAPTER XV.

At Mr. Lennox's all was yet despair and confusion. It
is needless to attempt to paint, what cannot be comprehended
but by the unhappy sufferers, the horror, suspense, and
anguish of a family while waiting news of a duel, in which
some beloved son and brother is engaged. Lennox, although,
in the commencement, so obstinately determined to allow of
no interference if he could help it, had long since yielded to
his feelings,and had despatched several messengers in search
of news, and to prevent, if possible, the meeting. Mary was
unable to do anything but weep. Mrs. Elton, whose loquacity
had been silenced by exhaustion, had gone home ill.
Mrs. Lennox and Fanny alone were calm. Both had the
support of a communion with their Maker, and in humble
prayer had found strength and resignation.

And now, in the broad morning, the whole city was
awake, and the roaring streets gave notice that the business
of the day had commenced. News of the result, whatever
it might be, could not be much longer delayed. Several
friends and neighbours came in to inquire and to console,
and knock after knock seemed to carry the trial of the poor
expectants to the highest supportable pitch. By-and-by
Mr. Earnest arrived, with a countenance highly expressive
of pleasure.

“I come,” said he, “to bring good news. I have just

-- 082 --

[figure description] Page 082.[end figure description]

heard a report, from a person who came direct from the
City Hotel, that your son has met and killed his man.”

Another knock. It was Mr. Elton. He was pale as
death.

“You know then,” said Mrs. Lennox, wildly.

“Yes, yes, I heard it at the wharf.”

“God have mercy on us,” said Mary.

“God have mercy on him,” said Mrs. Lennox, with ashy
cheeks and quivering lips. “I could have borne anything
better.”

“He fell at the third fire,” said Elton, “and never breathed
again.”

“Who fell?” said Earnest.

“Frank—poor, poor Frank.”

The wild shriek of utter horror which this intelligence
produced from Mrs. Lennox, and which showed how little
she knew the strength of her feelings, was scarcely attended
to in the general tumult of grief it occasioned. Mary threw
herself into the arms of her friend, and Mrs. Lennox upon
the bosom of her husband, as if for protection against the
awful scene which was to follow. The servants wept aloud
and wrung their hands. Cries of despair and half-uttered
prayers were heard.

“He is gone! he's dead—my son! my son!” said the
distracted mother, wildly.

“But let us be cool in all cases,” said Mr. Elton. “If
this heavy grief have fallen on you, we must try to meet it
calmly; but we have yet only contradictory reports.”

Here Harry entered, stained with dust, and sweat, and
water, and looking himself more like a corpse than a living
man.

“Your news!” asked Miss Elton, for the rest appeared
to have lost the power of speech.

“Mother, you had better go up stairs,” said Harry.

“No,” said Mr. Elton; “if you have to tell the worst, tell
it: and may Almighty God strengthen your hearts to hear
it. Is your brother dead?”

“Don't answer, Harry,” said Mr. Lennox, covering his
face with his hands. “Give me a moment—”

At this instant there was another knock.

“It is the body!” half shrieked the servant-maid.

“My wife, my poor wife!” murmured Lennox, as she
sank, gasping, on his bosom.

-- 083 --

[figure description] Page 083.[end figure description]

“Ah, Frank, my son! my son!” said Mrs. Lennox.

“My poor, dear brother!” sobbed Mary.

A rapid, light step was heard on the stairs, a crowd of
servants rushed into the room with exclamations of “Here
he is! Here he is!” the door was flung forcibly open, and

Frank!” “My son!” “My brother!” “Oh, God, I
thank thee!” broke from every quivering lip; for Frank—no
stiffening, marble, bloody body, no murdered, mute, senseless
corpse, but Frank himself, the living, glowing, triumphand
Frank, his cheeks like roses, his eyes beaming with
delight, in all the reality of youth, health, and, as it seemed
to them, most transcendent beauty—stood laughing before
them.

Mrs. Lennox was for a moment forgotten, but she was
engaged in fervent prayer.

“Why, what's the matter with you all?” said Frank, as
the rest pressed about him, embracing him, covering him
with caresses, kissing the very skirts of his coat, and almost
suffocating him with their joyful affection.

“Frank, my boy, let me look at you. Get out of his
way! Come here, you noble-hearted hero. God bless
you, my son!”

“Why, anybody would think—” said Frank, in the most
careless manner, but the affectation of indifference was too
much for him. He burst into tears, and, as he clasped each
one in succession in a convulsive and convulsively-rendered
embrace, as he pressed to his own the white and trembling
lips, the cheeks from which terror had drained all the
blood, and grasped hands, he scarce knew whose, which
shook with the tumult of emotion, he could only, in broken
words, exclaim,

“Thank God! I beg your pardon. I came as soon as
I could; but I was arrested on my way back by a rascally
police-officer, and I'm only this instant released. See, my
mother!” and, after tearing himself away from their fond
arms, he knelt at the side of Mrs. Lennox, who, reaching
out her hands and laying them on his head, could only
murmur,

“O God, I thank thee!”

“Welcome back, Frank,” said Harry, after a moment's
pause, and with an effort struggling to preserve his indifference;
“welcome back, my boy.”

“My dear Harry!”

-- 084 --

[figure description] Page 084.[end figure description]

“You are ill,” said Miss Elton, her eyes swimming in
tears.

“No, no,” said Harry; “I want only air. It will pass
in a moment.”

“Miss Elton,” said Frank, “he will never insult you
again.”

“Is my son, then, a murderer?” demanded Mrs. Lennox,
shudderingly.

“No, mother. But I did my best. I would have laid
him low enough if I could.”

“I hope you have at least winged the scoundrel?” said
Lennox.

“Oh no, sir; no scoundrel, but one of the noblest fellows
that ever breathed. I love him like a brother.”

“Frank forever!” said Mary, smiling through her tears.
“I shouldn't wonder if they become bosom friends.”

“Last night he did not know what he was about,” said
Frank. “He had just been supping and drinking.”

“Intoxicated!” said Mrs. Lennox. “A poor excuse for
a cowardly action.”

“No, he is no coward,” said Frank, disentangling himself
from the hands and arms which still grasped and were
wound around him, “but a noble fellow. Five minutes
after he had dared to touch the rose in the dress of Miss
Elton, it was arranged we should cross immediately to Hoboken
in two small boats, and meet at the earliest daylight.

“I found Sussex by a lucky chance, who stood my friend
like a magnificent fellow. We fired, and missed, but I had
the pleasure of spoiling a very handsome new hat for him.
Glendenning had coolly discharged his pistol in the air.
Our friends here interfered, and said the affair had gone far
enough, particularly as Glendenning had wasted his shot.
While those gentlemen were disputing what sort of apologies
ought to be made on either side, Glendenning stepped
forward, against all rule, and superior to all selfish calculation,
and said, `I require no apology. Lieutenant Lennox
has done nothing but what any one in his place would have
done; I have been exclusively in the wrong. I should
have apologized long ago, but that I could not do without a
meeting. Now, I trust,' he added, showing his hat with a
smile, `the reconciliation may take place. I therefore make
a full apology for an offence of which I am heartily ashamed.”
'

-- 085 --

[figure description] Page 085.[end figure description]

“A noble fellow!” said Lennox.

“With that we shook hands; and then stepping to his
second, Captain White, he took from him this rose, returned
it to me, and said he should be happy if the lady from
whom he had taken it in a moment of excitement could be
persuaded to pardon him. Tell her, said he, I throw myself
on her magnanimity, as I do on that of your friends and
family! This rose,” continued Frank, with something of a
proud air and pulling his whiskers forward a little, “I believe
belongs to you, Miss Elton!”

“Bravo! my boy!” exclaimed Mr. Lennox.

Fanny accepted the rose with an enchanting grace, and
said: “Frank, I can scarcely tell you how much I admire
your manly courage, how sincerely I feel that you would
never shrink where duty called, but you know, for we have
often spoken on the subject, that I cannot approve—”

“Come! come!” said Lennox. “You are a little Puritan,
and I won't have any sermons on my boy. He has risked
his life for you, and if there is anything wrong in the matter,
it must be borne by the shoulders of society at large
(which are good broad ones, you know), not by any individual,
and, most of all, not by my Frank.”

“Breakfast ready, sar!” said Simon, an old attached
black servant of the family, throwing open the doors, his
cheeks wet with tears.

“Come on; take Miss Elton's hand. Lead her in,” exclaimed
Mr. Lennox. “You have won the honour, and I
hope she will not refuse to bestow it. Here—hallo! who
now? Mrs. Elton, recovered by the news, and Emmerson
again! Come along! we'll kill the fatted calf, for the
young prodigal has returned.”

The well-ordered domestic arrangements of Mrs. Lennox's
family moved, in their various operations, almost by
themselves, and an abundant and tempting breakfast had
risen up with the agreeable facility of Aladdin's palace. The
English books of travel have already informed the European
reader that, although the Americans are marvellously good-for-nothing
creatures, with unfortunate institutions and a bad
government, they do know how to serve a good breakfast.
There were tea, coffee, and chocolate, hot rolls and Indian
cakes, toast, sausages, steaks, and broiled shad, with other
dainties to suit the demands and various tastes of the somewhat
large company who sat down to enjoy them. To

-- 086 --

[figure description] Page 086.[end figure description]

crown the whole was the genuine spirit of hospitality, the
ever-delightful attendant at the table of Mrs. Lennox.

It would have made a good picture, the breakfast of this
family, on the present memorable morning. Joy had burst
upon them like the sunshine after a stormy night, and shed
upon all but a few hearts the sympathy of happiness. Mrs.
Elton had recovered her appetite, her health, and her radiant
smiles, and was talking away for dear life's sake,
without any one having the least idea of what she was saying,
though each person to whom her pleasure-beaming
eyes were successively directed nodded understandingly,
with his mouth full, and said, “to be sure!” and “certainly!
certainly!” Fanny, relieved from the harrowing apprehensions
of the night, had forgotten all her own annoyances.
Mr. Elton inclined to be a grave observer of the scene
which, however gay, had its origin in a principle shocking
to humanity and in violation of the laws of God and man,
was still unwilling to disturb the charm of the hour by solemn
debates or animadversions which could have but little
chance of being listened to. Frank was in the seventh
heaven of triumph and hope. He had given to Miss Elton
a testimony that he was not quite a “boy,” a term for which
he began to have all the hatred of Coriolanus, and, besides,
he rejoiced in the éclat with which he well knew the duel
must surround his name; for let moralists muse as they
may, the public opinion yet deals leniently with the offence,
and, under most circumstances, delights to honour the offender.
Harry was happy in the escape of his brother.
So far was his from being a selfish heart, that his own grief
was, for the time, merged in the happiness of once more
beholding Frank, not only alive and well, but covered with
glory, and in witnessing the vivid happiness of his delighted
home. Perhaps no face showed more clearly the traces
of mental suffering, for he had been exhausted by the emotions
and exertions of the past night; but he was even contented
to be miserable himself while he saw others around
him, whom he loved, relieved from their misery. One
countenance alone had a strange, discontented look. It was
Emmerson's, whose naturally cold and selfish heart felt little
real sympathy with either the anguish or the joy even of
his best friends. He seemed really to look a little darker
after Frank's return than before. Keenly and morbidly
alive to whatever related to himself, he regarded the affairs

-- 087 --

[figure description] Page 087.[end figure description]

of others with the calmness of a philosopher. Had Frank
been brought home a corpse, he would not have failed to
manifest, and perhaps to feel, all the decorous sentiments of
grief and horror, but it would not have broken his sleep, or
in any way impaired his enjoyments, and he would, perhaps,
have worn the dark face, which now struck like a
discord upon the general happiness, with something more
of an effort.

CHAPTER XVI.

Well, my boy,” said Lennox, as the appetite of all began
to subside, “this is better than a bullet through the
head.”

“What a frightful thing!” said Mrs. Lennox. “Only a
few mornings ago we were seated in this very room at
breakfast, counting on remaining here twenty years. A
few hours pass away, and yet what a change! But for the
mercy of God, Frank might have been either murdered, or
himself a murderer. Oh Frank! if Christianity is true, you
have this day committed a crime.”

“Pho!” said his father, “I doubt whether we can ascribe
every such event to Providence, or whether the Creator can
desire to know all that passes here.”

“Are not two sparrows sold for a farthing?” said Mr.
Elton; “and yet not one of these falls to the ground without
his will.”

“Ah, that's a figure of speech, sir,” said Harry. “One
is surely not expected to believe that so extremely accurate
an account is kept of such unimportant matters?”

“No, certainly not,” said Lennox.

“I don't see how it would be possible,” said Harry;
“and, if possible, I don't know what good it would do.
Even a father in this world, the most strongly interested in
the fate of his children, would not wish to keep an account
of the exact number of their hairs, or how many times they
breathed a day, and all that sort of thing. Imagine only a
big book in heaven, and an industrious angel, with a huge
quill behind his ear (at least it ought to be a steel pen), putting
down, from age to age, to eternity, `So many sparrows

-- 088 --

[figure description] Page 088.[end figure description]

in Jerusalem fell such a day,' `so many in Rome,' `so many
at New-York.”'

“It is easier to ridicule holy subjects than to understand
them,” said Mr. Elton, mildly.

“But you cannot ridicule Shakspeare, or Newton, or Euclid
so.”

“Supposing that to be the case,” said Elton: “do you
thence draw the inference that the Scriptures are untrue?”

“Oh no! Only that they are too strictly interpreted.”

“But you appear to consider the persons you have named
as rivals, and, apparently, successful ones, of our Saviour.”

Harry felt it impossible to conceal the thoughts and opinions
which had been lately stirring in his bosom. His decisive
character loved to take a course at once, and to do
whatever he meant to do immediately and openly. The
whole table listened to the conversation.

“You would not pardon me—you would consider me
guilty of a heinous crime—if I said yes,” replied he.

“Upon my word I should not,” said Mr. Elton, with sincerity.
“On the contrary, I think the scheme of Christianity
must be doubtful to many who have not carefully examined
it, which I perceive you have not done, and I like to
see a man honest in expressing his opinions on proper occasions;
only have opinions one way or the other. There
is hope for all but those who pass the subject over as not
worthy of attention. I have been a doubter, and some of
my friends, now very firm Christians, have totally disbelieved
in all revelation.”

“Then,” said Harry, “without being flippant, or meaning
to wound the feeling of persons who think differently, I
confess I believe all religions only indirectly revealed from
the Creator.”

“That is, not revealed at all,” said Mr. Elton.

“My son! my son!” exclaimed Mrs. Lennox.

“The claims of Christianity upon the credulity of a man
of sense are not, at least, without serious objections,” replied
Harry. “It has been two thousand years in the
world, and it has not at all effected its purpose. Men are
no better, and some of the wisest and best don't believe it.
Of the billion inhabitants of the globe, not one fifth even
profess it. Of that small proportion, a very great one, and
among them men like Gibbon, Voltaire, Hume, and Byron,
reject it. Incredible things can't be credited by thinking

-- 089 --

[figure description] Page 089.[end figure description]

men. I don't believe Joshua made the sun stand still.
You see modern astronomy has thrown a new complexion
upon that story. I don't believe in the miracles of Moses
and Aaron, and the Egyptian magicians. I don't believe in—”

“My son,” said Mrs. Lennox, with an air of alarm and
grief, “if you do not wish me to leave the table, have the
goodness to go no farther.”

“Why, I am only a rationalist. All I ask is, that Christianity
be made intelligible, and that men be not called upon
to believe impossible things, or to be governed by impracticable
precepts.”

“Let me give you, my young friend, one piece of advice,”
said Elton. “I do not mean to discuss the truth of Christianity
in so light a way as this. I am a very poor debater,
nor have I much faith in debates. Belief will come to you
at the proper time, or it will never come. But I recommend
you not to lay aside frankness in your remarks and meditations
on this subject. Rationalism, if I understand it, is
infidelity under a milder name. Christianity is either true
or not true. All ingenious theories of explanation are unworthy
men of sense and piety. Whoever pays the least
attention to the Bible, will see that there can be no half-way
point
between faith and skepticism. God revealed himself
in the Messiah. Christ was born of a virgin. He performed
miracles, and rose from the dead, or he did not; one of
the two you must believe. You have chosen the latter
creed. Take it! hug it! carry it through the world with
you. Test its strength and truth, and see if you can go
through life with it.”

“Many wiser and greater than I have done so,” said
Harry.

“You cannot know what goes on in the bosom of another.
Have you ever examined all the arguments in favour of
Christianity?”

“Have you ever examined all the arguments against it?”

Mr. Elton was silent, and Harry felt as if he had the best
of the debate.

“Come, come,” said his father, “you are on too grave
subjects. In these matters, I have always left my children
to themselves. I don't think the topic a proper one for the
breakfast-table. In Frank's course this morning he has his
own approbation and mine. He will also have that of the
world.”

-- 090 --

[figure description] Page 090.[end figure description]

A young boy in rather a country dress here entered respectfully
and somewhat awakwardly. He held a newspaper
in his hand.

“What do you want, sir?” said Lennox.

“I wish to ask you,” said the boy, apparently embarrassed,
on finding himself speaking before so large an assembly,
“if the declaration is to be filed in the case of Green
versus Thomson?”

“A fig for the declaration in the case of Green versus
Thomson,” said Mr. Lennox.

“My dear father,” said Mary, remonstratingly.

“Do you know what has taken place this morning, sir?”

The boy, who had a good, intelligent face, but who appeared
very bashful, looked extremely grave, then suddenly
smiled, and immediately looked grave again. This curious
habit, which had often occasioned the remarks of the family,
now set every one laughing.

“Yes, sir,” with a still deeper blush, which overspread
his whole face with crimson, but, at the same time, with a
look of pleasure, for he well knew Mr. Lennox's roughness
was but the eccentricity of a kind heart; “and I thought
maybe you'd like to see the paper?”

“What! the declaration in the case of Green versus
Thomson?”

The boy looked graver than ever, gave a short laugh,
and then put on the immovable seriousness of a judge
again.

“No, sir, the newspaper.”

“Why so, sir?”

“To show you this here.”

“And what the devil is `this here?' ”

Indulging again in one of his transitory gleams of mirth,
Seth stepped up and handed the paper.

“Well, upon my word,” said Lennox, “this is something
like.”

Affair of Honour.—We stop the press to announce
that a meeting took place this morning at daybreak between
Lieutenant Francis Lennox, son of the distinguished
lawyer of this city, and Captain Charles Glendenning, of
his majesty's—, at the duelling ground, Hoboken—”

“And do you, sir,” said Mr. Lennox, suddenly stopping,
and putting on a magisterial air, “with such a newspaper
in your hand, and the knowledge of such an event in your

-- 091 --

[figure description] Page 091.[end figure description]

pericranium—do you dare to come to me, in the bosom of
my family, with the son that is thus saved setting miraculously
at my very side, and talk to me about a paltry declaration
in the case of Green versus Thomson?

“My dear father, you are so wild. The poor boy is half
frightened to death,” said Mary.

But Seth only suffered to escape him one of his overflowing
laughs, and then looked his master seriously in the eyes,
with very much the expression, however, as if he intended
to laugh again presently.

“Come here, sir.”

The boy obeyed. He was a plain-looking lad of sixteen,
badly dressed, without much expression in his face except
when he smiled. His complexion was good, his eyes intelligent,
and his manners indicative of a high degree of
anxiety what to do with his feet and in what part of the
world to stow away his hands.

“You are a young villain, sir! Go round to Edgecomb
and Radley, No. 12 Maiden Lane, immediately, and get
yourself measured for a gentleman's suit of clothes, to be
charged to my account. Go out and find, moreover, a hat,
two pairs of boots, a dozen pairs of stockings, and a dozen
ready-made, respectable, dandified, linen shirts, with very
high collars. Add a pair of gloves, and, if you like, a cane,
and have the bills sent to me. Do you hear, you little
scaramouch?”

The laugh of poor Seth was now heartily joined in by
all present.

“And when you have got them, Seth,” said Mary, “come
to me, I want to speak to you.”

“Now tramp—march—vanish into thin air.”

The boy obeyed the spirit, though not the letter of this
mandate, and Mr. Lennox went on to read,

Affair of Honour.—We stop the press to announce that
a meeting took place this morning at daybreak between Lieutenant
Francis Lennox, son of the distinguished lawyer of
this city, and Captain Charles Glendenning, of his majesty's—,
at the duelling ground, Hoboken. The dispute arose
at the theatre, Captain Glendenning having offered a rudeness
to a lady in the presence of Lieutenant Lennox, which
the latter punished by a blow. The parties repaired almost
instantly to the ground, and, after one fire, which, on the
part of Captain Glendenning, was discharged in the air, the

-- 092 --

[figure description] Page 092.[end figure description]

matter was terminated amicably by the mediation of the seconds.
The most ample apologies were offered by Captain
Glendenning, and the gallant gentlemen parted on the best
terms, and with mutual protestations of friendship. Captain
White, of the British army, acted as the friend of his countryman
in this rather peculiar affair, and Mr. Sussex, of this
city, for Lieutenant Lennox. Nothing could exceed the coolness
and courage manifested on the occasion by both the gentlemen;
and a ball, it is said, took effect in the hat of Captain
Glendenning, who received the awkward indication of skill
with immovable composure.

“We must be permitted to remark, however, that, if we
have heard the matter correctly represented, it has been reserved
for our chivalric townsman to teach to his opponent
a valuable lesson, which, we trust, will not be wholly thrown
away upon him, or upon the country to which he belongs.
Impertinent English travellers may write slanderous books
with impunity, but there are insults which can never fail to
meet their just reward!!

“Expressive italics! and a note of admiration!” said
Lennox. “Ho! ho! ho!—ha! ha! ha! Frank, you'll be
a bit of a lion for six weeks to come.”

“I am very sorry for it,” said Mrs. Lennox.

We have not attempted to give all the conversation which
took place, as, in the general agitation, three or four were
nearly always speaking at the same time, and as for Mrs.
Elton, she did not stop at all. At length, however, they
separated. Some went to bed. The visiters returned home
to spread through the town all the particulars of the interesting
affair. Emmerson, having heartily shaken every one
by the hand, and reiterated his inexpressible joy at the termination
of a calamity which had such a threatening commencement,
went down stairs into the office to his business
duties. Mr. Elton shook his head, in the pursuance of his
own grave thoughts. Harry and Frank retired together to
talk the matter over, and Mrs. Elton, who had been relating
a story to Mrs. Lennox, Mary, and Fanny, of a shipwreck,
of which she had read an account some time in her early
youth, where the poor sailors were obliged to remain out
seven days and nights in an open boat without food, was
obliged to break off just as the unfortunate people had discovered
a sail in the horizon; but she treated her husband
and Fanny to the denouement on her way home.

-- 093 --

[figure description] Page 093.[end figure description]

And so the fierce hurricane, so sudden, unexpected, and
terrible, subsided into calm sunshine, and the mourned as
dead was restored. The awful night became but a thing
to be remembered and talked of over the winter fire, and all
breathed again in peace.

CHAPTER XVII.

A FEW days subsequent to this affair, Mr. Lennox gave a
dinner to a few friends. Although he humbly confessed
himself “no Crœsus,” it may be asserted that the Lydian
king, whatever armies he might have raised, or splendid
gifts he might have presented, could not have inhabited a
more comfortable house, or given a better dinner—at least
according to the tastes of modern palates. His light and
generous heart, and unambitious character, cared little for
the world, save as it ministered to his pleasure, or gratified
his love of hospitable pomp and splendour. His home was
one of those sunshiny retreats which few are so fortunate
as to possess. Blessed, by a large inheritance and the income
of his lucrative profession, with affluence without the
necessity of economy, he enjoyed the delights of extravagance
unaccompanied by any of its usual cares or apprehensions;
for, while nothing can be less like happiness
than expensive pleasures to a man who suffers the haunting
consciousness of living beyond his income, and of revelling,
in advance, on the portion of his widow and orphans,
to a person of Mr. Lennox's lively disposition there was a
hearty delight, long become habitual to him, in the generous
profuseness which prudence itself could not censure.

His home was therefore the scene of all kinds of agreeable
pleasures, and his children were educated fully to appreciate
them. A beautiful country-seat on the Hudson,
about sixty miles from the city, was the usual summer retreat
of his family, when not engaged in excursions to some
of the numerous and interesting points of interest in which
the neighbourhood of New-York is so singularly rich, and
in the winter, music, dancing, the opera, the theatre, balls
and dinners, made them see even the glad, bright months
of summer roll away without regret.

-- 094 --

[figure description] Page 094.[end figure description]

From his youth Mr. Lennox had been favoured by fortune
(as he expressed it) with an unbroken course of prosperity,
and an almost total exemption from the misfortunes
which so generally afflict others. Health smiled upon him
and upon his. No death had even interrupted the affectionate
happiness of his family. His children were growing
up all that his efforts had striven to make them. He was
beloved and honoured by his friends, and had no enemies
but such as envy and malice, and his independent course
on all occasions where duty called him to act, had made
him, and at these he could afford to snap his fingers. His
life had resembled some of those fabled climates where
wind, rain, cold, and clouds never disturb the softness of the
air or stain the serenity of the sky.

How far such a long career of unshadowed prosperity is
favourable to the development of virtue, the formation of superior
character, or the knowledge of real happiness, the
moralist may determine, but it had certainly not, thus far,
apparently diminished the excellence or the cheerfulness
of the Lennoxes. All acknowledged the warm virtues of
their hearts and the charm of their manners. They were
generous without pride, and affable without condescension.
There are not here, as in most other countries, a class of
poor who live avowedly on the bounty of the opulent, and
hold, from the magnificent charity of the rich, what, but
for the perhaps unavoidable errors of government and society,
they would owe only to their justice. But whenever
misfortune did come in contact with any of the Lennoxes,
it was sure of unaffected sympathy, and, if possible, effectual
relief; and while his family were silently and benevolently
accustomed, with the discrimination which marks
true charity, to relieve the distresses of the poor, many a
helpless client, without money, perhaps, to defend himself
against oppression, or to meet the accidental demands of
the law, had found in Lennox a bold advocate, a fearless
defender, and a generous friend. Many an innocent accused
had seen himself saved from punishment by the outspeaking
eloquence which asked no pay but its own pleasure
in the act, and many a poor debtor, clutched by the
hand of some malignant creditor, and consigned to a dungeon
in the midst of the gay, enlightened city of New-York,
which would have been more in harmony with the dark
council-chamber of Venice (for even such was once, and

-- 095 --

[figure description] Page 095.[end figure description]

not long ago, our laws), found not only present ease, but
subsequent success in life.

Under these bright auspices, the two brothers had grown
up as boys, and were about entering into life as men.
Frank, as we have seen, was already a distinguished graduate
from West Point, and Harry had been admitted to the
bar, and become a partner in the lucrative office of his father,
with the intention, on the part of the latter, that he
should, as speedily as possible, take the whole responsibility
of it on himself, with Mr. Emmerson as his assistant,
and, if things went well subsequently, as his partner. But
Harry's triumph at overstepping, at length, the obscure retreats
of boyhood, however mingled with grand visions of
the future, with noble resolutions and an innate love of the
right, was crossed, as we have seen, with some influences
of an opposite nature. He loved virtue and hated vice, but
he had no distinct knowledge of the nature and requisites
of the one, nor the dangers, illusions, and insidious character
of the other. The peaceful and splendid advantages in
the midst of which he had passed his life thus far, the succession
of pleasures which he had enjoyed, his father's
wealth, his own attainments, which were remarkable, his
talents equally so, his very virtues, and, perhaps, the not
unthought-of advantages of his person, filled him with selfconfidence,
and gave his reflections a leaning towards infidelity,
caught from the superficial view which youth takes
of life and nature, and confirmed by the study of Byron,
Gibbon, and similar authors of fascinating genius and profound
attainments, who appear at the bar of history as the
representatives of irreligion and the bold scorners of the
Bible. Thus, his note-books scribbled over with memoranda
of Voltaire and Volney, and his memory stored with
splendid passages from Cain and Childe Harold (while he
never read the lofty, noble, spiritual, and unanswerable arguments
on the other side of the question), young Lennox was
about to launch forth on that mysterious sea, whose glittering,
treacherous bosom has ingulfed so many a “tall ship.”
Destitute of any belief in the future, of any reverence for,
or confidence in God, of any knowledge of his own soul,
more than as the vapoury tenant of a perishing form, his
hopes, wishes, and plans were all confined within this life's
bounds; bounds which, to youth, seem vast and endless,
but which, in a few fleet years, contract to a startling span
and vanish like a morning dream.

-- 096 --

[figure description] Page 096.[end figure description]

Mr. Lennox had educated his children with the utmost
care and expense in all the graceful accomplishments, as
well as the necessary branches of learning. They were
excellent musicians, and sweet glees, sweetly sung, were
among the attractions of their frequent soirées. In all the
essentials of worldly honour they had been carefully instructed,
and perhaps no one could be more open to the
noble influences of virtue, more incapable of anything paltry
or mean. In short, all things but one had been done for
them. Like thousands in all parts of Christendom, their
lives had flowed quietly on, in peaceful satisfaction with the
things around them, happy and communicating happiness,
loving and beloved, contented with the practice of virtue and
a horror of vice, living in this world, with it, and for it,
without a thought beyond. And thus had fled (to Mrs. Lennox,
how short and dreamlike did they appear!) the twentyone
bright, unclouded years since the birth of her eldest son.

On the evening previous to the dinner to which we have
alluded, the family had taken tea, Miss Elton was passing
the evening with Mary, and Mr. Lennox was in one of his
silent moods, enjoying a cigar by the open window, when
Frank, who had several times opened his mouth and shut it
again without saying anything, at length delivered what he
appeared to have been labouring with.

“I have a favour to ask of you all,” said he, “and, moreover,
I give you notice beforehand that it is full of poise
and danger, and fearful to be granted.”

“I don't think there can be any necessity for such a very
formal preface,” said his mother.

“Don't be too sure!” said Frank, laughing.

“I cannot be too sure of that,” replied she, “my dear,
wicked boy!”

“Now let us see,” said Frank, “how much ladies really
mean of what they say. So you positively promise to grant
my request before you know what it is?”

“Yes, I do.”

“And father?”

“Yes.”

“Upon my word I'm afraid to name it.”

“Why, what is it?” said his father. “You would not
ask, I am sure, anything which ought to be refused.”

“I suppose,” said Mary, “you want to go abroad, and
father is to give his permission, get you leave of absence,

-- 097 --

[figure description] Page 097.[end figure description]

and allow you a couple of thousand dollars a year, or so,
till you see the world and fight some more duels.”

“Would you grant that?” asked Frank.

“I don't know. No—yes,” said his father.

“But—” said Mrs. Lennox.

“I know,” said Frank, “the dangers I should have to
encounter—shipwreck, fire, water, lightning, plague, pestilence,
and famine. I know exactly what you are going to
say, my dear mother. Then I should probably die several
times during my long absence, or you would all die before
my return; and I should be robbed in Spain, and murdered
in Syria, corrupted in Paris, and killed in several duels, as
Mary says, and all that!”

“Nonsense,” said Mr. Lennox. “If you wish to go
abroad, you can go by the next packet, or as soon as I can
arrange with the War Department for your leave of absence.
I think it a capital idea.”

“My dear boy,” said his mother, her eyes filling with
tears, “two, three, four years, at my time of life! I should
never see you again—I have a presentiment.”

“Of course you have,” said Frank, laughing; “of course
you wouldn't. Who ever did come back safe from a tour
in Europe? The idea is absurd on the face of it, of course!”

“Ah, yes, you can laugh! it's a fine thing to be young
and thoughtless, to be sure,” said Mrs. Lennox. “And how
would you go—without any companion, too?”

“I suppose you're like Miss Elton, and think I ought to
have my mamma with me all my life, to keep me from being
run over, from taking cold, &c., &c., &c.”

“Ha, ha, ha!” said Mr. Lennox.

“Well, come! I won't go abroad at present,” said
Frank, taking his mother's hand, and pressing it tenderly to
his lips. “I'll compromise with you for another favour—a
very tri&longs;ling one, which will be begun and ended in a day.
Do you agree to that? Come!”

“Yes.”

“Now, then, let us see this time what success!”

“Do, for Heaven's sake, let's know what it is?” said
Mary.

“Old age makes him garrulous,” remarked Miss Elton.

“We have a dinner to-morrow.”

“Well?”

“I wish to add two particular friends to the party.”

-- 098 --

[figure description] Page 098.[end figure description]

“Why, of course—certainly. What a ridiculous request!”

“As if the dinner were not for you!” said Mary.

“Pray, what objection do you see to your asking whom
you please to my house?” demanded Mr. Lennox. “Who
are your friends? John shall go for them immediately.”

“The first is—Captain White,” said Frank, making a
face aside to Mary, as of a man who touches a match and
stands expecting an explosion.

“What! the second of Captain Glendenning?”

“Yes, my dear mother.”

“You're mad, Frank,” said his mother, “or else you're
jesting!”

“Really, sir,” said his father, “it seems to me you
choose your associates in rather an eccentric manner.”

“Oh, very well,” said Frank. “It would have gratified
me very much, that's all.”

“Well, well,” said Mrs. Lennox; “we have already
granted it: we cannot retract; though I must say, you
often really surprise me, Frank. Captain White is the
friend and boon-companion of that Glendenning. Men who
frequent profligate society must expect to be thought themselves
profligates. Glendenning has insulted you and all
of us in the grossest manner; and I must say I do not
think the companion of such a person a proper associate
either for yourself or your family. Fanny, too, and her
mother and father, also, dine with us to-morrow, and—I
really think you had better withdraw your request. I should
like to know what you will propose next, you unreasonable
creature you!”

“Why, as to what I could propose next,” said Frank,
with a frown upon his brow, softened, however, by the halfsuppressed
smile which lurked around his lips, “there is
only one thing which I could propose next consistently—
under the circumstances.”

“And what the devil's that?” demanded his father, somewhat
sternly.

“Why,” said Frank, coolly, “to bring Glendenning himself!

“You're tri&longs;ling with your mother.”

“No; I assure you I never was more serious in my life.
That is the request you have granted in advance, and I
think, if you'll hear me speak a moment, I'll persuade you—
convince you that I am quite right.”

-- 099 --

[figure description] Page 099.[end figure description]

“Well, Frank,” said Mrs. Lennox, with obviously serious
displeasure, “if you bring Captain Glendenning here
to-morrow, I have nothing more to say, but I shall dine in
my room.”

“You do injustice to Glendenning,” said Frank, warmly.
“I have several times met him since our affair, and he has
rendered me all the satisfaction that a gentleman could render
or a gentleman require. This offence was an act of delirium,
committed in a moment of intoxication, for which he
nearly atoned with his life. I can't forget, nor should you,
that he magnanimously refrained from killing me, even
while the blow I had given him was yet burning on his forehead.
Is that nothing? It was done, too, at the moment
when I was striving my utmost to kill him. I have always
been taught that it is the Christian's duty to forgive and
forget. On a nearer acquaintance with him, I find him a
noble, capital fellow, and I have reason to know that the
stories that fellow Earnest told me of him are gross exaggerations.
There is something really delightful, fascinating
about him. Free-hearted, generous, brave, totally without
malice, full of wit, fun, and intelligence—the most agreeable
companion you ever saw. Plays sweetly on the piano,
sings an excellent song; and, as our affair is settled, I see
no reason, since I like him very much, why I should not
show him the hospitalities which a stranger ought to meet
with. Do, now, my dear mother, do oblige me.”

“Well!” said Mr. Lennox, “I'm sure I've no objection.
There is some truth in what Frank says. The fact that
they fought yesterday is no reason why they should not
embrace to-day. Come, wife, let's have him!”

“You are as bad as Frank himself,” said Mrs. Lennox.
“Here comes an Englishman to New-York, goes about day
and night seeking quarrels and raising riots—sometimes, for
what we know always, in a state of intoxication—a duellist—
in short, a professed roué. He insults a modest young girl
under our protection in a coarse and ungentlemanly way,
and, instead of meeting such a character and such conduct
as they deserve, and avoiding such an example for our own
sons, you propose to bring him into your family, because
Frank, whose liking is a mere caprice, finds that he sings a
good song and plays on the piano. I should like to see my
sons select their associates for their moral and intellectual
qualities. For my part, I cannot consent to anything of
this sort.”

-- 100 --

[figure description] Page 100.[end figure description]

“Keep cool! keep cool, Katy, my dear!” said Mr. Lennox;
“be assured Frank will not do anything contrary to
your wishes. A dinner, you know, Frank, my boy, in order
to be agreeable, must contain no discordant materials.
As the Eltons are to be here, it seems to me—and as your
mother is so serious in her views of your new friend, and,
therefore—heh! my son? let the matter rest. Yet, at the
same time, Kate, let me make a remark. As to the offence
which caused the meeting between these two madcaps, that
has been fairly and honourably settled. That subject ought
to be now dropped. As for Glendenning's wildness, many
a sober, correct youth turns out a paltry, selfish, sneaking
scoundrel in the end, and I believe there's just as much to
censure and to despise among irreproachable men, who
stand fair before the world, as among the frank and careless
fellows who take no pains to conceal their faults and follies.
Many a young rip, like this Glendenning, is all the better
for his wildness, in his after years. I myself—what are
you laughing at, miss? How dare you laugh when I'm
talking?”

“At the curious illustration of your last proposition, my
dear father. You are not going to cite yourself as an example,
I hope?”

“Yes, I am. I was as hot-headed, wild, and impudent a
young rascal as ever breathed. Yet look at me now! Young
men will be young men, and we must take care to distinguish
between the mere outbreaks of a merry soul like Harry the
Fifth and inherent vice. Now I've been told that this Glendenning
is a noble fellow, and that his tricks are mere wildness
and high spirits. The only way for a man is to go
into the world, and take it as it is. He didn't make it, and
can't reform it. If people treat him well, good—be civil to
them. If a man is rude, call him out, kill him, and you'll
not be insulted again.”

“You make my blood run cold, Henry,” said Mrs. Lennox,
“to hear, from a father's lips, such wicked principles
to his son.”

“Bah! what do women know of these things? Frank
never did anything in his life which does him more honour
than going out with that fellow. Men, and women too, love
unflinching courage. I have no doubt this circumstance
will open to him a brilliant career in life. In the next
place, it has made him formidable to the scoundrels by

-- 101 --

[figure description] Page 101.[end figure description]

whom one is surrounded in all ranks and classes of life,
and who go on, some slandering and imposing upon you,
some bullying you just as far as you'll let them, and no farther.
Why, Frank himself, ever since the meeting, has
looked, walked, acted, thought, and felt more like a man
and a gentleman that I ever saw him before.”

“But not like a Christian,” said Mrs. Lennox.

“That means nothing,” said Mr. Lennox.

“You know what pain you cause me, my dear husband,
by expressing yourself in this way at all, and particularly
before our children. Oh, Henry, you have a fearful thing
to answer for. Mary is without religion, and Frank and
Harry turn it into ridicule.”

“Pooh! pooh! They are not monks, that's all. They're
well enough. They believe all they can.”

“As for Captain Glendenning,” continued Mrs. Lennox,
gravely, “I detest and abhor the character and the man. I
do not believe, with all my desire to oblige Frank, I could
receive such a person in my house with ordinary courtesy.”

“Oh, very well!” said Frank, haughtily.

“You'll allow your mother to judge, I hope, what companions
are proper for herself and her daughter, if you don't
deign to let her choose yours,” said Mr. Lennox, a little
sharply.

Frank had a face which betrayed every emotion of his
soul, a large, full eye, generally very sweet in its expression,
and a mouth around which played a smile almost invariably
when he spoke, but, in the silence which followed
the last remark, every trace of his gentleness had disappeared.
His brow darkened, the sternness of his countenance
was heightened by a streak of red, which shot burning
into his cheek, and his eyes fell upon his mother with
an expression which she, at least, had never seen in them
before. There was something new and different in his demeanour
since the late duel. The first hot days of summer
scarcely work greater changes in the tender vegetation than
had taken place in this boy within the last few weeks
through the influence of passion and action. Love, vengeance,
danger, pride, had been busy in his nature; and if
strength and manly self-dependance had been added, sweetness,
modest humility, and the lowly spirit of true wisdom
had been proportionably withdrawn.

“Come!” said Mrs. Lennox, recovering herself, and

-- 102 --

[figure description] Page 102.[end figure description]

holding out her hand, for she, too, had been touched with a moment
of passion (perhaps a peculiarity in the family disposition),
“leave the subject, my dear Frank, and don't be
ashamed to yield to your mother.”

“Oh, certainly!” said Frank, almost rudely pushing
back the proffered hand, “if I cannot be gratified in the
simple wish to invite a friend to my father's house, I shall
not press it. I can tell Captain Glendenning that—that—
indeed, I shall tell him nothing, but let him take it as he
likes.”

“Why, what necessity is there to speak to Captain Glendenning
about it at all?” said Mr. Lennox.

To this no one replied.

“Only this I have learned,” continued Frank, after a
pause, rising as if about to leave the room; “I have learned
what respect to attach to the professions of ladies, and I
shall not ask another favour, I can tell you. I did not expect
to be treated like a boy all my life.”

“Stop, sir!” said his father.

There was something in Mr. Lennox's voice and frown,
to which, despite his careless lightness of character, every
one in the family had long been accustomed to yield implicit
obedience. His son now, with ill-concealed anger,
but without hesitation, remained at his call.

“What do you mean by that? In becoming a man, if
you are one, have you ceased to be a gentleman and a son?
Whatever may be your feelings or opinions, you will be
pleased to govern them in my presence, and remember, in
this debate, your opponent is your mother.”

“Very well, very well!” replied Frank; “that is a point
she is not likely to suffer me to overlook, as she proposes,
I perceive, to keep me to her apron-strings. I beg to yield
the thing. I withdraw my request.”

“Her apron-strings, sir!” said Mr. Lennox, rising.
“Upon my word, your expressions are as elegant as your
conduct is sensible. I am surprised at your forgetfulness
of the respect you owe her. Even if she were wrong, you
should instantly yield; but, upon reflection, it is my opinion
she's right; and, therefore, if the wishes of so insignificant
a person as your father have any influence with your
Royal Highness, you will, perhaps, condescend to dismiss
that thunder-cloud from your brow, and deign to remember
who and where you are.”

-- 103 --

[figure description] Page 103.[end figure description]

A month ago Frank would have burst into tears at such
an address from one whom he loved with the deepest sincerity
and tenderness. But he had now new views. How
can the duellist, who has triumphantly outraged society,
humanity, and God, preserve his respect for minor things?
How can he, who is taught recklessly to present his bosom
to the murderous weapon, without adequate motive or regard
for consequences, hesitate to meet and to despise, in
the moment of proud passion, the tears of a mother or the
frowning reprobation of a father. He only replied, therefore,
without at all softening his lofty manner,

“I obey you, sir. I perfectly agree with you. I should
be the last person in the world to lay myself under obligations
to any one. I will write Glendenning a note this
moment. I will tell him that circumstances prevent my
renewing our acquaintance as I wished, till, at least, I have
a house of my own, when—certainly—I presume I shall
be at liberty to—to—”

“Heydey, sir! hoity-toity, hoity-toity! what's all this?”
said his father. “How dare you, you young dog! address
your mother or me in such a style as that? Why, I should
think you the Great Mogul, or the Sublime Porte, or a
pacha with two or three dozen tails at least!”

“Sir, this jesting is—” said Frank, with flashing eyes,
as if about to say something which might have made matters
more serious, when an arm gently stole around his
waist and drew him affectionately to the sofa, and a voice
completed the daring sentence with,

“Is your father's, Frank!”

It was Mrs. Lennox, who had affectionately interfered,
her eyes full of tears, to prevent the conversation going
too far.

“I beg—” said he.

“My son, my son!” interrupted she, placing her fingers
on his brow, and putting away from his flashing eyes the
thick, dark hair, “what wild, bad passions have taken possession
of you? Is this my sweet, gentle boy, his mother's
pride, his father's hope? Is this your new manhood?”

Frank raised his hand suddenly to his eyes and hid his
face. Enough was visible of it, however, to show that he
was touched with softer feelings.

“Yes, my son,” continued she, “it is. You have left
already youth and innocence. Dark, fierce passions and

-- 104 --

[figure description] Page 104.[end figure description]

bloody thoughts have taken possession of my boy; worldworship,
heathen pride, and the evil spirit himself, unchecked
by one idea of your Bible—your Saviour—your God.”

“Forgive me, my mother!” said the young man, turning
away his face, which he still covered with one hand, while
with the other he grasped hers. “I am a fool.”

“And see to what it leads. You don't know to what it
may lead hereafter. I cannot bear to see you enter the
state of manhood with such principles as you and Harry
possess. It will lead to something dreadful. So young,
and already so high and haughty, giving way to passion on
every occasion and against everybody; fearless of death
yourself, because you don't know what it is, and reckless
of shedding the life-blood of others, or of breaking hearts
that depend on you for their happiness; without prayer, religion,
or any fixed belief in God or a hereafter, and frowning
on your own mother with a fierceness which actually
made me tremble. And how many times have I carried
you in these arms, and kissed your little soft mouth, and
watched by you the whole night through, and prayed to
God over your sleep, that your future course might be pure
and holy, and in the path of right and righteousness. Little
did I think, when I used to press those laughing eyes
to my lips, that they could ever dart upon me such a look.”

There was a pause.

“Frank, you too are an infidel!”

“I do not wish to be, my dear mother.”

“But are you not?”

“I cannot control my opinion. I can only believe what
I can believe,” said Frank, a little impatiently. “I am
young. Perhaps hereafter—but now—I cannot be master
of my opinions.”

“But you can of your actions, and your opinions, I trust,
will change more slowly. You know my opinions on duelling.
Your death in a duel would break my heart, I
solemnly believe, and bring me to a premature grave.
Were you so unfortunate and guilty as to kill another, I
should find the blow still more intolerable. I am your
mother; my health, happiness, and life are interested. I
have a right to speak, and a right to be listened to. Hear
me, therefore. Bring your new friend Glendenning to dinner
to-morrow. I accord the request, and was, perhaps,
wrong to refuse it. I grant it unconditionally, and I will

-- 105 --

[figure description] Page 105.[end figure description]

so far overcome, or at least command, my own feelings, as
to treat him as you would wish a friend of yours to be treated.
But I am going to make a request. You have now
established your character beyond cavil as a brave man.
Now then, my son, I make you a solemn prayer—I, your
mother: as a test of your affection, a mark of your gratitude,
and a recompense to me for all a mothers' pain and a
mother's care, give me your word you will never, under any
circumstances, fight another duel.”

“What, even if—”

“Even if anything,” said she. “It is, perhaps, a sacrifice
I ask; but it is your mother who asks it—I implore. It is,
perhaps, her own life which a mother begs of her son, and
he hesitates.”

“My mother,” said Frank, greatly affected, but smiling
through his tears, “you make me feel like another Coriolanus.”

“Do not be, then, less human than he.”

“Well, you have succeeded. I do here, in the most
solemn manner—”

“Hallo!” said Mr. Lennox, who had stood very quietly
regarding this scene, sometimes himself affected, sometimes
shaking his head doubtingly, and who had just lighted a
new cigar, and was blowing out a long wreath of smoke as
he spoke—“Hallo! Stop, my boy. What is all this, Katy,
my dear? Don't take advantage of his innoncence and affection
for you to extort a promise, the nature of which you
do not understand, and which he will possibly hereafter
have many reasons to regret, perhaps some to violate. I
never knew any good yet come of virtuous resolutions. If
a man ain't good without them, he won't be with; and to
the sin, whatever it may be, which he commits, they only
add perjury, and a double sense of meanness and guilt.
How often have I sworn I would not smoke, and yet, here
I am, you see! What drawback do you suppose such a resolution
would be to him if he received any galling, sudden,
scorching insult? By Jove! in such cases, men don't
think of resolutions. I don't wish him, or any son of mine,
to entangle himself with resolutions, and promises, and
oaths, on any subject. Then, as to duelling, I approve it.
I wish him to fight. I'll load his pistols for him, and go out
with him, rather than he should show the white feather.
Society is what it is, and God made it as it is. The

-- 106 --

[figure description] Page 106.[end figure description]

Christian doctrine of forgiveness of enemies is nonsense. A man
smites you on one cheek, you are to turn the other. He
takes your coat, you are to give him your cloak also. What
would society become under such circumstances? A wild
Indian breaks into your home and murders your wife; you
stand quietly by, when a manly defence might save her, and,
when she is finished, you politely show him the way to the
cradle of your infant child. Captain Glendenning offers an
insult to Miss Elton, and Frank stands aside, with a meek
smile, and points the drunken scoundrel to Mary and
you.”

“Oh, my husband, this is not the right interpretation of
the word of Christ.”

“Well, if we can interpret these things differently, good.
You interpret them your way—we, ours. You fancy yourself
bound to make no distinction between friend and foe,
and when you see a servant stealing your diamonds, hand
her, if you choose, the key to your plate. We will forgive
our enemies also; but, by Jove! we'll teach them to behave
themselves first. But, by-the-way, my dear Kate, it seems
to me you and Frank are changing ground here. It is
Frank who forgives Glendenning, and you refuse pardon!”

There was so much truth in this that it occasioned a
general laugh, in which the differences in this happy and
affectionate family generally ended.

“Well, I'll tell you what,” said Frank, “I have not been
exactly honest with you, and that's one reason, perhaps,
why I have been more hurt by mother's refusal than she
thinks I ought to have been. To say the truth, I have already
asked Glendenning. I have committed myself thus
too far to retreat; otherwise, although I do think the fellow
very agreeable and clever, I should have never put the
mere whim of having him here in comparison with your
displeasure or annoyance.”

“There! that's your father's own son!” said Mrs. Lennox.
“Go and do a thing first, and then ask permission.”

“But Miss Elton,” said Mr. Lennox; “don't you think
she has some right to be consulted?”

“Oh, I am sure, sir,” said Miss Elton, who had hitherto
been so distressed at the altercation in the family, that
she was pleased in almost any way to behold its amicable
termination, “I could have no right, no wish to form an
opinion.”

-- 107 --

[figure description] Page 107.[end figure description]

“There's an angel for you, you young dog!” said his father,
who little dreamed how far matters had gone between
them. Frank blushed, but Fanny remained undisturbed by
the observation.

“Of course, I ought not to have invited him without announcing
it to Miss Elton and begging her consent, but I
was so sure—”

“Oh, let us have him,” said Mary; “perhaps it will be
of service to the poor fellow to see what a family he was
about depriving of its pride and ornament.”

Frank bowed at the compliment.

“Well done! Molly!” said her father. “You are more
forgiving than more pious folks!”

“I must not take too much credit,” said Mary, “or I
should be dishonest. The truth is, I am dying of curiosity
to see this young gentleman. Frank says he's agreeable,
clever, and handsome. Mr. Emmerson says he's vulgar,
coarse, and ugly. Mr. Earnest told me he was the greatest
genius that ever lived, and father thinks his conduct is only
the effervescence of such noble qualities as Henry the
Fifth's. What people talk so much about, and give such
contradictory opinions about, of course becomes an object
of interest, and, as I am of the fairer sex, and curiosity is
one of our allowed foibles, I move we let the youth come,
if it's only to have a good look at him.”

“I had one look at him,” said Mrs. Lennox, with a shudder,
“as his face turned on Frank after he had received the
blow. His countenance was that of the very evil spirit of
darkness and fury himself, and I thought to see Frank
struck dead at his feet by the very glance of his eye.”

“Pooh! pooh!” said Mr. Lennox; “when men are struck,
you must not expect them to look amiable. Eyes don't kill
quite so easily; at least” (turning to Fanny) “not those
of the male gender. Now, there are obs—”

“Mine, I presume,” said Fanny. “If you think them so
dangerous, you had better get out of their way.”

“You're an impudent little witch,” said Lennox, “and
for all the trouble you have caused in this family, you must
make me some reparation.”

“What reparation, you horrid being? Do you think you
are going to scold me as you do poor Frank?”

Mr. Lennox approached her, and she started off to the
corner of the room, for she had been subjected to these

-- 108 --

[figure description] Page 108.[end figure description]

reparations before in the company of her audacious, light-hearted
host!

“You must come to it, Fanny,” said he. “The laws of
the Medes and Persians were mere weathercocks to my determination.
You might just as well yield.”

“Well, I'll capitulate on honourable terms rather than
endure your impertinence,” said Fanny, blushing, and looking
so provokingly pretty that Frank began almost to think
it his duty to interfere.

“Take care!” said Lennox, “I'm coming.”

“Well, then, stop, and I'll capitulate.”

“How can you be such a child, Henry?” said Mrs. Lennox.

“Silence! good mother hear the embassy,” quoted Lennox.
“Now say, Chatillon, what would France with us?”

“Well!” said Fanny, laughing, “I will come and kiss
you, and I'm not to suffer such an extortion again, at least
for a month.”

“Agreed!”

“Agreed!”

She left the corner and fairly kissed him on his cheek,
upon which he smacked his lips in such a way that Frank's
dark eyes flashed and Mrs. Lennox said,

“If I were Fanny, I'd box your ears for you.”

“But, unfortunately, you are not Fanny, my dear,” said
Lennox.

“You're so ready to order everybody else to be horsewhipped,”
said Fanny, “what do you think you yourself
deserve?”

“To hear you, Frank, and Mary sing a glee as a punishment,”
said Lennox. “Come, we have had no music since
Frank's scrape.”

She sat down at the piano and ran her fingers rapidly
over the keys. Frank drew near with Mary, and they commenced
a favourite glee, both Mr. and Mrs. Lennox joining,
for both sang well.

Harry came in, for it was late, while they were singing.
Had they attended to him, they would have marked the pale
thought and moody sadness of his countenance; but the
rest were too absorbed in their delightful occupation to observe
anything else, and the young man entered unnoticed,
or at least unspoken to, and stood in the embrasure of a
deep window, half concealed behind a heavy curtain, with

-- 109 --

[figure description] Page 109.[end figure description]

folded arms and glowing brow, leaning against the wall,
gazing at the group as on a picture.

“Miss Elton's servant!” said a domestic, opening the
door.

“Why, what does Miss Elton want of a servant?” said
Mrs. Lennox. “Is not Frank here?”

“Oh, I thought, perhaps, my dear Mrs. Lennox, I am so
troublesome to you; and, besides, it's cruel to take Frank
out this time of night.”

“Really, Miss Elton,” said Frank, “you and everybody
else seem to think me a very delicate child!”

“Certainly!” said she, laughing. “Poor little fellow!
He looks as if he ought to have been in bed an hour ago!”

Contrary to his resolution, Harry tried to catch her parting
glance, but she went off laughing, and without looking
at him.

CHAPTER XVIII.

The hour for the dinner, which was to introduce Glendenning
and his friend, at length arrived, and Mr. and Mrs.
Lennox, Frank, Harry, and Mary, repaired to the drawing-room
to receive the guests.

First came the Eltons, the old gentleman looking rather
grave; Mrs. Elton, her face, as usual, radiant with pleasure,
talking the whole time from the moment she entered; Fanny,
arrayed in all the charm of youthful beauty which exercised
such an influence over the two susceptible young
men, and which was destined unconsciously to mingle such
consequences in the subsequent lives of more than one of
the persons present. Then Mary went down stairs, and
led in, almost by force, little Seth Copeley, in a perfect
flame of blushes, partly called up by the idea of appearing,
for the first time in his life, in society, and partly by the
lively consciousness of having on a very new suit of uncommonly
city-looking clothes.

“Come in, Seth, come in,” said Mary, whose good heart
took a great interest in this friendless boy, and who had
arranged, with somewhat more taste than he had been able

-- 110 --

[figure description] Page 110.[end figure description]

to do, various points of his toilet, brushed back his locks
from his forehead, and put a neat brooch, a present from
herself, into the folds of his stock. “What are you afraid
ef? I do believe, if I had not gone down stairs and brought
him up, we should not have had the pleasure of his society
to-day.”

“Walk up here, you young Lothario!” said Mr. Lennox,
“and let us look at you. What are you twisting your
waistcoat button off in that style for? Have you any conscientious
objections to buttons?”

“No, sir,” said Seth, after one of his short laughs.

“Very well, then. Take your hands out of your pantaloons
pockets; throw back your shoulders; lift up your
head; stand strait. Look at me, sir! Can't you stand so,
sir?”

“He is really a very handsome, sweet little fellow,”
whispered Mrs. Elton, loud enough for him and every one
else to hear her, “and such delightful eyes! I'm sure one
of these days those eyes will do their affair, and—”

“How do you expect to become a lawyer and a gentleman,
sir,” continued Mr. Lennox, “if you bury yourself in
an office, and do nothing but read and copy? The law is
the noblest profession in the world. It offers you a brilliant
career, and demands knowledge not only of books, but
of men. That's the reason why I have asked you to dine
with me to-day. You must begin to accustom yourself to
society, to meet men and women without flinching or being
flustered. Stop that blushing, sir! How do you think
you'll ever be able to perform the high functions of President
of the United States—as I presume you will have to
do one of these days—if you can't come into a room without
obviously wishing you could leave your hands and feet
at the bottom of the Red Sea?”

“Come here, Seth,” said Mrs. Lennox; “you'll learn all
these things by-and-by. You shall sit next me, my dear
little boy, and I'll take care of you at dinner.”

The poor fellow went awkwardly where he was bid, glad
to escape the boisterous benevolence of his master. As he
did so, guests were announced in quick succession.

The usual salutations had scarcely passed, when the
conversation, by general consent, appeared to fall on the
two expected English guests. Various opinions were expressed
as to the extraordinary character of Glendenning,

-- 111 --

[figure description] Page 111.[end figure description]

who was warmly defended by Mr. Lennox, Frank, and Mrs.
Elton, against the rest of the company. Frank praised him
enthusiastically. His father declared against the principle
of putting a man in coventry because he had exhibited the
follies of youth; and Mrs. Elton was sure he was a noble
fellow from his magnanimous conduct on the field, where he
had risked his own life by wasting his shot, and, at the
same time, saved that of Frank, and where he had made
all the reparation possible. Any one, she said, was liable
to do wrong, but only the good were ashamed of it afterward;
and we ought to recollect that there was more joy in
heaven at the recovery of one lost sinner than for the ninety-nine
who had never gone astray. She was going on to
relate an occurrence which had come under her own observation
only two years previous, when she was interrupted
by the opening of the door, and the servants announcing
Captain White and Captain Glendenning. They were received
by Frank with a countenance expressive of the sincerest
pleasure, and led by him first to his mother, then to
his father, who shook them warmly by the hand. The
kind greeting of Mrs. Lennox was rendered much less difficult
than she had supposed it would be, by the agreeable
surprise she felt at seeing a person so different from what
she had expected. The two strangers were presented to
all the company, including the Eltons and Fanny. At the
sight of the latter the embarrassment and shame of Glendenning
were so obvious as to considerably soften the sentiment
of indignation which had been generally felt at his
entrance. Fanny at first turned pale, but her colour came
presently back deeper than before. There was a moment's
extremely awkward pause, which Glendenning broke, with
equal grace and frankness, by touching boldly and successfully
the dangerous chord vibrating in every breast.

“I should think myself at this moment even more censurable
than I am if I hesitated to express, my dear Mrs.
Lennox, my shame and regret at what has happened; and
my appearance before you would be a new insult if I did
not come most deeply repentant and to seek your pardon!”

“Nonsense, my dear fellow!” said Frank. “Don't give
yourself the trouble.”

“You are the first, sir,” said Mrs. Lennox, “to touch
upon a subject which I should not have alluded to, as it
cannot but awaken in a mother's breast emotions far from

-- 112 --

[figure description] Page 112.[end figure description]

agreeable. But your frankness merits equal frankness in
return, and I will confess I did not think, ten minutes ago,
that any circumstance could make me forgive you. I hope,
however, I am too much of a Christian to withhold from true
repentance the pardon which we all ourselves require.”

“Bravo! my dear mother!” said Frank, in high glee at
the smooth manner in which affairs were going.

“If Miss Elton, also,” rejoined Glendenning, “knew how
I detest myself for the incident which has distressed her,
she too would forgive me.”

Miss Elton bowed her head without speaking.

“I assure you,” said White, “my friend has changed
more since the little affair with your son than I could have
believed possible; and, upon my soul, I haven't the slightest
doubt that he will get on hereafter famously.”

“Say no more!” said Lennox; “you will find me, boys,
always as ready to grant pardon, when asked, as to—”

“Certainly,” said Mrs. Lennox, who saw that her candid
husband was running upon breakers. “If the affair have
had such a favourable effect upon what, I hope, is but the
thoughtlessness of youth, I shall regret it the less.”

“Since it has made us acquainted with Captain Glendenning
and his friend, I don't think we can regret it at all,”
said Lennox.

“My dear father!” cried Frank.

Dinner was announced, and the company were soon seated.
The manner and appearance of Glendenning, as well
as every word he said, gained him the good opinion of all
present, who, like Mrs. Lennox, had been prepared to meet
a very different sort of person. Instead of a coarse roué, he
was a slender, handsome young man of six-and-twenty, of
manners mild and modest, a prepossessing and even beautiful
countenance, and betraying, in various ways, embarrassment,
ingenuousness, delicacy of feeling, and kindness
of heart. Mrs. Lennox felt singularly interested in him,
and resolved to inquire into his history. As she sat near
White she was enabled to do so, and privately learned from
that gentleman all she desired.

“Glendenning,” said White, “has a constitutional peculiarity.
His temper is as quick and his blood as hot as
his judgment (although good when it makes itself heard)
is slow. With the best heart in the world, and the very
best intentions, he has always been in difficulty. He lost

-- 113 --

[figure description] Page 113.[end figure description]

his mother, whom he tenderly loved, at the age of thirteen,
and his father immediately married again, by which he
brought an accession of two thousand a year to his fortune,
a woman of a sharp, peculiarly disagreeable temper and
character into his house, and a world of trouble to poor
Charley. The step-mother hated him of course. The
father, also, of course played into the hands of the lady.
Charley inherited from his mother an independence of his
own, which, perhaps, made him less patient than he should
have been. There are half a dozen step-sisters and step-brothers,
who all hate him like the parents, and he hates
them as heartily. His hot temper, perhaps, did carry him
too far in his relations with them. Considering his own
mother's memory wronged by the sudden union, for, in truth,
`the funeral baked meats did coldly furnish forth the marriage
tables,' he found the feeble affection which his father
bore him not enough to protect him from certain annoyances
at home, and he was therefore driven into a course
of dissipation. He then shunned society, and sought only
companions of an improper description, till they bought him
a commission, more to get rid of him than anything else,
and his papa, after recommending me to keep an eye on
him, and see that he did not get himself hanged, or in any
other way disgrace his family (I really don't think the old
gentleman cares one iota about Charley himself), shipped
him off, and I have been his best friend ever since. I assure
you, a more affectionate, generous, warm-hearted, noble
fellow never breathed. Since the little affair with your son
he has apparently devoted some time to sober reflection, and
I have no doubt he will become as fine a fellow as heart
can wish. In short, I think his interval of thoughtless desperation
is over. He has gone through his transition state,
and I should judge him to be a reformed man.”

“You have greatly interested me in him,” said Mrs. Lennox.
“Do you remain long at New-York?”

“Some weeks, I think.”

“If your friend and yourself can be induced to visit us
sometimes, I should like to see more of him.”

“Oh! he will, I doubt not, be happy; and I must assure
you the magnanimity you display in forgiving him will not
fail to make a deep and salutary impression on him.”

“I hope so; he appears to possess a fine mind.”

“And a very grateful and warm heart, I assure you.”

-- 114 --

[figure description] Page 114.[end figure description]

The hope of being able to exert a beneficial influence on
such a character inspired Mrs. Lennox with the resolution
to make the attempt, and there was something in the face
of her proposed pupil which caused her to think the undertaking
not an extravagant one.

While this conversation was going on, in a low voice, between
Mrs. Lennox and Captain White, Mrs. Elton was
talking so busily to Glendenning as to preclude the possibility
of his attending to anything else, and Mrs. Henderson
was stating the very disagreeable impression both the strangers
made on her to Mr. Brigham, and her astonishment at
finding such improper persons at table with her.

“Mr. Lennox is, I, of all persons, should allow,” said
that lady, carefully lowering her voice, so that Harry, who
sat near, could catch nothing of her communications, “a
most excellent man. To me he has been the most devoted
friend, but it is curious what ideas he has on some subjects,
and how his wife yields to him on all occasions.”

“And should not a wife yield to her husband?” mildly
asked Mr. Brigham.

“Well! I don't know,” said she, fixing her envious black
eyes on the persons of whom she spoke, while a shade of
sharp discontent passed over her forbidding, yellow countenance.
“Mrs. Lennox is an amiable, nice woman, and I
ought to be the last person in the world to say anything
against her, since she is my husband's only sister, and both
I and Mr. Henderson have received nothing but one continued
series of hospitalities from them, and they have, with
their princely fortune, as you know, been the means of putting
my husband into his prosperous business. I am sure
they love us with all their hearts, and never lose an opportunity
of showing it. One can't help using one's eyes and
ears, you know. But I ought to be the last person—”

“Your kind heart,” said Mr. Brigham, with a gentle irony,
“instructs you wisely to be silent respecting the weaknesses
of your friends.”

“Certainly. If there is one thing in this world which I
hate more than another, it is backbiting. I'm like a child
in that respect. My heart always gets the better of my
head. What a lovely girl Fanny has grown?”

“Yes.”

“I think her character has improved as much as her
person.”

-- 115 --

[figure description] Page 115.[end figure description]

“I always fancied Miss Elton the gentlest of beings.”

“Yes, she has that look.”

“The whole family are perfect,” said Mrs. Elton to
Glendenning. “There isn't a fault in one of them. Two
such noble young men were never seen. Mary is an angel
out of heaven, and Mr. Lennox the most delightful of men,
while my dear Mrs. Lennox—ah!” and tears actually came
into her eyes, “if you knew her as I do, Captain Glendenning,
you would love her with all the devotion of a son.”

“It is all very well,” said Harry to Elton (who had designedly
led his young friend to the subject of religion
again), “but duelling is, and ought to be sanctioned by public
opinion, and society could not hold together without it.”

“You will allow, I think,” said Elton, “that Christianity
forbids it?”

“Yes.”

“That it regards it as a crime?

“Yes.”

“Then you cannot fight a duel without violating the spirit
and precept of Christianity?”

“Yes.”

“Then the question narrows itself to a single one: will
you admit the institution of duelling and dismiss Christianity,
or will you embrace Christianity and denounce duelling?”

“It does!”

“And yet you advocate duelling?”

“I do.”

“Then you are willing to see Christianity rejected by
mankind?”

“A grave question,” said Harry, after a pause. “But
no man shall make me a hypocrite. Christianity is a useful
institution. I do not wish to see it destroyed. But it
is not true; it is not divine. Its precepts are beautiful, but
not possible. They cannot be applied to practice, nor am
I singular in thinking so, however I may be in confessing
my thoughts. Other people think the same; but they do
not say so. Only a few enthusiasts, or men not fairly
brought into the currents of active life, pretend to make the
precepts of Christ really the shapers of thought and the rules
of action. I would not express these opinions to the world,
not even to my own friends generally. But to you, who
are not a bigot, I speak freely.”

-- 116 --

[figure description] Page 116.[end figure description]

“I honour your frankness,” said Mr. Elton, “as much as I
regret your opinions. Most men, particularly the ardent and
self-confident, if possessed of thinking and cultivated minds,
are liable, not only to doubt, but to disbelieve, at some period of
their lives. If it had been the intention of Providence that
the subject should be placed to the world at large beyond a
doubt, then no one could have doubted. It is the most solemn
one which can engage the attention of a human being,
and, in proportion as life glides away, its solemnity and importance
increase. But it requires, to the generality of
mankind, attention and study like any other of the various
advantages which are placed within the reach of industry.
If it pleased you flippantly to deny the truths of astronomy,
you might do so, and only study could place you in possession
of them. The earth does not seem to us round or in
motion. You are not conscious of being whirled through
space at the rate of so many thousand miles an hour. To
the ignorant you may even successfully deny these facts,
and appeal to reason, sight, and common sense with success;
only study and examination can make you properly
acquainted with the subject, which turns out to be, upon examination,
very different from what it appears to mere human
sight and mere human reason. So with the still more
vast spiritual truths of Christianity. From your love of
right, from the clearness of your understanding and the virtues
of your heart, I hope, when you have tested by trial the
insufficiency of infidelity to bear a human soul even to the
verge of eternity; when you have had time fairly to discover
the empty errors which now wear in your eyes the aspect
of truth, I hope you will reconsider the subject and change
your opinion. My object in eliciting from you the present
distinct avowal of your complete unbelief is to let you yourself
see clearly what your own opinions are. Don't slip
through life without being anything; without either belief
or unbelief. Irrational animals may do this, but a rational
being is formed to acquire opinions by reason, used in study
or reflection. Excuse me for sliding into a sermon at dinner;
this is not the proper place and you are not in the proper
mood. I should be glad to speak with you oftener alone,
coolly and with only truth for our object. Now, however,
all I wish is to establish one point. You are an infidel;
that is, you do not believe the Bible. It is certain, as you
say, that Christendom is full of professing Christians who

-- 117 --

[figure description] Page 117.[end figure description]

do not believe more than yourself. You are young: life
is before you. You will have time to observe, if God please
to prolong your days. All I ask of you is, do observe.
Don't avoid or forget the subject.”

“I appreciate the interest you show in me,” said Harry.
“But to him who has not yet chosen any religion, it is
necessary, if resolved on adopting one, that he should study
them all. I should spend my days and nights in comparing
Fetichism with Sabeism, the claims of Mohammed,
Brahma, and Confucius. My professional studies must not
be neglected while engaged in these misty researches, and
I fear I should waste my life before I had succeeded in
ascertaining what it is, whence it came, and to what it
tends.”

“You are young and happy,” said Elton, gravely. “You
will not always continue so. There are years when the
mortal stands, or seems to stand, in no need of religion. But
years pass away. If you will allow, we will resume this
subject at some future time.”

“I fear it will be of no avail; but I can never refuse the
advice which comes from a friend.”

This debate was conducted between the two speakers,
and was not, probably, overheard by any one else. Elton
was surprised to find the steady determination with which
his young companion adhered to opinions so dangerous,
while Harry secretly congratulated himself on having always
the best of the argument (although, in truth, Mr. Elton
had not commenced to argue at all), and regarded the latter
as a very worthy, Puritanical gentleman, who believed the
nonsense he had been taught from his cradle, and he envied
him his self-satisfied freedom from doubt.

“What a delightful painting I could make of this circle,”
said Brigham to Harry, “in this light. Upon my soul, I
have a mind to do it, as a sort of continuation to your family
history.”

“You have painted us all so many times before,” said
Harry, alluding to several productions on the wall, “that I
should think you would be nearly tired of us.”

The pieces to which Harry referred were various paintings
and drawings of the children in as many attitudes and
costumes. There was Frank, a two-years' old child, with
his papa's hat and coat on. Harry, a boy of thirteen,

-- 118 --

[figure description] Page 118.[end figure description]

looking you directly in the face with an expression of sunshiny,
careless happiness, which formed a striking contrast to his
present countenance. Mary, as a shepherdess of ten, tending
a lamb; and Frank, again, still earlier, with a rattle and
coral.

“I have heard your father speak lately of a tour in Europe,”
said Brigham, “and Frank is going off to Prairie du
Chien;
your sister will be getting married next, and what
say you to a small painting, but sufficiently large to preserve
portraits, and to produce all the effect of reality, of
this company just as it now is.”

“If it could be done soon,” said Harry, thinking of his
own plans of travel, “I should like it of all things, and very
seriously I engage you to do it. You can take portraits from
every person. I'll have even little Seth in.”

“I'll do it,” said Brigham. “I'll set about it immediately.
I should scarcely need to alter an attitude. Miss
Elton in the foreground, and those two English officers,
your father and Emmerson, your mother and Frank. We
must talk of this hereafter. Your father especially will
make an admirable head.”

“We'll talk of this more particularly to-morrow,” said
Harry.

“Emmerson's is a singular-looking countenance. He's a
clever man, I believe?” asked Brigham.

“Oh, very; the apple of my father's eye. His history
is interesting.”

“I think I have heard of a service your father rendered
him.”

“Ten years ago,” said Harry, “my father had occasion
to visit, several times, one of the prisoners in the old jail.
While there he observed a man of three or four-and-thirty,
of quiet manners and not unpleasing exterior, shabbily dressed,
pale, thin, and evidently unhappy. He was informed that
the person was an attorney, who was imprisoned for a small
debt, and seemed to suffer in health as well as spirits, particularly
from want of good food and bedclothing. The old
Roman law which gave to creditors the dead body of their
debtor was less barbarous than that of our enlightened land,
which then plunged the living into a cheerless dungeon, deprived
them of the means to exercise their industry, and yet,
while the felon was fed, made no provision to supply them
with the necessaries of life.”

-- 119 --

[figure description] Page 119.[end figure description]

“Yes, it is really startling to observe,” said Brigham,
“what abhorrent forms of error sometimes stand in the
midst of us, with the daylight shining full upon them, and
yet exciting no notice because we are used to them.”

“Well,” said Harry, “my father sought the acquaintance
of this person—offered his services—sent him the best of
food from his own table—supplied him with books, newspapers,
etc., till at length, learning his history, and also that
he had been practising law for a year in New-York, or,
rather, endeavouring to practise it, without the least chance
of obtaining any business, requested to pay his debt, which
was only $300, and to take him into his own office as an
attorney, to assist him in business. He found him well-informed,
keen, and intelligent, a perfectly cool and steady
business mind, and a careful, indefatigable student. I believe
he often sits up the whole night to study, and he has
now got to be such an able lawyer that, although he has
not the talent of oratory, he really takes the lead in the
business of the office, and is a most invaluable assistance.
He is a silent man, very quiet, very modest, very amiable.
He never speaks of the circumstances under which he
made our acquaintance, but I presume he feels them not
the less deeply; and he devotes himself to the business of
the office with such indefatigable zeal and fidelity, that we
all see in it the evidence of a mind not the less grateful because
somewhat reserved and silent.”

“You spoke of his history. What is it?”

“He is the son of an honest farmer, who, although himself
poor and uneducated, discovered the intelligence of his
son, and sent him to school and then to college, where his
severe application acquired for him a respectable standing.
He afterward taught Latin and Greek as an usher in a
day school while he was studying law; and when admitted
to the bar and obliged to abandon this means of support,
his cold and silent manners not being of a kind likely to
procure him friends and clients, he languished for some
time in obscurity and indigence, necessarily running in
debt, till at last, although one of the very cleverest men at
the bar, he found himself in jail.”

“Poor fellow!”

“Ah! now the scene is changed. My father loves and
trusts him like a brother. Everything is committed to his
hands. I, so much his junior in age, and so much his

-- 120 --

[figure description] Page 120.[end figure description]

inferior in instruction and in habits of study, am very glad of
an opportunity to learn under such an able master. We all
love him as a superior being. Everything is Mr. Emmerson
with us. If my father is at a loss for an opinion, he
goes to Mr. Emmerson. If he thinks of purchasing a house
or a horse, he consults Mr. Emmerson. If Frank wants
anything, he applies to Mr. Emmerson. If I am at a loss,
and my father is not at hand, Emmerson is my man. And
I vow, I believe my mother, who esteems him entire perfection,
if she were hesitating whether to have mince-pie
or plum-pudding for desert, would go down and ask the advice
of Mr. Emmerson.”

“Ha, ha, ha! I suppose his fortune is made, then?”

“I believe my father considers it to be, at least, secure.
He received at first a salary, which was subsequently raised.
When I entered the office as a partner, it was agreed
that we should, after the third year, make a new arrangement,
putting him upon an equal footing. My father, you
know, has scarcely need of his professional income, either
for himself or any of his family except me, and is too happy
in being able to bring forward so clever a man as Emmerson;
we are, in fact, going to arrange the matter this
very summer.”

“He must be a great pleasure to you all.”

“He is, as my mother often says, `perfection,' and, at
the same time, in business I never saw a keener, more
watchful, far-seeing eye. In fact, there is something rather
remarkable about him.”

“And the young, country-looking boy, farther down, who
is he?”

“What, Seth? Ah, poor little Seth! ha, ha, ha! Another
of my father's protégés. A little country fellow from
Vermont, well-descended from the Green Mountain Boys,
who resisted every attempt, vi et armis, to make a cobbler
of him, and declared he would be nothing but a scholar and
a great lawyer. He was whipped at the plough, they say,
worse than the oxen which drew it, and sent into the barn
to thresh corn, only to be much more thoroughly threshed
himself, till at last his father kicked him neck and heels
out of doors, and told him to go and be a gentleman and be—
closing with a very naughty word. His mother, however,
sent after him a small, yearly supply of cash, which
he made go a great ways. My father met him by chance

-- 121 --

[figure description] Page 121.[end figure description]

during an excursion into Vermont, and you know his enthusiasm
for anything striking and out of the common routine.
He ordered the young lad into his room, examined him a
little, found he had picked up a good deal of learning in the
raw material, and offered him a place as clerk in his office
with a pittance sufficient to live on. We've had him now
several years. I like him much; so do the rest of us; but
Emmerson finds him rather intractable. Nevertheless, my
father does his best to bring him out; my father never does
anything by halves, you know. It is his happiness to do
good—to help along young people in the world—to find
merit anywhere—the more unsuspected the place, the better,—
and to call it forth. He fancies he sees in little Seth a
certain excellence of nature, and a certain moral and intellectual
capacity, which circumstances and time are to ripen
into something very remarkable. I don't know how it is.
I like him; but Emmerson, whose opinion has great weight,
says he's a stupid, obstinate little mule, and that nothing
can be made of him worth the trouble we have bestowed
on him. This judgment of Emmerson has put poor Seth
lately rather under a cloud, and nobody but my father, whose
heart shines on all alike, continues to have any high hopes
of him. He invites him to his own table as one of his sons,
as he says, to form his manners and make a gentleman of
him. Poor Seth!”

The eyes of both the gentlemen here turned on Seth,
who, attired in his elegant suit of new clothes, presented
rather a ludicrous figure. He had a long shirt-collar,
which, while it appeared in danger of cutting his ears off,
at the same time interfered with the ingress of food into his
mouth, and the aspiring propensities of which Mary had in
vain endeavoured to bring under. He said nothing, and
when spoken to, only blushed deeply, and stammered an
answer that made him appear all that Emmerson had declared
him. He formed a striking contrast to Emmerson
himself, who, although his manners were peculiarly quiet
and unassuming, was drawn into the general conversation
several times, and discovered an extensive information, displaying
a mind stored with facts, the result of long study;
and the respect with which he was listened to by all the
members of the Lennox family communicated itself imperceptibly
to the rest of the company.

-- 122 --

CHAPTER XIX.

[figure description] Page 122.[end figure description]

About a week after the foregoing scene, on a morning
which seemed to have assumed its brightest looks for the
occasion, the bell of the steamboat Chancellor Livingston,
advertised to start at eight for Albany, rang the notice to
dilatory passengers that the moment of departure was at
hand. It wanted but two minutes of the appointed time,
the captain had just shouted, “All aboard!” in that vociferous
voice peculiar to persons of his profession, and a couple
of men had stooped to draw in the plank, when two carriages
were seen rapidly approaching, and the already revolving
paddles were checked. The party consisted of
Mr. and Mrs. Lennox, Mrs. Elton and Fanny, with Frank,
Mary, and little Seth, all in high glee, and in a very great
hurry. They were speedily shown on board by the polite
captain, who waited a moment to see that the luggage followed
in safety. Under his superintendence, and to the
silent amusement of the crowd of passengers and of various
miscellaneous groups upon the bales, barrels, and piles of
pine wood on the wharf, three or four stout fellows soon
transferred to the deck the large hair trunk and the little
leathern one, the three portmanteaus and the five bandboxes,
besides an indefinite number of valises, hat-cases, canes,
fowling-pieces, fishing-rods, and umbrellas. This effected,
the captain breathed again. He once more shouted “All
aboard!” and the wheels again commenced their violent
vocation, when another carriage was observed thundering
down Courtlandt-street, with a directness of purpose sufficiently
indicating, on the part of the occupants, a determination
to transfer their persons from it to the boat, if possible.
The several hundred passengers drew to one side of
the decks to watch the denouement of this little drama,
which they appeared unfeelingly to regard as a comic performance;
while the driver of the approaching vehicle, the
horses thereof, the people within, and the desperate and indignant
captain, all seemed affected with emotions more or
less approaching to the tragic. The latter gentleman, in a
tone of voice rather animated than otherwise, ordered the

-- 123 --

[figure description] Page 123.[end figure description]

plank to be hauled in, muttering, at the same time, something
which might possibly have resulted from a ruffled
temper, and which appeared to have a reference either to
his own eyes or those of the rapidly-arriving strangers.
Despite these inauspicious circumstances, the said travellers
reached the scene, and, without pausing to reply to
various propositions respecting “very fine, sweet oranges,”
and newspapers containing “the last arrivals from Europe,”
proceeded forthwith to leap on board. Their luggage, happily
light in weight and not numerous in articles, was pitched
after them, in an unceremonious style, by a man, who
first stopped, however, to decipher the inscription, “Captain
Glendenning,” on the plate of a valise. It is generally understood,
by those conversant with the character of the captain
(of the steamboat), that if his glances could have killed
outright, the said man, at that same instant, would have descended
at an uncommonly rapid rate, and probably head
first, into the shades below.

“All aboard!” “Will you haul in that plank?” shouted
the captain, now full three quarters of a minute after his
time. “All aboard!” echoed half a dozen voices. The bell
gave one more deafening toll, which made many ladies
place their hands against their ears and draw up their faces
into the prettiest and drollest expressions imaginable, laughing
all the time, while those with whom the reader is acquainted
were heartily shaking White and Glendenning by
the hand. The plank (at length!) was drawn in with a force
bordering on ferocity, to the imminent danger of the feet
and legs of some forty or fifty individuals. The broad
wheels gave plunge after plunge as the huge engine began
to heave and pant with its great labour, the cables were
cast loose, happily (though miraculously!) without injury to
any one's neck or limbs, the surrounding green water grew
white and distracted with foam, the shore, with its crowded
and admiring audience, receded from the eyes of the throng
of smiling travellers, who began to inhale more freely the
cool air of the open bay instead of the hot dust of the town,
and as the immense boat put fairly off into the river, and
turned her prow up the Hudson, the band stationed beneath
the broad awning on the upper deck began to play such a
soul-stirring air, that everybody looked as bright and happy
as if there had not been such a thing as care in the whole
world.

-- 124 --

[figure description] Page 124.[end figure description]

The meeting of the Lennoxes with their two English
friends was altogether unexpected, and so much the more
agreeable on that very account. It was nothing but, “My
dear Captain Glendenning,” and “My dear Mrs. Lennox,”
and “Who expected to see you?” and “Where in the
world did you come from?” “I thought your engagements
prevented your leaving,” and “Now we've got you, we shall
carry you off to Rose Hill!” Glendenning explained to
Mr. Lennox, while White explained the same to Mrs. Lennox,
how they had been unable to resist the pleasure of taking
the trip with them, and how they had successfully
pleaded to be let off from their engagement, and how happy
and delighted they were, etc., etc., etc., while Mrs. Elton
was launching off, to nobody in particular, into a glowing
description of Rose Hill and its resources, in which the
words boating, shooting, fishing, riding, flowers, moonlight,
bread and butter, poetry, and many others, followed each
other with such earnest rapidity that her eyes were half full
of tears, and glittered through her continual smiles like an
April sun-shower. Lennox insisted upon keeping them at
least a month, and, when something was intimated of “leave
of absence” being expired, and a “very severe lieutenantcolonel,”
he said he didn't care a fig for all the lieutenantcolonels
in Christendom, and they might lay all the blame
on his shoulders; and if he could catch the lieutenant-colonel
at Rose Hill, he would serve him the same way, and, if
they chose, they might tell him he said so!

Never was there such a merry party, such superb weather,
such bright things said, and such a wonderful growth of
familiarity and friendship. One of the most spirited things
possible is this way of starting off from New-York up the
Hudson. There was more seen of each other's minds and
hearts in a day than would have been the case in a year
anywhere else. What with the crowd, and the movement,
and the noise, and the voices, and the shaking of hands,
and the hailing of friends to bid good-by from deck to
shore, and the bracing, sweet air, and the beautiful women,
and the jokes and the laughter at everybody and everything,
and the sharp, first-rate appetite occasioned by all this, and
the smell of the very nice breakfast you are going to get
presently, and the flying by of the great, red, smoking,
dusty, magnificent, brawling, bristling, crowded city, with
the black wharves and old meal-stores vanishing in

-- 125 --

[figure description] Page 125.[end figure description]

double-quick time, and the sloops, and ferryboats, and barges, and
ships, and the green woods, and shores, and rocks, and
sand-beaches, and farm-houses, and villages, and villas, and
leaning hills, and broken, perpendicular precipices, all floating
behind you like a perfect vision of enchantment, all as
fresh and new in the tender morning light as if just finished
on the painter's easel, all steeped in radiant colours, and perfumes,
and grateful silence—in short, to a person, like most
of our present party, healthy and happy, with plenty of
money in his pockets and hope in his bosom, entirely free
from business and care, such a trip, under such circumstances,
is almost enough to make him forget the extremely
bad character human life has received from most who have
favoured us with their opinions on the subject.

The next memorable incident of the day was another
deafening peal from a large hand-bell mercilessly rung by
an honest negro, his face shining with delight at the noise
he made and the important duty he was performing, who announced,
in a magisterial voice, “Them gentleman as hasn't
paid his passages, will please walk to the captain's office
and settle it!”—a piece of rhetoric which brought the gayety
of our little party to its highest possible point, made even
Fanny, who was inclined to be pensive, give one of her old
girlish laughs, and threw Seth into such convulsions of delight
that the merriment of his companions was, if possible,
enhanced thereby.

Then came a black lady, very ingeniously, and, as she
probably thought, tastefully dressed, with a variety of ornaments
and elegances peculiarly patronised by our sable
belles; and after she had quietly and mysteriously selected
the ladies by a freemason sort of nod and gesture, and
thus caused most of them to vanish before the three or four
hundred single gentlemen knew anything of what was going
on, it was announced to the lady-less, male remnant of
the ravenous assemblage, that the hour of breakfast had arrived,
and that, by transferring their persons below, they
might partake of the same. If any of them declined the
invitation, we can only state, the fact has not come to our
knowledge.

There are various sights in this world calculated to awaken
intense emotion, but few more so than that which burst
upon the individuals who brought up the rear of the procession
into the cabin, as they beheld the splendidly furnished

-- 126 --

[figure description] Page 126.[end figure description]

saloons, and the long, endless tables smoking with every delicacy,
which would provoke the appetite more than it was
already provoked, had such process been desirable, or, indeed,
possible. The Lennox party had been obligingly
placed in possession of one end of the principal table, where,
Lennox at the head and leading the attack, such an onset
was made upon the enemy as never was seen. The effect
of the motion, the excitement, the sharp morning air had
been irresistible. A most extraordinay disappearance of
the various surrounding edibles took place, the four gentlemen,
like gallant knights, hovering around their “ladies fair,”
and anticipating their wants, and thereby drawing closer the
bands of friendship than could have been believed possible.
Mrs. Lennox took good care of Seth, who, when Mr. Lennox
ironically asked him “why he did not eat something,”
at a moment when he was just depositing into his mouth a
prodigious piece of toast and butter, and half a sausage,
came near meeting his death by reason of his sudden laugh
and its abrupt termination, which set everybody else laughing
again, so that, in fact, it was quite a miracle that everybody
got safe through with it all.

Once more on deck, the spirits tranquillized, and the
scenery growing every instant more beautiful, the crowd of
passengers began to yield to those affinities which attract
like to like. A large number were, of course, acquaintances.
Such as were strangers were duly presented, and the enjoyment
of society could scarcely be anywhere greater than
thus, under the broad awning of the upper deck of the immense
steamboat, and floating through scenes which recalled
the valley of Rasselas or the still brighter abodes of the, alas!
once innocent and happy parents of mankind.

In this circle, the presence of the two young duellists occasioned
a considerable sensation. The affair had by this
time become universally known, and the part Frank had
borne in it rendered him an object of universal admiration
and interest. Not only is the unthinking multitude dazzled
by every display of prompt and manly courage, but there is
in it something fascinating, also, to the soberest and wisest.
It seems to redeem even a bad cause, but how much more
brilliant is it when manifested to punish aggression and protect
women? Even they who were opposed to the custom
of duelling, and who would have pronounced it inexcusable
under any circumstances, had life-blood once flowed on their

-- 127 --

[figure description] Page 127.[end figure description]

own floors, were silenced by the general approbation bestowed
upon Frank. Had a British officer been permitted
to leave the United States unpunished after such an act—
to have worn, perhaps, on his own bosom the rose thus
snatched from that of an American lady, with an American
officer at her side, what would England, what would the
whole world have said? There was so much force in this
argument that they who had nothing to oppose but the Word
of God were but slightly listened to; so difficult is it for
pure Christian principle to contend successfully against the
passions and illusions of life.

On the present occasion it was soon perceptible that
Frank was the lion of the day. When it was whispered
about who he was, he could not have been insensible to the
eyes which were fastened on him (and some of them, as
Mr. Mantelini says, “demned handsome ones too!”). He
had entitled himself to the applause of his native city. The
newspapers had been full of compliments; judges, lawyers,
statesmen, and public magistrates shook him heartily by the
hand; and among the ladies, a young hero who had just saved
his country in some brilliant battle could scarcely have
been more openly admired. Mary and Lennox enjoyed all
this, and Mrs. Elton, who, from her whole time being occupied
in talking, did not think much one way or the other,
shared in the triumphs of her favourite young friend. But
Mrs. Lennox looked on with regret and apprehension, lest a
serious injury might be thus inflicted on her son's character.

Glendenning, too, against whom, at first, the general indignation
had run high, began to be regarded, not as a libertine
who spent

“His rich opinion
For the name of a night-brawler,”

but as a mere frolicksome young madcap, who had firmly and
magnanimously atoned in his sober senses for a boyish
spree. White, too, who, it was understood, had done all in
his power to prevent the occurrence at all, was praised for
the officer-like firmness with which he had pressed it
through to just the point where his thoughtless friend
might withdraw in a chivalric way from an affair of which
he had become justly ashamed.

In the mean while everybody was introduced to everybody,
and everybody talked to everybody about all sorts of
things, and each individual of our party would have thought

-- 128 --

[figure description] Page 128.[end figure description]

him or her self as happy as possible, if he and she had not
felt they were growing happier every moment.

We wish we could put down the light and continual conversation
which beguiled the swift hours of this delightful
day, and also the thoughts which passed through their various
minds. Mrs. Lennox, as she led on White to new
communications respecting his friend, felt it more than ever
her duty to avail herself of his present visit, which seemed
a providential opportunity, to awaken in his volatile mind
some serious religious impressions. She thought she saw in
him an ingenuousness of character which did not contradict
his engaging manners and prepossessing countenance. The
enterprise of redeeming such a person from infidelity, and
the dangers and misery consequent upon it, appeared one
justly worthy of a Christian. Facility of disposition, which
allowed him to be led away by bad example, and impetuous
impulses and passions which he had never yet learned to
govern, were obviously his principal faults. As for the
scheme of Christianity, its history, and the evidences on
which it stands, he was totally and singularly ignorant of
them, and she promised herself the pious pleasure of lifting
the curtain from those sacred truths, and of displaying to his
candid mind, in all its sublime and unutterable glory, the
ancient and eternal fabric of Christianity.

Glendenning was pleased with the prospect of a week at
Rose Hill, and White was too agreeably impressed with
his new acquaintances to interpose objections. Miss Elton
was glad to have any one to occupy Frank's thoughts and
time. She saw that his duel had given him new hopes,
although the delicacy of his heart caused him to betray
them only in an indirect way. She did, indeed, begin to
regard him as no longer a boy, and the admiration and
friendship which she really felt for him she was too artless
to conceal, and he too inexperienced to understand. He
evidently hoped that time might effect a favourable change
in her sentiments towards him, and trusted everything to
the future, which looked so bright and cloudless.

But of the whole party, perhaps none were so completely
rapt in enchantment (though of a very different kind) as
Mrs. Elton and Seth. The former, who, in the darkest
hour, had around her an atmosphere of sunshine, when that
orb did really pour his splendours on the spot where she
stood, beheld in the earth only a scene of uninterrupted

-- 129 --

[figure description] Page 129.[end figure description]

bliss. All nature and every individual wore in her happy
eyes a colour of brightness. To her everything was
beautiful, everybody was charming; the ugliest physiognomy
was handsome; a cross temper was honest roughness,
and a pug-nose spirituel. She never saw a fault in
any human being. She gave White and Glendenning such
astounding accounts of the excellence of everything and
everybody, that they began to fancy themselves stumbled
into one of the volumes of the Arabian Nights.

As for little Seth, he was, for the first time in his life,
going up the Hudson, and arrayed in all the splendours of
his new suit. He said nothing except when spoken to, and
then generally answered only with a huge blush and an
abrupt laugh, which opened and closed with an evanescence
quite remarkable even in a world where all is so extremely
transitory. Mr. Lennox, who saw how offensive he had
become to Emmerson, and who could not understand why,
had resolved to take him with the family to spend a month
in the country, as much for the gratification of Emmerson
as of the boy himself. He noticed him a great deal, made
it a point to introduce him to everybody, as if he had been
his own son, never failing, on such occasions, to pronounce,
in a most flourishing manner, his three names, Seth Jacob
Copely, and to add that he possessed talents and attainments
which would inevitably one day place him at the
head of his profession, if not in the presidential chair.
Poor Seth had heard these astounding eulogies so repeatedly
that he began to be used to them—for he felt they
were full of kindness—and to love more and more the person
who showered them on him. All treated him with a
gentleness and consideration which sank into a heart not
without warmth, although rarely displayed, and into a mind,
though slow, both thoughtful and observing. His old, uncomfortable
bashfulness had begun to give place to a feeling
of greater ease and satisfaction. He saw that, where
Mrs. Lennox's mild, sweet face was, he had always a
friend to help him out of the embarrassing dilemmas into
which he was frequently plunged by the thoughtless good-nature
of Mr. Lennox; and as Mary took as much care of
him as if he had been her brother (or her grandson), he got
along tolerably well. Frank quizzed him, and Glendenning
mystified him sometimes, in a mere spirit of fun; but Mary
was an excellent champion, and Frank met in her an

-- 130 --

[figure description] Page 130.[end figure description]

ancient and formidable foe. In short, Seth, somehow or other,
found himself strangely happy. Of all men on earth, he
most disliked and feared Emmerson; now he had escaped
from the dark face of that gentleman for a time. He saw
his representations had not injured him in the opinion of his
benefactors, and, with the facility of youth, regardless of the
future, he gave himself up to the pleasing impressions of
the moment, watched the easy and elegant manners of the
three gentlemen, and delighted to bestow such attentions as he
knew how upon the ladies, each one of whom he loved with
all the unbounded fervour of boyish gratitude and admiration.
Strange and sweet impressions, too, began to descend upon
his mind, from the varying and resplendent scenes of nature
which were so rapidly flying behind him. He listened, too,
with mute wonder to the conversation of the rest, of other
shores and other rivers, of the scenes of Europe (that
great dim vision of imagination to him), and to the thousand
interesting remarks upon life which he heard now for the
first time. The scenery, which struck every one else, and
brought forth various exclamations of noisy rapture, sank
into his soul silently, but not with a less deep effect, and
this little, stupid country boy, thus introduced, almost by accident,
into a sphere of life so much above his own, began
to feel within him the development of new thoughts and the
stirrings of new emotions. The beautiful countenance of
Mary Lennox (who seemed to consider herself quite a
woman and him only a little boy of no account whatever;
and if she thought so, of course it must be so, for very far
from him was the boldness to have an opinion of his own)
had a sort of unaccountable attraction in his eyes. He
could have sat gazing on it for hours, and so he did quite
uninterrupted, for no one looked at him. If the young girl
herself sometimes caught his eyes with her own in these
encounters, she only smiled so kindly and good-naturedly,
that, as we before observed, somehow or other, this passage
up to Rose Hill was the most enchanting, delicious day he
had ever known.

Fanny Elton, who appeared only recovering from her
late indisposition, required no other explanation for a certain
reserve which seemed lately to have shed itself over
her mind. She presented with Mary the rare spectacle of
a young lady decidedly prettier than her friend, yet without
believing so herself; while Mary, equal in character, if not

-- 131 --

[figure description] Page 131.[end figure description]

quite so in countenance, knew it well and unfeignedly rejoiced
in it. Far, indeed, were both their pure souls above
the mean passions of vanity and envy.

The bright, breathless noon brought the boat into the
Highlands, whose bold, gigantic forms frowned darkly on
the winding flood, and printed their sharp angles against
the stainless azure sky. This spot, the region of a thousand
romantic as well as historical associations, and invested
by nature with such a startling beauty, and rendered still
more charming by the chaste and tender genius of Irving,
never appeared so bright, so still, so enchanting as on the
present occasion. The sharp beak of the boat went bursting
through the sleeping water, now close upon one shore,
now upon the other. Sloops, their sails fully spread to catch
every breath of air, stole silently along. The sturgeon
leaped and fell heavily back into his watery home, and the
eagle floated low over the rocky heights, balancing himself
in idle enjoyment upon his immense, motionless wings (who
could help wishing he possessed such a glorious power?).
At last the bell, which a few hours ago had pealed through
the hot and dusty streets of the city, now sent its deafening
voice to die away among the echoes of the mountains, and
the passengers to be landed at B— Point, upon whose
beautiful and verdant acclivity Rose Hill stood, were obliged
to get down a very unsafe sort of ladder, into a still more
unsafe-looking small boat, most perilously attached by a
rope to the always rapidly advancing steamer, all of which
looked like a reasonable chance of favouring the merry
party with a ducking. But the descent into their rather
ticklish seats was most boldly and successfully made—
boxes, portmanteaus, umbrellas, valises came tumbling in
one after the other, and sometimes two at once, and off
dashed the boat, in a style which there is not time here to
describe at all, only there were various wavings of white
pocket-handkerchiefs from the steamer to those in the little
boat, and they in the little boat waved back again theirs to
those in the steamer, and Miss Elton sat quietly thoughtful
in the stern, while Frank wished, with all his heart, she
might fall overboard, that he might jump in after her, only
he would not have had her wet the sole of her shoe for
twenty worlds, lest she might take cold, and—but stop:
here we are already ashore. Out go people and portmanteaus
(the captain of the Chancellor Livingston made things

-- 132 --

[figure description] Page 132.[end figure description]

fly); the little boat was already far off; the steamer began
to puff, and blow, and pant, and thunder at a greater distance;
and the first thing Seth and Glendenning knew, they
found themselves winding up a most sweet and odoriferous
road, shaded with cedar, and oak, and sycamore, and locust,
and wild roses, and all sorts of trees and flowers that make
the air smell delicious; and then they were all standing on
the portico of one of the most perfectly beautiful countryhouses
that (at least so thought Seth) ever was or could
possibly be seen, or even conceived. It was a sweet
place (Rose Hill), but we are not going to describe it.

CHAPTER XX.

Perhaps there never were any people, altogether, quite
so happy as the party now assembled at Rose Hill. There
never was such glorious weather, such capital eatables,
such delicious butter, and honey, and marmalade, and preserves,
and cherry-wine, and ice-cream, and home-made
bread, and fruit-pie, and, in short, all sorts of the very nicest
things imaginable. White and Glendenning were fairly fascinated;
and even Fanny, although she had some reason
not to be as gay as she had been in other years, even she
could not resist the effect of the bright scenes, hilarious
and inspiriting incidents, and very agreeable people around
her. As for little Seth, he had got to be quite a different
person; as his true character developed itself, he was found,
besides being not at all wanting in intelligence, so warm-hearted,
grateful, and amiable, that he became a favourite.
His stiff awkwardness gave place to more freedom of manner,
and the changes going on in his heart began to show
themselves on his countenance.

But if Seth appeared to have undergone a favourable
alteration, in Glendenning there was perceptible a much
greater one. He soon captivated his hospitable entertainers,
and their obvious partiality for and complete forgiveness
of him had a serious effect upon him. Frank and he were
really become attached friends. Their prompt and daring
courage and impetuosity of disposition were not unlike, only

-- 133 --

[figure description] Page 133.[end figure description]

Frank's had been better regulated by education. Both were
possessed of many of the faults as well as the virtues of
youth—hot-headed, thoughtless, passionate, and inexperienced,
but generous, affectionate, noble, and impressionable.
They soon learned to love each other sincerely. Glendenning,
sensible of his culpable folly and heartily ashamed of
his past life, evinced in various ways his sincere repentance
and desire to reform; and it was not in the power of
the amiable family to see any one so truly inspired with
good resolutions, without conceiving for him both sympathy
and friendship.

There are periods when all that the earth affords of happiness
seems gathered around us, and all its evils and cares
disappear, just as some rare days break without a chill, a
cloud, or a breath of wind. The brightness and repose of
outward nature descend into our hearts. Our capacity for
happiness is full. Not only do the trees, sky, rivers, and
fields wear an unwonted charm, but the people around us
appear invested only with grace and love, and arouse in us
all our better feelings, as if they were so many radiant angels.
Who has not come suddenly upon some such a happy
valley in life's pilgrimage, where he would fain have lingered
forever, but that the dusky phantoms of fate beckoned
him onward, and the resistless and invisible current of circumstances,
flowing with its turbid tide on and on, bears
him away to other scenes, leaving only an enchanting recollection
of these little holydays of the heart? And who
has not felt, at such moments, the mysterious nearness—
the viewless and noiseless presence of supernatural things?
who has not observed that these intervals of peace and joy
(not the legitimate inheritance of the fallen race which is
doomed to eat of the ground in sorrow all the days of its
life) come often just before some terrible crisis?

The week at Rose Hill was one of those periods of unusual
enjoyment, and the only drawback upon all the fun at
present was the necessity which called Mr. Lennox back
to town early Monday morning, with the promise, however,
to call and see them again Friday or Saturday. Music,
drives, sketching and riding, gay and instructive conversation,
poetry and literature, and, on all sides, the unreserved
confidences of the heart. Glendenning wondered he had
ever sought happiness in such different circles.

They had arrived at Rose Hill on Tuesday, and it was

-- 134 --

[figure description] Page 134.[end figure description]

arranged that they should remain at least one week. The
first afternoon and evening were devoted to an examination
of the house and grounds. There were an excellent farm,
a delightful garden; conservatories, promenades, etc., etc.,
etc.; a drive along a road following the river, and presenting
a series of views remarkable for beauty: and then the
family assembled in the drawing-rooms, which opened upon
a balcony extending entirely around the house, and which
was situated in so commanding a site, that the gorgeous
and picturesque Highland river-scenery was spread out beneath
and above like a superb panorama. Here the teatable
gathered together not only the members of the party,
but half a dozen distinguished strangers, either visiters at
West Point, distant a short sail on the opposite side, or
from some of the neighbouring seats. The expensive and
elegant style in which Mr. Lennox lived, the luxurious furniture
and very well-kept grounds; the opulence which
made itself seen in all the details of the domestic arrangement—
opulence, showing itself, however, rather in matters
of comfort and genuine hospitality than display—surprised
the two young officers, who had both been impressed with
the idea that English comfort was not to be found in quite
such perfection out of the sea-girt isle.

Little Seth saw in all this only a dream of perfect enchantment.
He roamed about the grounds with his mouth
open, peered into the garden, sat, half stupified with delight,
looking at the magnificent landscape which lay beneath and
above him, mingling silently with the persons who made
up the evening party, bearing their jokes with immovable
good-humour, hearing them talk, wondering at the easy flow
of their words, and the bold and sportive way in which they
spoke to each other, and in which they did the most serious
as the most trifling things, and, in short, enjoying a great
many new thoughts and feelings. Mary was his ever-faithful
friend. She explained everything to him which he did
not understand, told him where to go, and what to do and
say, laughed him out of his bad grammar and country
phrases, arranged his cravat and collar in a way so becoming
that he was quite surprised himself at his genteel appearance,
and was not likely to forget her manner of tying
the knot in front. When she ordered him up to let her examine
him sometimes—when she fixed her eyes on him
with a scrutinizing look, gave him various instructions, put

-- 135 --

[figure description] Page 135.[end figure description]

aside the hair from his forehead with her own soft, white
hand, and arranged it around his temples, he said nothing,
but he thought and felt a great deal. He felt as if he had
entered into a new world, and as if a new soul had entered
into his body.

Several days thus passed away delightfully. It seemed
that none of them had ever before been so happy. Every
morning saw our merry party early up and abroad upon
some expedition of pleasure: a visit to some picturesque
part of the shore in Harry's boat, or a drive and walk to the
summit of some neighbouring mountain which commanded
a celebrated view. From breakfast till dinner, riding, boating
shooting sometimes, driving, newspapers, reviews, and
calls every day. The whole party dined out or received at
home, or made pic-nic parties to interesting spots. In the
afternoons and evenings, when the sun, descending into a
sea of glory, increased in splendour as the fierceness of his
beams abated, and the cool, refreshing night air, full of perfumes,
braced the nerves and soothed the spirits, Glendenning
thought he had never seen a spot of the earth where
he should so like to spend his life, nor people with whom
his days would glide more pleasantly away. He had no
family or home. His father, his only living relative, had
discovered so little consideration for or interest in him that,
however a sense of duty might modify his sentiments, he
could not look forward to a return to the paternal roof as an
event either possible or desirable. Here, at once, all the
best qualities of his mind, all the noblest impulses of his
heart, were called into being; and, as he became more acquainted
with Mary, a dream of happiness rose up in his
imagination, which, however immature, gave a great weight
to the maternal counsels of Mrs. Lennox, and a new impulse
to his schemes of reformation and self-improvement. In
short, if Mary had given him the least encouragement, he
would have fallen in love in the same off-handed way in
which he did everything else. Whatever was the adventure
which presented itself to him—a noble or a foolish action,
a love-scrape or a duel—in he went headlong at ten
minutes' notice.

During these fine times Mrs. Lennox by no means neglected
her serious plan of turning Glendenning's attention to
the subject of religion. The hope of convincing a young
officer of such a disposition, and with whom her

-- 136 --

[figure description] Page 136.[end figure description]

acquaintance had originated in such a singular manner, would have
been thought, by most persons, rather Quixotic. But her
genuine piety did not suffer itself to be discouraged by any
ordinary objection, and she was delighted to find her task
infinitely easier than she had dared to hope. Glendenning's
facile nature was now softened by happiness and the novelty
of pure and rational attachments. Mrs. Lennox's sweetness
of manner, which only reflected that of her countenance
and soul, had a pleasing effect upon him. He was, as we
have before observed, so completely ignorant of the nature
of our divine religion, and of the evidence by the aid of
which it has resisted the stormy shocks and wearing influences
of so many centuries, and she was so well acquainted
with the subject, and was able so clearly to explain that
which she so clearly understood, that she soon succeeded
in raising in him both astonishment and curiosity. She artfully
availed herself of many an interval to appeal frankly to
his good sense and calm reason, and she had the gratification
to see that he was sufficiently ingenuous to confess
when her facts were new to him and her arguments unanswerable.
He listened at first with respect, and afterward
with unfeigned attention and increasing interest, laid candidly
before her all his ignorance and all his objections, and
saw that the ground he stood on was taken by her earnest
and pious eloquence and superior knowledge, inch by inch,
from beneath his feet. He promised her, at last, that he
would make a full study of the subject the first duty of his
future life; that if doubts continued in his way, he would apply
to her before he yielded to them, and that he would correspond
with her after his departure, and let her know the
progress of his opinions. There was in this no affectation.
He had been very much impressed by new views of what,
he saw, he had never understood, or even taken the trouble
to examine. His nature was not wanting in the purity
requisite in a believer, but only in the stability, strength,
and seriousness. But what he would never have sought
himself, this best of friends presented to him with disinterested
anxiety for his welfare. She began to love him with
almost the force of a mother, and her gentle, affectionate,
and intelligent character had not failed to awaken in his
breast reciprocal sentiments.

After one of these long conversations, during a ramble
through a neighbouring wood, when she had separated him

-- 137 --

[figure description] Page 137.[end figure description]

from the rest of the company to pursue, without interruption,
her plan of awakening his attention to the subject of religion,
the whole party returned to the house, where, after a slight
repast, Mrs. Lennox reminded them they might expect her
husband and Harry by the noon boat. It was therefore
proposed to go down to the landing at the proper hour, and
receive the new visiters with all the honours of war. Accordingly,
at about one o'clock, the whole party repaired to
the spot, laughing and talking as friends who have spent a
week in the country are very apt to talk, for nothing brings
mind and heart closer together than such an interval of uninterrupted
intimacy. A few moments after their arrival
they discovered a light cloud of ascending smoke and steam
peering over the summit of a green hill, then the plunging
strokes of the wheels and panting of the engine, and immediately
the large and stately vessel, more like a floating palace
than a boat, darted from behind a projecting angle of
black, broken rock, with the well-known barge cleaving the
foamy flood at its side, and containing the three figures of
Mr. Lennox, Harry, and Mr. Emmerson.

“Hallo! hurrah, boys! how are you? here we are!”
shouted Lennox, waving his hat. “Now then, my fine fellows,
out with ye. Hand up the valise. That's it; all
right! How d'ye do? How de do?”

And then the various embraces and shaking hands natural
to the occasion. As Lennox and Mrs. Elton did not find
it convenient to stop talking, the exclamations of the rest
were edged in as well as they could; and as nobody waited
for any answers, it was pretty much all the same in the end.
Emmerson's face was all smiles and blandness, though his
gratulations, like everything else he did, were performed in
a quiet way.

“But what's the matter with you, Harry?” said his mother;
“you don't look well.”

“Oh yes, perfectly. Never so well and so gay in my
life,” said Harry, rousing himself from a revery.

“Where's Fanny?” demanded Lennox.

“Here she is, at least here she was, or I thought she was
here.”

“Didn't she come down?” asked Mary.

“No, I don't think she did,” said Frank. “I observed she
was not with us.”

Up the steep, fragrant foot-path they wound, and met

-- 138 --

[figure description] Page 138.[end figure description]

Fanny just coming down, looking quiet, but Mrs. Lennox
thought it was not altogether a natural tranquillity. She had
observed, when she spoke of the arrival of the party by the
boat, a certain change in her expression and manner, which
revived a thought not altogether a stranger to her mind.

CHAPTER XXI.

Mr. Lennox had brought up with him newspapers, magazines,
caricatures, and letters. He was, besides, full of
town news, and rattled away faster than ever. He met
White and Glendenning with the hearty, hilarious hospitality
which belonged to his character, kissed Fanny whenever
he could catch her, and seemed in high glee. The
dinner hour arrived before they had time to ask and answer
all their mutual questions, and Champagne and cigars upon
the beautiful flower-wreathed piazza succeeded.

The piazza extended entirely around the house, so as to
form a most agreeable promenade. It was at this time that
Fanny, who had withdrawn herself again from the family
when the cold, melancholy manners of Harry, only relieved
at times by a forced gayety, oppressed her with a feeling
of painful uneasiness, was surprised by the sudden and
silent appearance of Emmerson close at her side—so close
and unexpected, indeed, that the sigh which happened at
the moment to escape her was perceived by him.

“Does Miss Elton sigh?” said Emmerson, with more
than his usual gentleness.

“Did I?” said Fanny, blushing. “I really was not
aware.”

“Miss Elton, I am going to ask your advice.”

“Advice? mine! Oh, Mr. Emmerson,” she replied,
laughing, “on what subject could I pretend to advise you?

“And why not me?” said he, smiling blandly.

“Oh, because you, of all men, know best how to act on
every occasion. I might ask advice from you, but to give
it I wish I were worthy.”

“My dear Miss Elton, do your words really express your
sincere sentiments?”

-- 139 --

[figure description] Page 139.[end figure description]

“Why, certainly.”

“Your good opinion makes me happy. To say the truth,
I do not exactly so much propose to seek your advice as to
offer you my—my confidence.”

“If I can serve you by receiving it,” replied the young
girl, both pleased and flattered by the respectful attention
of one so generally esteemed.

“Listen to me, then. Mr. Lennox, you know, has long
desired to retire in some degree from his profession. He
yesterday made me an offer of one half the income of the
office, which cannot amount to less than $5000, and may go
considerably beyond it.”

“I congratulate you with all my heart,” said Miss Elton.

“But I have an objection to receiving this obligation.”

“What! from Mr. Lennox? What objection can you
have? You accept only what you are entitled to. I have
frequently heard him say you have been of the greatest service
to him. He is rich enough himself, and, in retiring,
has certainly the full right to choose his successor.”

“But this son of his—this Harry.”

Miss Elton was silent.

“I have already told you, Miss Elton, my secret opinion
of this young man. He can never himself make a good
lawyer or a good man. He is too light and fickle; too—
too—yet, nevertheless, ought I to accept a share of what, it
may possibly be considered, should of right fall to him alone?”

“If his father found your assistance necessary, it is not
likely he could dispense with it.”

“It is not exactly that. I am under a great embarrassment
in communicating to you what I have now to say;
but, as your old friend and your father's, you will allow me,
won't you, to speak frankly?”

“You cannot offend me,” said she, although a colour
overspread her face as she spoke, “because I know whatever
you say will be the truth, and because you have already,
with the disinterestedness of real friendship, rescued
me from a great danger.”

“Then, this is it: while the slightest possibility remained
of your yielding to what will probably be the serious wish
of his family, in receiving the addresses of Mr. Henry Lennox—”

“Mr. Emmerson,” said Fanny, “let me assure you, there
is as little danger of his preferring as of my accepting any
such proposition.”

-- 140 --

[figure description] Page 140.[end figure description]

“I breathe again,” said Emmerson, extending his hand
to hers, which she did not refuse. “I should, in fact, be
doubly distressed at the possibility of your union with him;
first, because he is unworthy of you, as I have already told
you, and, secondly, because, my dearest Miss Elton, I
have, after much painful resolution to the contrary on my
part and a deep sense of my own presumption, determined
to throw myself upon your generosity, your good sense,
your excellent understanding—to—in short—to ask your
advice respecting my own future prospects.”

“In what way, Mr. Emmerson?”

“I am now in possession of an independent income, and
I have, moreover, an opportunity, by a fortunate speculation,
of turning it into a large fortune.”

“You really delight me,” said Fanny, while such lively
pleasure beamed from her face that Emmerson could not
doubt either its strength or sincerity.

“May I then venture to hope that the sentiments of unalterable
regard with which you have inspired me, and
which, you say, I have had the happiness to inspire on
your side—dare I venture to hope that the clear intelligence
of Miss Elton, superior to the illusions of youth or
the impulses of any mere girlish passion, may condescend
to allow me to reveal to her the earnest and profound esteem
which I have myself entertained for her? may I hope
to find in her not only advice on temporary occasions, but an
adviser to cheer and guide my future steps through life? In
offering you my hand, I need scarcely say, my heart has
been yours from the moment I first beheld you.”

Miss Elton fixed her eyes upon her companion, as he
closed this speech, with an astonishment and consternation
which prevented her uttering a single word in reply.

“Consider the advantages a union with me would ensure
to you. A friend, soberly and unchangeably attached, who
has passed the danger of youth, with me your days will not
be clouded with doubt or your feelings harrowed by dissipation.
No bloody duels or midnight brawls! but our lives
will glide peacefully on, without a doubt to shade or a care
to interrupt them. My dear Miss Elton, I have for years
looked forward to this moment as the most important—the
most delightful of my life. Answer me: will you be mine?
Consider the advantages a union with me would secure to
us both. Do not hesitate.”

-- 141 --

[figure description] Page 141.[end figure description]

“I do not hesitate,” replied Miss Elton; but, as she
raised her eyes, she beheld Harry close behind Emmerson,
his form drawn back in stern surprise, mingled with
embarrassment. He had evidently, and by mere accident,
overheard the last words of Emmerson and her own. Conscious
of the impression he must have derived from them,
she became so unusually agitated that Emmerson once more
took her hand. Harry had already disappeared.

“I do not hesitate,” repeated she, “or, if I did, it was
only from amazement. Respect and esteem I shall always
feel towards you, Mr. Emmerson, but I can never entertain
any warmer sentiment.”

“Let me at least request, Miss Elton,” said Emmerson,
after a pause, and with a look of deep mortification, “that
you will consider my offer a confidential secret.”

“Certainly, sir.”

“Have I your promise?”

“You have.”

“Hallo here! where are these runaways?” said Mr.
Lennox's voice. “What, Emmerson, are you making love
to Fanny?”

“I should hardly presume,” said Emmerson, laughing in
an easy way, which rather surprised Miss Elton in one she
had always considered so artless and sincere.

“We're going out in the boat to see St. Anthony's Nose.
Bring along the young lady, and take good care of her,
mind!”

CHAPTER XXII.

Glad of an opportunity to run away, Fanny went in after
her bonnet, and in a few moments the whole party were
on their way down the steep, winding path, talking and
laughing, Mr. Lennox occasionally rallying Emmerson
upon having been detected in making love to Miss Elton,
as if the very idea were the most capital joke conceivable.
Emmerson received and replied to this badinage with a
skilful duplicity, which let Fanny still more into the peculiarities
of his character, and awoke in her mind a train of

-- 142 --

[figure description] Page 142.[end figure description]

serious reflections. In the first place, she recollected a
thousand instances of kindness and delicate private attention
bestowed upon her as long back as she could remember,
and which she had always ascribed to the disinterested
partiality of a father. She recollected that it was Emmerson
who had accidentally interrupted her interview
with Harry, when that young gentleman had commenced
to make to her the offer of his heart and hand. When she
next saw him, it was again Emmerson, who, on the grounds
of paternal disinterestedness, had addressed her on the subject
of Harry, had warned her against him by repeated
hints and innuendoes, as one who, to oblige his parents,
might put on a show of attachment, but who had confessed
to him his hope that he might be rejected, and his sincere
passion for another. In looking back over her whole acquaintance
with Emmerson from her present point of view,
she could perceive how greatly he had influenced her, and
how cautiously and secretly he had always done it. Every
dark hint had been breathed in a whisper; every secret
innuendo uttered in strict confidence. In short, from various
things, she began to suspect that he was sly. The affair
looked like an intrigue, however irreconcilable with his irreproachable
character. These new thoughts at length produced
another, which at once overwhelmed her with pleasure
and pain. She had, then, without grounds, rejected
and insulted Harry, whom she had sincerely loved till Emmerson
had shaken her confidence in him. She had, then,
been sincerely and honestly loved by Harry, and she had
thrown him away forever. The poor fellow little knew with
what a changed heart she walked silently down the hill by
his side.

The boat in question was a large and beautiful one, built
for Harry, who loved solitary excursions among the mountains,
as well as such merry parties as the present. It accommodated
the whole company, and the two men who aided
in managing the sail, or, when necessary, the oars. A
fine breeze carried them swiftly forward beneath West
Point, and within sight of the famous “Nose,” which tradition
(or the genius of Irving) has immortalized as that of
the saint. A great many bright things were said, as all
were in high glee except Fanny, who had sunk into a silent
revery, and Emmerson, who, what with the entire failure
of his attack on Miss Elton, and his jealous displeasure

-- 143 --

[figure description] Page 143.[end figure description]

at seeing the happiness of little Seth, looked rather yellow
and bilious.

At length the breeze died entirely away, and the little
sail hung idly against the mast. The general merriment,
too, was rather checked by the sight of a deep, heavy thunder-cloud,
which began to project a ragged, ink-black, island-looking
edge over the outline of the green hill above
their head and into the transparent azure of the sky. This
threatening visiter had been concealed by the mountain till
it was just ready to burst upon the breathless scene. The
ladies were alarmed, of course, for their bonnets, if not for
their lives. Some spoke of a squall, and others of lightning,
while the bravest acknowledged that a proper drenching
was tolerably inevitable. The oars were put out, and,
manned each one by two, made the boat advance with velocity
towards the shore, but scarcely so fast as the prodigious
mass of pointed vapour above them, which, lowering
with the portentous opaqueness of granite, seemed pursuing
them with ominous fury. Although the gentlemen were
positive as to their security from the lightning, from which
the high hills afforded a sufficient protection, yet dreadful
squalls often forced their way down the high and narrow
ravines. The lowering cloud, however, still delayed to
pour down its contents or to launch the terrible bolt, and
the boat seemed happily destined to reach the shore before
the tempest commenced, when a violent wind swept over
the smooth water, and soon lashed it into such waves as a
good deal interfered with the skill of Harry, who had taken
the helm, and was guiding it directly to the shelter of a
steep, overhanging rock, projecting into the deep channel
of the river. At this moment a sudden shout sent terror
into every bosom. A sloop, with all sail set, suddenly appeared
turning the point at a fearful velocity, making so directly
for the boat as to render the destruction of all on
board apparently certain. The danger was sudden and appalling.
The helmsman of the sloop, startled by the fierce
command of Harry, appeared stunned into stupid inactivity,
and let her come steadily on without in the least altering
her course.

“Save the ladies!” shouted Harry.

“Save me!” cried Emmerson, “save me!”

Each gentleman seized one of his fair companions, ready
to leap overboard with her, except Emmerson, who, without

-- 144 --

[figure description] Page 144.[end figure description]

thinking of any one but himself, clung to the stout farm-lad
next him in such a convulsive way, that he actually pushed
Miss Elton into the stern, where her danger was imminent,
both of falling overboard and of being crushed to death by
the heavy and swiftly-advancing mass. Harry, who had
just perceived that, by the power of his own helm, he had
cleared the main body of the sloop, but that a piece of heavy
timber projecting from her low deck might come in contact
with Miss Elton, who was standing in mute terror, leaped
forward and bore her back, but at the peril of his own life;
for, while he succeeded in rescuing her from certain death,
he stumbled himself, and, receiving a severe blow, fell headlong
into the river. The voices of the ladies, which thus
far actual fright had restrained, now vented their emotions
in a general shriek, among which that of Mrs. Lennox and
Fanny was not the least loud. The sloop swept fearfully
by; the little boat rocked violently in the billows of its
wake, and Harry appeared to have sunk beneath forever.

“My son! save him! Harry! he's gone!”

“Nonsense,” said Lennox; “he swims like a duck.”

A moment of intense anxiety passed, and “There he is!”
broke from every lip. But Frank had already plunged into
the stream; for, on reappearing, it was perceived that the
young man, instead of beating the waves with his athletic
arms, lay like a senseless corpse upon the flood, and then
sank slowly out of sight. The next moment he was borne
into the boat by Frank, but senseless, and his forehead
stained with blood from a wound. At this moment the
thunder burst from the cloud, the lightning seemed to set
earth and heaven in a blaze, and a deluge poured itself
down upon the unfortunate pleasure party.

“He's dead! he's dead!” cried Mrs. Lennox.

“To save my life, which I would have sacrificed a thousand
times for him!” cried Fanny, beside herself with grief
and horror.

Even in that terrible moment, this remark, and the manner
in which it was uttered, struck Frank, Emmerson, and
Mrs. Lennox, and was afterward remembered. Only love
the most passionate and sincere could have inspired it; and
the poor young girl, covering her face with her hands, remained
in a state impossible to be described.

In a few moments they reached the shore, and the body
was conveyed into a farmer's house, where, in a very short

-- 145 --

[figure description] Page 145.[end figure description]

time, to the unutterable delight of everybody, it not only
came to, under the various appliances usual on such occasions,
but presently appeared in a standing position, and
arrayed in a suit of Farmer Smith's Sunday-go-to-meeting
clothes. In the mean while the carriage had been sent for,
and the ladies, with very mixed emotions of grief, joy, horror,
and being very wet, had attired themselves in various
articles of Mrs. Smith's and Mrs. Smith's daughter's wardrobe,
and, by the time the carriage arrived, they were all
ready to be put in, and (Harry first) entered accordingly—
some on the box, and forming the most extraordinary-looking
party of pleasure that ever was seen; they all reached
Rose Hill, went to bed, took warm egg-nog, and tea, punch,
etc., etc., etc., and, by the time the storm had passed away
and the sunshine had come out again, they had all reassembled
in the drawing-rooms in unexceptionable toilets—the
gentlemen in a high state of elegance and glee, the ladies
looking lovelier than ever; Harry somewhat pale and interesting,
and appearing very advantageously behind a large
bit of sticking-plaster (which the doctor had applied, with
the assurance that no possible bad effect could arise from
the accident, at least as far as concerned his bodily health),
and Miss Elton in a state of most becoming embarrassment,
endeavouring in vain to keep her usual cool composure of
manner, through her painful consciousness that she had betrayed
a degree of interest for Harry, which, whatever
might be her real sentiments, she had had no intentions to
communicate confidentially to a whole boatful of people at
once. Never did she appear so beautiful, so timid, or with
so little definite idea what she should do with herself.

CHAPTER XXIII.

The next day was the one fixed for the departure of the
guests, and, on this their last evening, the family assembled
on the broad piazza very much softened by the accident so
nearly fatal to one, if not to all. The idea of danger escaped
is an agreeable one, and, while it renders more lively
the sense of existence, it excludes from the mind

-- 146 --

[figure description] Page 146.[end figure description]

commonplace thoughts and prepares the heart for the tenderest emotions.
The sun went slowly down, as if he hated to leave
such a beautiful scene, and the western sky was all bathed
in hues of purple and gold. The moon rose broadly and
silently up over the hilltops, and every instant the sweet
summer night made some delightful change in the soft landscape.
The fire-flies flashed and floated in the black shadows
of the woods and hillsides, and the softened cry of the
frog and katydid was blended from the distant shore with
the sturgeons plash, or music from the deck of a passing
steamboat, or the barking of some farmyard dog, or the occasional
voice of a sailor from the sloops that stole around
the point beneath. Never had Glendenning felt before what
it was to possess a mind and a soul, what it was to love poetry
and music, and that the rational being may enjoy pleasures,
tranquil and innocent, and far superior to those vulgar
amusements in which he had wasted so much of his youth.

A sadness by no means unpleasant, but very different
from the noisy mirth which had, till now, animated the party,
appeared to have fallen over them. In some bosoms
this sadness was not without a definite cause, while in the
rest it was but the vague shadow of half-felt presentiments
or tender memories. Each one had peculiar thoughts which
checked idle mirth. Mrs. Lennox had detected in Miss
Elton the secret of her soul, and regarded Frank with sympathy.
She was also but partly recovered from the shock
of her late alarm, for her maternal heart was absorbed in
her children, and she felt if she erred in loving the earth too
much, they were the cause: “Where the treasure is, there
will the heart be also.” She beheld in Glendenning, too,
a noble young man, who only wanted advisers to preserve
him in a path of virtue and piety, but who, with a most impressionable
nature, was about re-entering into the dangerous
vortex of life.

Frank and Emmerson had both marked the expression of
Miss Elton on seeing what she supposed the dead body of
Harry, and both formed the same opinion as to its meaning,
although this opinion awoke in their separate breasts very
different emotions. In Frank, a melancholy, despairing
conviction that his attachment was hopeless, while it
strengthened his affection for both Miss Elton and his
brother: in Emmerson, mean rage against Miss Elton and
a malignant envy of his successful rival. The character of

-- 147 --

[figure description] Page 147.[end figure description]

this gentleman, however artfully he placed it before the
world, and however carefully he guarded it against all manifestations,
could not be examined closely and tested fairly
without betraying its selfish meanness and quiet perfidy.
He saw Miss Elton had detected him, and he trembled for
his profitable place in the family of his benefactor. These
thoughts made him wretched, and painted themselves on his
pale and silent countenance. No one, however, but Miss
Elton knew how to read there the workings of a bad heart,
disappointed in a treacherous attempt to undermine and calumniate
the son of his patron. By a mutual instinct, she
appeared to have discovered him, and he to know that he
was exposed.

The conversation naturally dwelt long on the accident,
which Mr. Lennox attempted to turn into a capital joke, but
in which his wife found food for serious reflection. Fanny
was silent and subdued, and scarcely ventured to thank
Harry for the life he had preserved. When she did so, she
found, with a feeling not far from anguish, that to her gentle
words and strangely altered demeanour he returned only
cold replies. Since the interview in which she had so seriously
insulted him, and in which he had sworn never again
to resume the subject of his love, he had invariably met her
with the same distant but guarded courtesy, but as she
scarcely addressed him in a different manner, she could not
be surprised or disappointed. The suspicions she had now
conceived of Emmerson, and the tender emotion Harry had
betrayed in the moment of her danger, had entirely altered
her feelings, and she knew not whether gratitude or love
most actuated her in the words she addressed to her preserver,
and in her manner of uttering them. But the unchanged
civility with which they were received, and with
which the advances towards reconciliation were thrown
back, filled her with an astonishment which certainly she
had no right to experience if she had known the delicacy,
the pride, and the high character of her lover, and the various
impressions of her which had been communicated to
him. She perceived now for the first time, with amazement
and consternation, that his attachment was really chilled,
perhaps destroyed forever, and grief for her loss was
mingled with indignation against Emmerson, whom, with
the unexamining ardour of a young girl, she concluded to
be the cause. It was not, therefore, without a certain

-- 148 --

[figure description] Page 148.[end figure description]

delightful tremour that she heard Mr. Lennox say Harry should
not return with him to town, but that he should remain a
week at Rose Hill to recover from the effects of the accident
and take care of the girls. Harry strenuously resisted,
until, overcome by the general voice, he declared he would
not consent unless Glendenning and White would also remain
two or three days. This they both pronounced seriously
impossible, on which Harry, who declared himself
perfectly recovered, persevered in his intention to return to
the city the next Sunday afternoon.

While the rest of the company were laughing and talking
over their ice-cream at one end of the piazza, Mrs. Lennox
walked to and fro on the other, leaning on Glendenning's
arm, and engaged in earnest conversation.

“I don't know what it is, my dear Captain Glendenning:
I am not generally, I hope, very superstitious, but I feel a
painful presentiment on seeing you return to Montreal.”

“Such a confession gives me pleasure rather than pain,”
said Glendenning; “for, while it convinces me of your
friendship, it does not alarm me for my safety. But what
is it you fear?”

“You will not be offended?”

“Can you ask such a question?”

“I fear, then, yourself. I fear lest new scenes and influences
hereafter prevent your perseverance in your present
mode of self-cultivation and self-government. I fear
your compliance, even against your own sense of right, with
the customs of the world—your yielding to its passions,
temptations, and illusions.”

“Mrs. Lennox, you do me injustice. I can never forget
the time I have spent with you amid this beautiful scene of
nature, charmed and refined by such hearts and minds as
those of your family. My character has been neglected,
but I feel the stirrings of its better qualities. You have
awakened in me a sense of religion; at least, of the possibility
that it may be true. It is no longer, in my eyes,
ridiculous or impossible; and with this sentiment will always
remain recollections of my happy visit to Rose Hill.
Do you think I can ever forget these mountains, that river,
this happy domestic circle, and the hours we have spent together?
Shall I ever forget our rides and rambles, the
sloops stealing on their course beneath us, and the steamboats
staining the woods and sky with smoke? Shall I

-- 149 --

[figure description] Page 149.[end figure description]

ever forget this delicious evening? and, more than all,
touched as I am with your magnanimous forgiveness of a
mad act, and with the generous attachments I have formed
in your family, can I forget that you have returned good for
evil, and endeavoured to rescue me from my worst enemy—
myself?”

“I hope not; but you are young. A military life is not
favourable to the continuance of the impressions you now
entertain. If circumstances threw you into another duel,
should you have the firmness to resist?”

“I think I should.”

“Not unless supported by unwavering faith in Christianity.
Nothing else can sustain you. That alone makes a
man calm, lofty, and unselfish. There is no philosopher
like the Christian. Neither his principles nor his reward
depend upon this fluctuating world. You are not yet a
Christian, but you are destined to be one. Read the volumes
I have given you. You are, I hope, destined to undergo
an important change: I mean, you are to be converted.
Do not smile at a term which is not, I am aware,
quite free from very commonplace, perhaps ridiculous and
vulgar associations. But you must go on, despite those and
other influences, to a study of religion. I am older than
you. I have studied it. Believe me, no man (I speak not
only my own sentiments, but those of some of the greatest
men, the most learned, cool, practical, and sensible that have
ever lived, such, for instance, as Washington, Newton, Butler,
and a host of others), no man can examine all the evidences
of Christianity without confessing them to be unanswerable.
There is no equivocation; there is no possibility
of escape. Hume, Voltaire, and Volney never did examine
them candidly. The works of the latter traveller,
called his “Ruins,” abound at every page with proofs that
he had not carefully read the Scriptures, that he did not
know their meaning; and as for Voltaire, he somewhere
speaks of the `Pentateuch and the rest of the books of Moses.
' The whole purpose of this life is to place man in
possession of truth by means of his own free search, and the
doubtful features of the Christian scheme are meant, as
Grotius (another great believer) asserts, to try us. He says
that the proof given of Christianity is less than it might have
been, so that it may be a `touchstone for trying the docility
and soundness of a man's mind.' You must read, and you

-- 150 --

[figure description] Page 150.[end figure description]

will then see that Christ was once offered to bear the sins
of many, and unto them that look for him shall he appear
the second time, without sin unto salvation.”

“I am, in truth, very ignorant,” said Glendenning.

“Will you study the subject?” asked Mrs. Lennox.
“Will you examine—will you hear what the believers in
Christianity, such men as Grotius, have to say in support
of their faith?”

“I will, I give you my word.”

“Study it, if it is only to find out evidence of its falsehood.”

“Indeed, I will.”

“And if I can be the means of awakening your mind to
these truths—if, under Him who disposes of all things, I
can be an humble instrument, I shall think Providence has
conducted you in mercy under our roof.”

Glendenning was touched with the interest she showed
in him. He had no distinct idea that the religion she so
warmly pressed upon his attention was true; but he was
grateful for the mother's love she manifested, and the memory
of his own mother was the softening and purifying idea
of his character.

“Shall I trust you?” said Mrs. Lennox.

“As I am a gentleman.”

“I had rather you had said, as you are a Christian.”

“Perhaps, when I see you again, I shall say so!”

CHAPTER XXIV.

Glendenning retired to bed at a late hour, for the night
was so deliciously bright and tranquil he could scarcely tear
himself away, and the little happy circle, remembering they
might, perhaps, never spend another evening together, were
but too ready to postpone the hour of separation. The conversation
took a confidential and almost a romantic and tender
tone, sometimes interrupted by a remark of Mr. Lennox,
which set every one laughing, or by a glee, which the
young ladies were very fond of joining in with Frank.
Harry coldly abstained from taking a part, but listened to

-- 151 --

[figure description] Page 151.[end figure description]

the sweet voice of Fanny as it sometimes trembled on
words which might seem to bear a reference to her own
position and feelings. Emmerson, whose presence, somehow
or other, threw a chill over the group, had withdrawn
early to a book, and then to bed. This last evening of Glendenning
with the Lennoxes often afterward recurred to his
memory.

The next evening he was to start at nine by the passing
Albany boat.

The regret felt by all at the breaking up of their agreeable
party was concealed by none, and when they came out
upon the walk before the door to pay the parting salutations,
Mrs. Elton talking the whole time to each individual
in his and her turn, her eyes swimming in tears—Mr. Lennox
laughing and joking to hide his softened feelings—
Frank embracing affectionately his departing friend, and
even Miss Elton and Mary protesting that they should read
no more poetry, have no more music, make no more excursions
for a month, Glendenning began to feel that he had
formed attachments of a serious nature, and some, or at
least one, which, had time and tide allowed, might have
become more serious still. Mary had excited in him a certain
odd, warm, cold, curious sentiment, which a more philosophical
stranger would have identified as an embryo passion.
The gay young lady herself—we must do her justice
on this extremely delicate point—had not dreamed of any
other feelings towards the warm-hearted, generous traveller
than a sincere and friendly interest.

“There, there comes the boat,” said Miss Elton; “I see
the sparks over the trees, on that broad part of the river
Don't you see?”

“Yes, too well,” said Glendenning.

“It will be here exactly in twenty minutes.”

“And have all my joys, then, shrunk to this little measure?”

“Now, you don't believe what a monstrous tender-hearted
being this travelling companion of mine is,” said White.
“He won't be worth anything for a month.”

“God bless you, God bless you,” broke from every lip,
as the general shaking of hands was renewed and renewed
again, till everybody's heart was beating double quick time
in their bosom. “Write us often, I'll always answer,” and
Come down again next summer,” and “Don't forget to

-- 152 --

[figure description] Page 152.[end figure description]

read Halleck, and Irving, and Bryant,” and “We shall see
the boat as you come under this point,” and “I'll wave a
handkerchief to you,” and “I'll be on the upper deck, and
wave mine,” and “We shall drink your health to-morrow
precisely at four, and then think of us,” and “There's the
bell, don't forget us!” These and various other phrases
from all present were interrupted by,

“We shall be too late, sir,” in the quiet voice of the
coachman, as the bell of the steamboat rose in impatient,
quick peals through the trees from the river below.

“Good-by, and God bless you.”

And then some very hearty shaking of hands again, and
White leaped into the carriage with Frank and Lennox.

“And now really good-by,” said Glendenning, once more
shaking each of the ladies by the hand. “Kind, dear Mrs.
Elton, I shall never forget you. Miss Elton, you have forgiven
me like an angel, and I shall always recollect you as
one. Mrs. Lennox, I could call you my mother,” and he
pressed her hand warmly to his lips. “Miss Lennox, I
should be even more unhappy than I am if I didn't think
we should one day—”

“Come, d—n it,” said Lennox, “if you don't want to be
left behind, young man—”

He sprang into the carriage.

“Adieu. God bless you, and happiness be yours; and
mind,” said Mrs. Lennox—“remember! you have made a
promise!”

The coachman cracked his whip, and the carriage dashed
down the winding road, and was lost among the trees.

“There goes as fine a fellow as ever lived,” said Mrs.
Lennox.

“And what does Mary think?” said Mrs. Elton. “He
will not carry away a whole heart, poor fellow. Such expressive
eyes! such a sweet manner! Do you know, really,
my dear Mrs. Lennox—”

“Let us go out on the point, where they will see us in
the moonlight.”

The party repaired to the spot indicated by Mrs. Lennox,
where, after waiting some ten minutes, they heard once
again the loud bell, the voices of the captain and porters below,
then the heavy thunder of the revolving wheels, and
presently the black mass, glittering in the moonlight, flashing
with lights, music bursting from her deck, the figures of

-- 153 --

[figure description] Page 153.[end figure description]

people passing to and fro, and, in the stern, a single form,
not recognisable in itself, but easily identified as Glendenning
by the handkerchief which was slowly waved towards
them, till the moving city disappeared behind a sudden bend
among the mountains.

Thus they met, and thus they parted. How will they
meet again? But as none of the gay folks of Rose Hill
was gifted with the faculty of reading the future, the question,
which presented itself to more minds than one, remained
as yet unanswered.

CHAPTER XXV.

The charm of the Rose Hill circle was broken by the
departure of their two gay and pleasant guests. Other
thoughts and feelings now began to rise. Harry, who, true
lover as he was, despite his very unequivocal rejection, had
clung to a hope that the whole was the result of error,
and might one day be explained and arranged, imagined all
doubt terminated by the discovery he had accidentally made
of Miss Elton's partiality for a flirtation with Mr. Emmerson.
He had, therefore, in his own decisive way, changed
his mind entirely as to her character, and conceived an
opinion, in which he did not again intend to waver, that
this beautiful girl, with whom he had allowed himself to fall
so desperately in love; for whom he had come so near blowing
his brains out; from whom he had tamely received an
insult as cruel as it was unnecessary—he had come to the
conclusion that this lovely and engaging young person was
neither more nor less than a heartless coquette. His opinion,
however false, was not altogether without apparent
foundation. Both Frank and himself had been led to declare
their passion, both, it seemed, drawn on by her arts,
and both, at the proper point, instantly and unmercifully rejected;
and now even Mr. Emmerson, a cold and obviously
unsocial man, old enough to be her father, was in his turn
ensnared, and was either really honoured with her approbation
(for the air and attitude which had struck him appeared
to warrant such an idea), or was led on to think so by her

-- 154 --

[figure description] Page 154.[end figure description]

love of conquest. If she had accepted this last one of her
adorers, Harry felt, somehow or other, that he should equally
despise her heart and her understanding; but if he, too, had
been encouraged to form and confide his hopes only to be
in his turn rejected, the evidence of Miss Elton's proficiency
as a coquette—a proficiency made perfect by so much practice—
would scarcely require addition. In either case, Harry
awoke to a sense of his own weakness, and in his bosom
the idle anguish of disappointed love gave place to more
manly sentiments and resolutions. “Like a dew-drop from
the lion's mane,” he resolved to shake off the boyish folly,
and to meet Miss Elton with exactly the same polite regard
as he was accustomed to bestow on other indifferent young
ladies: a regard to be tempered, however, with considerable
firmness, and a constant recollection of the character
and charms of his fair and dangerous enemy. These were
the reflections consequent upon his awkward interruption
of the tête-ù-tête on the back balcony. Only the quiet indignation
and contempt which it raised in his bosom could
have enabled him to sustain the pang with which he saw at
last dissolved into empty air all his hopes of all his confidence
in Fanny Elton. It may be remarked, too, as among
the proverbial caprices to which the destiny of lovers is
exposed, that his passion seemed to be extinguished at the
very moment when, and by the very means by which, her
confidence in him was established, and all her doubting
tenderness was confirmed with more strength than ever.

Frank had read the young girl's heart more correctly;
he had seen the look of unutterable horror at the rising of
Harry's lifeless body. Even while he sprang to his brother's
rescue, so inconceivably rapid are the operations of the
spirit, that blanched face, those clasped hands, that fervid
expression, crushed, as it were, by the shock of death from
a tender, breaking heart, were distinctly observed. From
that moment he abandoned all hope, all endeavour; and he
felt a double triumph in saving his brother's life, as he saw
the value she attached to it. He now longed for the orders
to repair to his post, once so dreaded. Seriously alarmed
for his peace of mind, he saw that, if he were destined ever
to master his unfortunate passion, it must be by tearing
himself away from her.

Emmerson's wily eye immediately perceived the course
things were taking. At first he had yielded himself only to

-- 155 --

[figure description] Page 155.[end figure description]

rage and mean envy, but now he began to think better of
his prospect. Without any particular regard for Miss
Elton, he had long fixed his eyes upon her large fortune,
which the profound vanity he cherished in secret, beneath
an exterior of striking modesty, induced him to suppose
might be brought within his reach, with proper management.
He saw Frank was forever out of his path, and that
Harry had fairly turned the tables on his mistress. Among
his peculiarities, although concealed from the world, was a
disposition to leave nothing unwon for want of striving to
obtain it, which he did, however, only with the utmost slyness;
for whatever he did was silent and mysterious. It
was by the aid, asked in a confidential way, of Harry, on
whom he had done his best to inflict a fatal injury, that he
had brought about the very arrangement with Mr. Lennox
by which he was to possess five thousand dollars a year.
His addresses to Miss Elton had been preferred much more
prematurely than he had intended, but the intoxicating triumph
of his new arrangement had been rendered more difficult
of resistance on that unlucky day by three or four
extra glasses of Champagne, forced upon him at dinner by
his generous patron. He had, however, been sufficiently
in possession of his usual diplomatic abilities to
from Miss Elton (and he knew she would never break
word) an unconditional promise of secrecy. If he
not himself obtain the lovely heiress, he was resolved
Lennox should not. He disliked, because he envied
family. Their services to him were welcome
gratitude was not a blessed, but a cursed sensation
He was one of those men who hate in proportion
are obliged, and who, when it can be safely and
done, like to return an injury for a favour. Does
believe there are no such characters? May
undeceived by experience!

But poor Fanny was the most of all. She loved
Harry, she always had loved him the whole ardour of
her soul. Rashly yielding to the secret representations of
Emmerson, she had acted under impressions which she
could no longer entertain. The moment an interested motive
appeared for that gentleman's insinuations, a new light,
broke over his whole character, and she saw that Harry was
so deeply offended, and so far from her,
would require more boldness an ingenuity she

-- 156 --

[figure description] Page 156.[end figure description]

sessed to explain her conduct. She soon perceived, also,
that he was not only acting on the impulse received from
her first interview with him, when, stung with the idea that
he was offering his hand in compliance with the wishes of
his family, while his heart and his vows were, in fact, another's,
she expressed the indignation such conduct naturally
inspired. From that time till recently there was in his manner,
stern and distant as it was, something which made her
conscious he was yet in her power, and something which
made her hope she had done him injustice, and that the pure
and disinterested Emmerson might find he had been in error.
But now Harry's demeanour was changed. A careless
indifference, almost levity, succeeded to his grave and
obviously feigned composure, and his guarded determination
to avoid her. Now he neither sought her society nor withdrew
from it. He seemed careless whether chance placed
her by his side, or even quite alone with him. His air was
that of a gentleman to a young lady with whom he was
not very familiarly acquainted, but to whom he extended
the courtesies, somewhat stiff and ceremonious, of a host
to a stranger guest. There was in it no affectation, no display
of forced indifference. It was, she saw, and her heart
swelled as she did so, the unmistakeable absence of any
sentiments of regard. It was the coldness of indifference,
or, rather, of contempt. She saw she had lost him: not
only lost him, but his respect. The idea was so painful
that she resolved to fix upon some mode of explanation.

But how to do this? Her ingenuous and inexperienced
mind might naturally form such a resolution, but the difficulty
of carrying it into effect became very soon apparent.
She thought, at first, of her mother, Mary, or Mrs. Lennox,
but gave up the idea instantly; such a confidence involved
a disclosure of her opinion of Emmerson, the grounds she
had for that opinion, his declaration to her, which she had
promised not to reveal, and Harry's also, which she felt
equally bound to conceal. Emmerson's charges and insinnations
against Harry had also been communicated to her
in a strict confidence, which she did not feel herself at liberty
to betray. No, whatever was to be done, must be done
by herself alone. Frank once rose to her mind. But the
impropriety and cruelty of making him a mediator between
her and Harry rendered the stop impossible; though such
justice did she render him, she felt sure, had he been aware

-- 157 --

[figure description] Page 157.[end figure description]

of her position, he would have faithfully and nobly performed
the task.

So many and various were the changes which had come
over the before perfectly happy party indeed, that the country
had almost ceased to be beautiful and the fine weather
agreeable. The shore-walks and gardens were abandoned.
There were no more rides or long rambles through the
woods, or boatings, or pic-nics. Little Seth's bright dream
was already over. With Emmerson came the painful sense
of a secret enemy, whose true character he could never hope
to expose or escape from, and which broke upon the sweet
strains of his imagination like a discord. From his lowly
position, he had seen fully displayed Emmerson's cold, selfish
arrogance and subtle perfidy. Yet he saw that his opinion,
if expressed, would only recoil upon himself, as Emmerson
had the crafty skill to make what impression he pleased
upon his friends and the world. He would not have feared
him notwithstanding all this, for Seth had a bold, lion-heart
to meet open danger, but he found Emmerson so wily and
silent, so full of management and petty tricks, the very pettiness
and baseness of which would have made an accusation
appear ridiculous, that the poor, artless, indignant boy,
with all his honest courage, had learned to feel in his presence
the irrepressible fear of a man walking in a garden
where he knows there is a snake.

At length Monday morning came, and Mr. Lennox, Harry,
and Emmerson were to leave. Mr. Lennox had been
duly informed by Mrs. Lennox as to certain ideas and discoveries
of her own respecting Miss Elton, and he in his
turn, although he had expressly promised not to do so (but
men will tell their wives!), related to her the conversation
he had once had with Emmerson, when that gentleman, to
suit his own purpose and break off the match with Frank,
had stated his accidental, but certain knowledge of Harry's
attachment to Miss Elton. Mrs. Lennox having thus testified
to the sentiments of the young lady, and Mr. Lennox
of the young gentleman, Euclid could not well have demonstrated
a problem more clearly.

“I'll tell you what,” said Mr. Lennox to his wife, on the
morning of the day on which he was to return to town,
while, lathered from his throat to the tip of his nose, he was
drawing his glittering razor over the strop, occasionally (not
stealing, but) taking a look at himself in the glass, which

-- 158 --

[figure description] Page 158.[end figure description]

look appeared in no way to interrupt the satisfaction of
those two duplicates of a most capital fellow on meeting
each other, “I'll tell you what, Kate, if so is so, Harry
shan't stir back to town this week. He's out of sorts that
anybody may see. Emmerson, who sees everything, and,
I believe, only lives to watch over our interests, has sufficiently
established that fact and the cause. What do you
think? he caught my young master, the other night, in the
street—ha! ha! ha! (damn it, I've cut my chin!)—drunk as
a piper.”

“Harry? You astound me! you distress me.”

“Drunk as Dick Dashall, singing `Robin Adair'—ha! ha!
ha!—and holding on to the Park railing for fear of falling off
the ground! Ha! ha! ha!”

“And you laugh! What would you say if you were
yourself to meet your son in such a disgusting state?” asked
Mrs. Lennox, with a look of sincere distress.

“Say? Why, slap him on the back, and say, `Go it, my
boy! Call in and let us know how you feel in the morning!
' I've no objection to my son's knowing evil once.
He'll not do it again. It'll all come right at last.”

“Henry! how can you speak so lightly?”

“The fact is, Harry is in love, and these are the signs of
it. Emmerson told me another curious circumstance. But,
on reflection, I am convinced there he is mistaken. His
fidelity to me makes him over-anxious. But Harry is in
love, and so, you say, is Fanny. Now, I'll tell you what:
he shall remain here this week.”

“But if they have quarrelled?”

“Pho! nonsense! quarrelled indeed! Put two young
pouting lovers a week in a pretty country place, with nothing
to do but look into each other's faces, or watch each
other go in and come out of the room, and all that sort of
thing, eating currant-pie and home-made bread and butter,
and a glass of cherry-bounce now and then, and if they
don't make up, why—let them separate. But in this I have
a serious object.”

“You a serious object!” said Mrs. Lennox. “I should
like to know what it is?”

“You musn't be alarmed, now; but Harry, about three
days ago, formally requested leave to go abroad for a few
years. Emmerson thinks he ought to go; I have no objections;
but I don't wish him to go off in a pet with sweet

-- 159 --

[figure description] Page 159.[end figure description]

little Fanny, if they like each other. I have not fully consented,
but he requested me to break it to you and get your
permission.”

“It seems destined that we can't have our boys at home.”

“Of course it does. Our boys are now men, my dear.
So we'll leave him here this week, to take care of the girls
and you, and steer you up against sloops and through thunder-storms,
and afterward it will be time enough to give
him an answer, if he wish one.”

This plan was in due time communicated to Harry by
his father, in the Oriental style in which that gentleman
was accustomed to make his suggestions to his family.
Harry could not offer any farther resistance to the proposition
without betraying some stronger motive than he desired
to assign, so he only remarked that, although he had rather
go down—he had some little things to attend to, etc., etc.,
etc.—yet he would remain if his father wished.

Poor Fanny, not fathoming the motives of those around
her, not dreaming of the suspicions of Mrs. Lennox, and far
less supposing that Emmerson had ever carried his double-dealing
so far as to make such representations of her to Mr.
Lennox—ignorant, too, that Harry was meditating a voyage
to the opposite side of the globe, and that, perhaps, nay,
probably, the few days she was now passing with him
would be the last for years, perhaps literally the last—poor
Fanny, as she heard the final decision that Harry should
spend the week at Rose Hill, felt her young heart bound
with delightful emotion, and a confidence that, however impossible
she found it to fix upon any definite way of explaining
her apparently inexcusable caprices, all would
come right before that day week. There did not breathe
on the earth a being more modest and pure, or one less
likely to contrive and manœuvre in order to win the affection
of any young man; but, while she was pure and modest,
her very innocence and ingenuousness prevented her
seeing any impropriety in attempting to undeceive Harry
under the present peculiar circumstances. In an instant
the perfect happiness which had been a stranger to her for
the last year returned. The gayety and charm of her past
days once more appeared in her manner and countenance.
Mrs. Lennox, an observer too affectionate and experienced
to suffer any sign to escape her, saw and correctly interpreted
this happy change. She had before her a week's

-- 160 --

[figure description] Page 160.[end figure description]

duty, by no means uninteresting to such a mother, of watching
the little drama which had commenced about her; particularly
as upon its denouement depended, as she thought,
not only the question of Harry's proposed absence of several
years in Europe, but his future happiness and that of her
beloved and lovely young friend.

As to Frank, her skilful eye had already seen that the
attachment of Miss Elton to him was of a different nature
from his to her; and the thoughtful mother, accustomed to
consider all things for the best, and to “observingly distil
out” “a spirit of good from things evil,” found in his youth,
his elastic spirits, and his gay and impressionable character,
a hope that this early and tender disappointment would not
eventually interfere with his happiness, but might, on the
contrary, not only keep him in an atmosphere of purity now
that he was launching off into the world alone, but might
lead him to reflection and self-communing favourable to the
development in his mind of religious truth. So commenced
the second week in the pretty, charming, but now somewhat
less gay and noisy Rose Hill.

At length the hour of departure arrived, and as the boat
came in sight, they all accompanied Mr. Lennox down to
the landing-place, when the Chancellor Livingston came in
fine style, and this time stopped at the wharf, puffing out
immense volumes of white, hot steam, with a noise which
obliged the family thus separating to deliver their affectionate,
confidential parting phrases in a tone of voice as if they
had been shouting across the river, instead of into each other's
ears through the hand, by way of a trumpet. There
was considerable shaking of hands, and a slight tumbling
in of valises, enlivened by divers hearty smacks between
Mrs. Lennox and her husband, Mary and Mr. Lennox, Mrs.
Elton and Mr. Lennox (Mr. Lennox usually went the
whole!), and Mr. Lennox and Fanny. The latter generally
made somewhat more resistance to the tyrannical extortions
in this way of her light and warm-hearted host, yet
now, what with the noise, and the running to and fro, and
the fury of the steam, and the little agitation of parting, and
her strange, deep delight at the presence of one who did
not depart, and Mr. Lennox's extremely sudden and determined
manner of claiming his unprincipled, but, alas! customary
right, and the well-known, ferocious cry of the indomitably
punctual captain, “All aboard!” and “Haul in

-- 161 --

[figure description] Page 161.[end figure description]

the plank!” the poor girl had not only received, but actually
bestowed such a hearty smack as made Frank blow his
nose in order to hide his wet eyes, and caused even Harry,
for a single, unobserved moment, to utter something which
would have borne a very respectable resemblance to a sigh,
if it could have been heard in the deafening din around.

“That's right, Fanny!” said Lennox, through his hand,
and quite red in the face from the exertion of speaking so
loud. “What's worth doing at all is worth doing well!”

“You're a despotic tyrant!” replied she, but he could
not hear her words. He stopped a moment to look at her
lips, around which played an enchanting smile, and which
were working away so comically without producing any
sound audible through the general uproar, but the indulgence
had wellnigh lost him his passage; for, at the captain's
indignant second command, his old friend the “plank”
was “hauled in” with an intense promptitude, Emmerson
and Seth having barely time to reach the deck with their
lives. The boat was already a couple of yards on her way
to New-York, when, leaving Fanny in the midst of a sentence,
he leaped aboard, to the breathless anxiety of his
wife and the undisguised amusement of the passengers, and
in two minutes he had shaken hands with about a hundred
people, and had seized an influential member of the Legislature
by the button, for the purpose of laying down some
startling doctrines on the subject of Mr. Van Buren and the
United States Bank.

Seth—for Emmerson, in a spiteful mood at the idea of
being left behind, had expressed an opinion that the boy
would be wanted in the office—poor little Seth, with a
heart as heavy as lead, and a certain indefinite shrinking
from Emmerson, had gone to the stern, as far as he could
get, and was gazing back on the receding point on which
Rose Hill stood, lessening to a white dot on the green
mountain-side, and at last fading away. The boy was not
generally thought over-susceptible, but he certainly was
enough so to feel the difference between the kind, rosy,
sweet, sunshiny face of his young, charming friend and
protector, Mary, and the bilious countenance of Mr. Emmerson.
If he hadn't loved the whole Lennox family to
adoration, and Mary several hundred million times more
than the rest, he would have very likely let fly an inkstand
or a ruler at Mr. Emmerson's head, and left the man to

-- 162 --

[figure description] Page 162.[end figure description]

enjoy alone, in all his selfish greediness, the advantages of
the place. But the genuine kindness of his friends (to say
nothing of Mr. Lennox's frequent promises respecting the
presidential chair!) and Mary's good-natured, sisterly interest
in his welfare—no, he could not help himself. Besides,
he hadn't a home to go to, or any other prospect of
employment. No, he must bear all Emmerson could inflict
in the meanness of power, and the pettiness of spite and
jealousy, and, what was more, he must endeavour to bear
it patiently. That gentleman had once intimated to him
the possibility of his being turned adrift to beggary and disgrace.
Who would receive him with the odium of Emmerson's
unfriendly opinion? Thus, before he was aware of it,
two passions (under however hopeless and ridiculous circumstances)
had entered into this obscure and friendless
boy's heart—love and hate! They developed themselves
there unobserved, unsuspected by the whole world. He
did not strive to check them, but in his ardour and inexperience
he abandoned himself fully to both. He felt within
him hope, firmness, and determination. Some of the immortal
ornaments of his country had risen from an origin as
humble as his own. Absurd and undreamed of by others
as was his love for Mary, it refreshed and supported his
soul; and although Emmerson seemed his evil genius and
an insurmountable obstacle in his path, the hatred he conceived
for him strengthened and concentrated his intellect
and character. Everything changes, and in nothing were
there going on changes more striking than in little, stupid,
awkward, bashful Seth Copely.

When the Chancellor Livingston at length ploughed her
way out of sight, and Mrs. Lennox, Mary, Fanny, and Mrs.
Elton (who, the reader mustn't suppose, has stopped talking
because we have stopped recording her talk), with Frank
and Harry, had stood watching her receding image till they
fully realized that the beloved husband and father had indeed
disappeared for another week, they turned and walked
up the hill towards the house.

Mrs. Lennox had given Mrs. Elton an intimation of what
was going on, and that lady, who seized with avidity on
everything that came in her way, instantly pictured the dear,
happy lovers as dying to be alone. So, without making
any particular mystery of her ideas and intentions, but with
sundry mysterious nods and smiles, when she saw Mary

-- 163 --

[figure description] Page 163.[end figure description]

walking with her mother quite in advance, she put her arm
within Frank's and drew him (not much resisting) on, so as
to leave Fanny behind alone with Harry.

The poor girl, who had ardently longed for an occasion
to appeal to the good sense and magnanimity of her companion,
and regain at least the respect which she saw, with
insupportable anguish, she had lost, now found herself favoured
with the best of all possible occasions. The party
had strolled on a long way ahead, up the winding and deeply
shadowed road. But, alas! so far from being able to carry
her design into execution, she found her heart beating so
quick and so violently as to deprive her of the power to
utter anything at all. She was so intimidated by the sense
of her awkward position, and by the indifferent, passive air
and expression of Harry, that the shrinking of her soul
might have been accompanied by a corresponding movement
of her person. Harry saw it, and felt it as proceeding
from a fear, on her part, lest, “time and place agreeing,”
he might be tempted to resume his suit.

“She may spare herself the anxiety,” thought he; “I
shall make no more mistakes of that kind.”

Through the civility with which he offered his arm,
therefore, there was something almost of freezing coldness,
and she accepted it with an embarrassment and a timid
manner as little like love as his own. Thus these two
young people, who loved each other so sincerely, were
estrayed by the arts of one man.

For some moments they walked on at a pace which, to
accommodate itself to his rather firm and rapid stride, she
was obliged to quicken, and which showed, at least on his
side, a sincere desire to regain the company. The silence
was awkward for her, but did not seem so for him, for he
presently broke it, in the laughing tone of one perfectly at
his ease, and said,

“How do you like this new universal favourite of ours,
Glendenning, Miss Elton? Do you, with the rest of us,
think him such a fine, warm-hearted fellow?”

“Yes, I do.”

“He amused me extremely. I like him better than I do
White; his mind may be less matured, but his heart is
fresher.”

“Do you think him really reformed?” inquired Miss Elton,
timidly.

-- 164 --

[figure description] Page 164.[end figure description]

“I think that must depend upon circumstances and upon
the sort of society he falls into. He is sincere now; there
can't be a doubt of it; but he's facile, I fear, and fickle.”

“If he were fickle without being sincere,” remarked Miss
Elton, in the same sweet, low voice, “I should fear much
for him; but sincerity is a virtue so rare and so redeeming,
that, where it exists, reformation can never be hopeless.”

“Yes,” said Harry, in a light tone, “I don't doubt he'll
turn out a fine fellow. We shall miss him as a companion,
this country week of ours, at all events. There is our
party; shall we join it?”

Fanny felt she was thrown back, but she also felt she
had deserved it. The air of perfect carelessness, the firm,
advancing step, the deliberate change of the conversation at
the point where it might have become serious, the absence
of all his usual haughty distance of manner, and the haste
to join the rest, had in them something which struck her
painfully; but she remembered the cause he had to suppose
this precisely what she required of him, and his promise
never to resume the subject again, and she did not despair
of letting him see, in time, the true state of her feelings.
She, therefore, left his arm and joined Mary.

In the evening the delicious weather once more gathered
them together on the balcony to tea. Harry was gay, and
chatting more than usual. He was less distant than he had
been before for many months to Miss Elton, but it was that
sort of courtesy which a gentleman bestows upon a lady,
without any effort or any meaning more than meets the eye.
Fanny felt it with alarm, almost with anguish, but patiently
bore what she had so rashly brought upon herself.

The tea was nearly over, and some of the party had already
risen from the table, when Mrs. Lennox said,

“What is that elegant, very red volume in your pocket,
Harry?”

“A guide-book!”

“A European one?”

“Yes.”

“You'll not want it, my son. We shan't let you go.
I can't make up my mind to it. You and Frank both—
`all my little chickens at one fell swoop!' ”

“Too late, my dear mother; my mind's quite made up.
Before I left town, indeed, I had completed all the

-- 165 --

[figure description] Page 165.[end figure description]

necessary arrangements. This day week at farthest I shall be
on the `deep blue sea!' ”

“What, all these decisive arrangements before you had
consulted us?”

“I did not intend to set out, of course, without your full
permission.”

“Like father like son! You and Frank are famous for
doing a thing first, and asking permission afterward.”

“But, my dear mother, if it is ever to be done, better
now than later in life. There's Emmerson, now, ready to
take good care of the office till I get back. Besides, the
yearning I feel to see Europe has lately grown intolerable.”

“Europe!” exclaimed Fanny, with a face much paler
than she had any idea of, and trying, with obvious difficulty,
to speak in a careless manner, and as if her breath did
not come and go considerably quicker than would be requisite
for such an undertaking.

“Yes. He persists in his determination!”

“What determination?” inquired Fanny, fixing her eyes
on Mrs. Lennox.

“He has told you of his plan, of course—has he not?
To go off in six days, by the next packet for London.”

“You are jesting,” said Fanny, laughing.

“Why he has certainly told you,” said Mrs. Elton.
Fanny was silent.

“I did not think of troubling Miss Elton with affairs in
which she must feel so slight an interest.”

Her artless eyes were lifted to his one moment, but fell
beneath his cold, grave expression.

“And how long do you propose remaining away, if I
may venture to inquire?” asked Mrs. Lennox.

“Three, perhaps four years. I mean to attend one or
two courses of lectures on the Roman law in Germany, under
Savigny, and to spend a winter in Italy, and I can't
give less than a year to England, Scotland, Ireland, and
Wales; and I must see Egypt, and Jerusalem, and Constantinople
when once so near—and—”

“Mercy on me! my dear son,” cried Mrs. Lennox.
“Why, you're laying out work for a lifetime. Can't I persuade
you to give it up?”

“Oh, pooh! nonsense! The time will soon fly away.”

“There, there's your father's own son again.”

“I am dying to see a foreign shore,” continued Harry.

-- 166 --

[figure description] Page 166.[end figure description]

“Ah, I wish I could go with you,” exclaimed Frank.

“And I,” added Mary.

“And what changes may take place here before you get
back! and what changes may—nay, must take place in you!

“Not changes for the worse!”

“You go a boy, you will come back a man.”

“I hope so, I'm sure!” replied Harry, with some emphasis.

“And what may you find here on your return?”

Here Frank, and Mary, and Mrs. Elton, all exclaimed
against any gloomy predictions or apprehensions, and united
in declaring that every young man ought to travel; that
it was a most delightful thing to see London, and Paris,
and Rome, and Greece, and Egypt, and all those outlandish
places, and that it would doubtless do him a vast deal
of good.

Fanny said not a word; but Mrs. Lennox perceived she
was chilled and shocked, and she began to think it might
be the best thing, after all, for the young girl as well as for
her son to get him out of the way for a year or two. As
for any love of his for Fanny, she concluded, from what
she saw, that the attachment was altogether on one side,
and her sigh of tender sympathy for Fanny was not unmingled
with surprise at the indifference of Harry to so
much sweetness, beauty, and affection. “But thus it is,”
thought she: “the course of true love never did run smooth.”

The party now all rose, and strolled out upon the lawn
with the exception of Harry, who, his mother said, had
gone with his maps and books to study out a route. He
did not present himself again till a late hour in the evening.

When Fanny laid her cheek that night upon her pillow,
it was wet with long-suppressed tears. The leaving her
uninformed of so important a resolution, while it had been
communicated to everybody else, she acknowledged was
what she might have expected, but it nevertheless seemed
a slight so marked, the evidence of a contempt so cold, that
she scarcely knew whether it affected her with more anguish
or indignation.

“If he really have ceased to love me,” thought she, “it
is my own fault, and I will bear the penalty.”

She longed to confide to Mrs. Lennox or Mary the offer
of Emmerson, and her rejection of it, but that gentleman was
too old a head for her, and the promise given she never

-- 167 --

[figure description] Page 167.[end figure description]

dreamed of breaking, even if Harry should leave his country
under the conviction that she had accepted him, or had
trifled with him. Time would set it all right. But time,
to such a young, tender, impassioned girl, was not the most
acceptable medicine for such suffering. At length all her
sad thoughts, by the force of habit, merged into one, as she
closed the long train of her reflections with an humble
prayer to Him who ordains all, that, wherever the object
of her affection might go, he might be protected and led the
right way; and that both he and she herself might receive
either aid to avert calamity, or strength to support it. She
had, at least intentionally, done no wrong, and she did not
mean to do any. She committed herself and her young
sorrows, therefore, to His care who had promised to give
rest to the weary, and with a lightened heart, though tears
were yet on her lashes, she fell into a sleep, the blessed
privilege of the pious and the innocent, disturbed by no
ungoverned passion or painful dream.

Several more days passed away in the same manner.
Harry's spirits seemed high, and everybody remarked how
elated he was with the idea of his approaching voyage.
Fanny had schooled herself into tranquillity; while Frank,
whose sadness equalled her own, took lonely walks, often
going out early with a gun, and returning late. Mary went
on rallying everybody else into a good humour, and Mrs.
Elton had pretty much all the rest of the talk to herself.
In fact, the spell of the party was broken.

Towards the end of the week there came a letter to
Frank and one to Mrs. Lennox from Captain Glendenning.
He described his arrival at Montreal. To Frank he gave
a humorous description of his journey and arrival. To Mrs.
Lennox he wrote in a more serious, and even in an eloquent
strain. Both were delighted at this mark of attachment.
Frank read his aloud, as it was obviously intended he should
do, and it clearly recalled the writer, whose playful descriptions
occasioned much laughter. Mrs. Lennox folded her
letter carefully and put it away. She found its confidential
and serious tone too sacred for the hour and scene.

With each day the distance between the hearts of Fanny
and Harry had increased. He had now conceived such a
seriously unfavourable opinion of her, that he often showed
it unconsciously. It is by a thousand minute and nameless
details that our sentiments towards each other manifest
themselves. His manly and noble character could receive

-- 168 --

[figure description] Page 168.[end figure description]

from an artful coquette but one impression. Her dismissal
of himself and Frank, and the scene with Emmerson, were
constantly before him, and the passion which had raged in
his heart was calmed, if not destroyed. He jested with her
sometimes as if he had never seen her before the present
week. He exhibited not the slightest disinclination to be
alone with her, or to be interrupted when alone. He complimented
her freely and flippantly when others did. In
short, she began to feel not only indignant at herself for
longer thinking of him, but to be convinced that their relations
were in good earnest broken off completely and permanently.
Had she herself given him no reason to believe
she did not love him, his present demeanour would have
long ago cooled, and, perhaps, terminated her attachment to
him; but when she reached this point, the recollection of
the scornful words she had uttered, and of the attitude in
which he had seen her with Emmerson, took from her all
strength and resolution, and overwhelmed her with fluctuations
of hope and grief, of love and pride.

Friday came, and with it Mr. Lennox. At dinner they
sat longer than usual, to hear the city news and chat of the
past and future.

“So Harry is really off?” said Mrs. Lennox.

“He's his own master. I have no objection.”

“Give me but three or four years,” said Harry, “to see
the world, and study what can be better studied in Europe
than here, and I'll come back and turn man of business the
rest of my life.”

“It is but fair,” said his father, to whom Mrs. Lennox
had already communicated the result of her observations.
“Go, my boy, when you please. I will prepare letters of
introduction, and will procure such others as I think necessary.
You will have a letter of credit on Rothschild. Your
introductions will place you in the first society. Mr. B—
has pressed upon me a letter to the Duke of G—, and
another to the Earl of W—; not ordinary letters, but
such as will throw open to you the most interesting, at least
the highest circles of English society. There you may
spend what you like, for, without attempting display, I wish
you to live like a gentleman, and to have every facility for
acquainting yourself with the world. For Paris, Vienna,
Berlin, Florence, Rome, and Naples, you will be amply
provided with introductions. Enjoy yourself, my son; but

-- 169 --

[figure description] Page 169.[end figure description]

you know that, without some serious, intellectual, daily occupation,
no enjoyment can last long. I expect you to be
back in three years, with your mind and manners much improved.
Don't forget us. Take good care of yourself.
Write often. Perfect yourself in the German and French.
Remember, we send you off with implicit confidence in your
good sense and discretion, that your letters will be a great
consolation, and your return the most joyful era the future
has in store for us. Let me hear your opinions on the political
state of the various countries you pass through, and
sketches of whatever interests you. Don't lose your temper
when cheated. Take things as they go, cheerfully
and quietly. Don't think yourself obliged to quarrel with a
man because you discover him to be a scoundrel, or to
swear eternal friendship to all who please you at first sight.
You go to learn, not to teach. Of all things, come back a
good American, a sensible, modest fellow, and without a
mustache!

The eyes of more than one person were a little moist as
Mr. Lennox proceeded, but, as usual, his close set the whole
party laughing. They were a little startled, however, by
his next words, which were,

“And now, sir, all I have to add is, that, once resolved
on going, you can't be off too soon. The next packet sails
on Wednesday. I recommend you to go to town by this
afternoon's boat. Do all you have to do coolly, and we'll
be down to-morrow and see you off.”

“But, my dear, dear Harry,” cried Mrs. Lennox, “you'll
want a thousand things. I had no idea you really would
go so soon too. I cannot believe it.”

“Oh no, I shall want nothing but a single portmanteau.
All my things are ready. I can renew my wardrobe in London
better than here.”

“But if you're going in to-day's boat, you'd better be moving,
sir,” said his father; “she'll be here in less than an
hour.”

There was something so extremely sudden and unexpected
in this whole arrangement, that more than one countenance
was pale.

“My beloved son!” and “My dear brother!” and “You
are a devilish lucky fellow, Harry!” and “I wish I were
going with you!” and “Don't go off till we come down!”
and various other expressions from various lips

-- 170 --

[figure description] Page 170.[end figure description]

announced the interest all took in the proceeding. Harry withdrew
to his room, and hastily, and with a somewhat trembling
hand, packed up the necessary things. By the time
he had finished the whole family were assembled on the
lawn, with hats and bonnets, to accompany him down to
the landing-place, already the scene of so many sad and
merry partings and meetings.

In the whole course of the preceding conversation Harry
had never once looked at Fanny nor she at him. She behaved
admirably. A slight pallor might have been perceptible
to a close observer, but there were, luckily, around her
no such impudent and detestable personages. All who suspected
anything of her state of mind were delicately careful
not to pay her the least attention. They strolled down
the well-remembered hill in no very regular order, laughing
and talking about the ridiculous absurdity of a man's starting
up so suddenly after dinner to go to Jerusalem. Mary said
it reminded her of a man who was asked “How soon he
could be ready to set off for China,” and who replied, “As
soon as I can get my hat!” Mary and Fanny were walking
together. The former had not been initiated into the
real state of affairs between Harry and Fanny, her acuteness
being diverted by the fixed idea she had of an attachment
that was, or was to be, between Frank and Fanny.
All of a sudden she called back Harry, who happened to be
the nearest. Fanny had trodden on a sharp stone and hurt
her foot.

“Come here, Harry, will you?”

“What for?” inquired Harry.

“Well, you're a gallant knight, to be sure! Here's a lady
actually wounded on the occasion of your departure, and
when I call you to assist her, you hang back and say `what
for?' ”

“Wounded! Miss Elton!” exclaimed Harry.

“Oh, don't fall into any mistake,” said Mary, laughing;
“it's only her foot, not her heart. But she has really hurt
herself, and would have gone back if I had not called you
to lend your arm.”

“Indeed, it's nothing. I had better go back! It will be
over in a moment.”

“Admirable logic,” said Mary; “if it will be over in a
moment, why go back? Recollect, you may not see Mr.
Harry again these five years, if ever. So, your arm, sir.”

-- 171 --

[figure description] Page 171.[end figure description]

“Certainly,” said Harry.

Miss Elton hesitated a moment.

“Mary!” cried her father; “where's Mary?”

“Here, sir!”

And she ran off.

“Really, Miss Elton,” said Harry, politely, “you seem to
be quite lame.”

“Oh yes—oh no—don't let me detain you, Mr. Lennox,
I beg; you will be too late.”

“I have twenty minutes,” replied Harry, looking at his
watch. “If you insist upon going on, I beg you to spare
your foot. I really hope the injury is not serious.”

“Let us, at least, try,” said she, “not to miss your boat.”

But the steep descent of the hill had carried the rest of
the party long ago out of sight, through the divers bends of
the road, much more rapidly than Fanny could follow, do
all she could.

“An artifice,” thought Harry, but as he looked down in
her face, over which a slight expression of pain was mingled
with one of emotion, he felt he did her injustice. His
error was made more certain by the appearance of a spot
of blood upon the white, thin shoe that clothed the slenderest,
most graceful foot in the world.

“I had no idea of being called upon to walk so suddenly,”
said she, “or I should not have ventured out in these
slippers. I think a piece of glass has cut me.”

“You must return, indeed you must,” said Harry, alarmed
and ashamed of his suspicions.

“Oh no,” replied Fanny, also alarmed, not at the hurt,
but at the idea of returning alone with him in her present
state of mind; “pray let us hasten on.”

They did so; but a long walk and a lonely one was before
them, and she was obliged to lean much more heavily
than she had ever done before upon his arm.

“I shall be uneasy about your foot,” said Harry; “I wish
this had not happened. I am almost inclined to go back!”

“What can it be but a trifling wound?” said Fanny.
“You might lose your boat here, and your passage to London,
by such a delay. You've a delightful voyage before
you.”

“Yes, I anticipate four or five years of unalloyed happiness.”

A pause.

-- 172 --

[figure description] Page 172.[end figure description]

“You will find many changes on your return.”

“I presume so, of course. Five years can scarcely fail
to bring some; but I always look on the bright side of
things. These changes are as likely to be pleasing as sad
ones.”

Another pause.

“Yes,” said Harry, “it must indeed be a singular sensation
to return to one's country after an absence of some
years.”

“Do you really go as far as Syria?”

“Yes, I mean to see Jerusalem, and Egypt too. Pray
use my arm, Miss Elton.”

“Such a journey must require much time.”

“I hope my father will prolong my leave of absence. I
think, perhaps, in five years, I shall be back.”

“Perhaps—never!” said Fanny, with a voice which was
not intended to tremble in the least.

“Perhaps is a word which covers a large space of contingencies,
Miss Elton.”

“Mr. Lennox,” said Fanny, “you will not misconstrue
me if I say I regret the rudeness with which I once addressed
you.”

“It is entirely forgiven,” said Harry, coldly. As he
spoke, he felt that the light, loved arm trembled in his.
He was affected, but he remembered Emmerson.

There was another pause, and the idea that he ought to
be too sensible to yield to the artifices of a coquette rose
in his mind. He looked once more on Miss Elton's face,
and her eyes were raised to his. They were full of tears,
and their expression thrilled him to the soul.

“Fanny,” said he, “will you answer me one question?”

“What question?”

“What passed between you and Mr. Emmerson?”

“I cannot tell you.”

“Why did you address to me the language for which
you have just expressed regret?”

“I cannot explain.”

There was another pause. Fanny had scarcely time to
collect herself and repress her tears, for they suddenly
came full in sight of the whole party on the landing-place,
and the steamboat lying off the wharf, with the barge cutting
her way towards them, a sheet of green and sunny
foam half hiding her swiftly-advancing bows.

-- 173 --

[figure description] Page 173.[end figure description]

“Good-by!” “God bless you!” “We shall be down
to-morrow.” “Take care of yourself.”

Ere these and other similar expressions were uttered,
Harry was half way from the land to the steamboat. Various
handkerchiefs were waved to him, which he answered
by wafting back again a kiss with his hand. But one kiss,
wafted from such a distance, so indefinitely divided among
so many people, did not produce the effect that sort of thing
sometimes does when differently managed. As the eyes
of all (we were positively going to say survivers) on the
landing-place were fairly full of tears (even Frank's and
Mr. Lennox's), the few trifling drops which happened to
steal noiselessly from Fanny's averted eyes were not
brought into any prominent notice.

And now Harry felt as if he were, indeed, launched upon
the world, already a free, independent man. He looked
around with a sort of inexpressible tenderness, mingled
with bewildering delight, from hill to hill, and from shore
to shore, each point of which was so familiar, so admired,
and so dear. He was gazing on them for the last time for
many years, perhaps he should never see them again. At
all events, in the ordinary course of things, some changes
would occur about him and within him before he should
again behold those soft and solemn mountain-shapes, which
seemed silently crowding around him, and looking down to
say farewell, ere he left his home and his native land to
go abroad into the mighty, brilliant, vast, dangerous world.

As for Fanny Elton, he was now yet more indignant at
her, and he despised himself for the momentary weakness
she had caused him to betray. Thank Heaven! I am tearing
myself at last from—an artful coquette!

CHAPTER XXVI.

When Harry reached the city, he went directly home,
and when he got home, the first room he entered was the
office. There sat poor little Seth, among half a dozen
other clerks, copying away for dear life's sake, with a very
sad face. After such kind and familiar salutations as Harry

-- 174 --

[figure description] Page 174.[end figure description]

delighted to bestow on those beneath him, or in any way in
his power, he went into the next room and shut the door.

“How are you, Emmerson?”

“How d'ye do?” said Emmerson, taking his hand with
both his, and giving him a warm, bland welcome.

“I want you to do me a favour.”

“What is it?”

“I am going to unbosom myself to you, as the young ladies
say, frankly and freely. I never yet knew any good
cause of concealment.”

“You are quite right!” said Emmerson, with a clear
smile; “there's nothing I detest more than duplicity or
double-dealing. But what is it?”

“I am going to London in the packet of Wednesday next,
on a tour of three, four, perhaps five years. The office is
sufficiently taken care of by you, and my advantage in having
at command a substitute so kind and able ought not to
be thrown away. I shall leave all my interests in your
hands, sure to find everything, on my return, ready for me
to set firmly and steadily forth again in my professional career.
But for your ability and fidelity I could not do this.”

“Well, you rate me too highly; but to the point.”

“One reason why I go is, of course, the natural desire of
a young man to see the world.”

“Well: and the other?”

“Listen to me. You are the best, the nearest friend, not
only of myself, but of my father's family. I need not blush
to make you a little confidence.”

“Go on; you know I would do anything to oblige you.”

“You will be surprised to hear, perhaps, that I have not
only been long a very—serious—admirer of Miss Elton,
but that I have had the insane stupidity several times to
suppose she saw, approved, and so forth, and so forth, and
so forth. You understand?”

“Why, not clearly,” said Emmerson.

“In short, then, I offered myself to her; she rejected
me: not simply rejected—she—all but—in fact, she rejected
me. Now I can immediately get the better of this sort of
thing, and I am resolved to leave—to pull up stakes, as they
say, and quit till I get my disappointment under control.
Since my last visit to Rose Hill, I have been struck with a
particularly absurd idea that this young lady has been labouring
under some strange mistake.”

-- 175 --

[figure description] Page 175.[end figure description]

Emmerson raised his hand as if carelessly to his eyes
and forehead, so as to conceal, however, the change he felt
was taking place in his countenance.

“But for one circumstance, I should give in and place
myself at her feet again.”

“And that circumstance?”

“I stumbled upon you and her the other day on the balcony,
and it-struck me you were speaking and standing in
the character of a lover. Is it so?”

“Your question is rather sudden,” said Emmerson, again
rubbing his brow and eyes with his hands, and turning pallid
with an embarrassment disagreeable to see.

“Understand me,” said Harry. “I have no right to demand
your confidence, but as my going abroad depends
upon your reply, I hope you will let me know. Are you a
lover of Miss Elton?”

Emmerson turned away his face, and busied himself a
moment arranging some papers on the table.

“If Miss Elton have rejected you, I shall postpone my
departure, under the conviction that she loves me. If you
have any, the slightest reason to imagine she means to receive
your addresses—nay, if she even wavered or seemed
to waver, she is either your wife or she is the most accomplished
coquette that ever breathed, and I'm off till my heart
is as free as air.”

“My young friend!” said Emmerson, in a pale whisper,
“she more than wavered. If she mean to accept me or
not, I am not fully prepared to say; that she hesitated, I assure
you, and the impression left on my mind is of a nature
which will not prevent my trying again. This I will say,
however, but in sacred confidence. You must give me your
word never to reveal it.”

“I do.”

“Then this I will say: I had some idea you were attached
to her, and I am not capable of such a base act as
endeavouring to supplant you. I, therefore, particularly
asked her whether any attachment of hers to you ought to
prevent my continuing my addresses. She replied, `No;
he is as far from offering, as I should be from accepting him
if he were to offer!
' ”

“Miss Elton said that to you?”

“I swear it!” said Emmerson again, in a whisper.

“Enough. Your statement I cannot doubt in the least.
You even mean more than you say!”

-- 176 --

[figure description] Page 176.[end figure description]

No answer, but a very significant look.

“Good! give me your hand! I am infinitely obliged to
you for your friendly frankness. I see it has given you
pain to wound me thus, but no matter. I wish you joy. If
you win her, she will bring you happiness unutterable, for
I shall believe she married you from affection; if she jilt
you, why you may have the consolation of knowing you are
not the first, nor the second!”

“But I must lay you once more under a solemn injunction
of secrecy,” said Emmerson. “I would not, even if
she be all you fear, injure the character of the young lady.
You must promise me what I have said shall never go beyond
us two, and also that you will never say you saw me—
you know—on the balcony with her. If I am to be jilted,
of course I wish to conceal my folly.”

“I promise solemnly.”

Harry went out, humming an opera tune.

“What I say is quite true,” thought Emmerson. “She
did waver, and I do mean to pursue it farther, and she did
make use of the remark to me as I stated. Besides, a voyage
to Europe is the best thing this young gentleman can
undertake. Frank in Prairie du Chien, Master Harry in
Jerusalem—the old fellow will follow after him, doubtless,
before a year. I can manage that. And then, if Miss Elton
won't marry me, I don't think I shall be obliged to go
to Europe to recover from the disappointment, although
$ 100,000 settled on herself is a comfortable affair. But,
as matters are going, I don't think I need despair of finding
some suitable alliance. I think my boat sails tolerably
well!”

CHAPTER XXVII.

As Fanny left Rose Hill with the family next day, her
heart beat high with the hope of—she scarcely knew what
Harry's last words had been more than kind—they were confidential
and tender. She felt that his good opinion had
been partly regained, and she looked forward, if not to the
postponement of his voyage, at least to such a parting as
would not leave her in such a painful state of mind as she

-- 177 --

[figure description] Page 177.[end figure description]

had suffered the last two days. She saw the refusal to answer
his two questions had surprised him; but she depended
upon his perceiving (without being told) that she was
under some necessity in not doing so. She was thus the
gayest of the whole party, and Mrs. Lennox, who talked it
over with her husband, quite agreed with him in the conclusion
that to attempt to understand lovers and their ways
was a hopeless task.

They reached town, at length, on a bright evening, and
preferred to walk home, looking (particularly Fanny) to see
Harry each moment coming to meet them. But Harry was
not to be seen, either on their way home or when they arrived
there. At length he made his appearance, greeted
with more than his accustomed warmth each individual of
the family he was about to be so soon separated from, including
in his heartiest welcome Mrs. Elton. To Miss
Elton he bowed stiffly, without offering his hand or meeting
her inquiring look. Thus, in one moment, all the poor
girl's aërial hopes vanished into nothing.

Fanny spent part of the evening there, but the same coldness
was persevered in, till she felt that if she had appeared
cruel and capricious, he was much more so. Complaining
of a headache, by no means a feigned one, she withdrew
early with her mother and father, who had hastened to meet
them, and sought the longed-for solitude and darkness of
her own pillow: imploring aid from Him who always gives
to those who ask, she schooled herself to resignation and
peace.

The next day she did not go at all to Mr. Lennox's, and
Tuesday also passed without her yielding to the solicitation
of her mother to pay them a visit.

In the evening Frank and Mary came round, to say that
they were all going to accompany the packet-ship out to
sea as far as Sandy Hook in the steamboat, and to see
Harry fairly off. As strong objections as the poor girl
could or dared to make against this trial, she did urge, but
without success. She positively must go. She had never
seen a packet-ship at sea, or the sea itself at all; she had
never seen the Hook; and Harry would be so disappointed
if the whole of the Rose Hill party did not honour his embarcation;
and various other irresistible reasons were so
persevered in by Mary, that she was obliged to acquiesce,
though she felt she was destined to undergo a terrible ordeal.

-- 178 --

CHAPTER XXVIII.

[figure description] Page 178.[end figure description]

On the last evening that Harry was to spend at home,
Mrs. Lennox took an occasion to seek him, when he was
alone in his room, arranging his things preparatory to his
embarcation. The tender and thoughtful mother had resolved
to address him upon two points with the frankness
which is the privilege of maternal affection. She hoped to
find the heart of her son, whose keen susceptibilities and
noble qualities she well knew, so softened by the idea of
separation, as to give to the confidential communion she
desired a sacred character of truth and love.

Instead of being busied with his preparations, she found
him, evidently not anticipating such an interruption, sitting
motionless, his head leaning on his hand, and lost in thought.
On the table, and the object, apparently, of his reveries, for
his eyes rested full upon it, lay a lock of hair, which, from
its rich auburn hue, might easily be recognised as Miss
Elton's. He started as she entered, and, snatching up the
silent, but, doubtless, eloquent souvenir, thrust it into his
waistcoat pocket.

“Harry,” said she, seating herself by his side, and fixing
her gentle eyes full upon him, “that is Miss Elton's hair.”

He coloured, but she continued.

“It offers me an appropriate opening for a question I
have to ask you before you leave us for so many long years—
perhaps forever.”

“What question?” asked Harry, recovering, not without
an effort, from his confusion.

“You know, my son, I would ask none from idle curiosity,
and I am equally sure you will not withhold your confidence
from me, now that we are going to part.”

“There is not a question on earth, my dearest mother,
that you can ask, which I will not answer you as truly as
if I were on my dying bed.”

“Thank you! I knew, I was sure you would.”

“Now, what is your question?”

“Fanny Elton, Harry, is, of all beings out of my family,
the one I most admire, for whom I have the sincerest affection.
Her happiness is as dear to me, almost, as yours.

-- 179 --

[figure description] Page 179.[end figure description]

I have sometimes thought you, too, were as much interested
in it as I. The lock of hair you have endeavoured to
conceal confirms my opinion. The first question I have to
ask you is, do you love Fanny Elton?”

“No, mother,” said Harry, firmly, almost sternly.

“But have you ever loved her?”

“Years ago, I had a boyish passion for her, and procured
from her, without much persuasion, this ringlet.”

He took it out and handed it to her.

“You can see by the brighter colour that she was younger
when she gave it than she is now.”

“Tell me all, my son!”

“That is all, mother. As we both grew older, we both
grew wiser—ha! ha! ha! I have not seen this before for
a year, I do assure you. I was going to say I had almost
forgotten I had it, when it turned up accidentally among my
old things. I was thinking of my folly when you came in.
Take it: you may hand it to her, with my compliments, if
you like. It'll do for somebody else perhaps.”

“What do you mean? Have you changed, or is it the
change in her? Is it a lover's quarrel, or pique, or jealousy,
or what?”

“Upon my soul, I am on the best of terms with her.
But the change is in both of us. I do not admire her character,
upon a close study of it, quite as much as I expected,
and the fact is, she—she—”

“She what?”

He was going to disclose what he had learned from Emmerson,
but that gentleman had exacted from him a distinct
promise of secrecy, so he stopped and said nothing.

Mrs. Lennox also ceased her inquiries. She had no authority,
of course, from Miss Elton to make any. She was
not disposed to reveal her own suspicions of Miss Elton's
attachment for him without the certainty of effecting a
union; and though she perceived a bitterness in his manner
which did not argue perfect indifference, yet his denial of
any affection for her was so positive that she feared pressing
her mediation any farther, lest the cause of Miss Elton
might suffer. She knew, if there were any real affection,
absence would rather strengthen than weaken it. She, therefore,
concluded to pursue the subject no farther.

“Well, then, leave her. If it is so, you will have one
tie the less to call you back to your native land.”

-- 180 --

[figure description] Page 180.[end figure description]

“But there are ties enough without her, my dear mother,”
said Harry.

“I have now another and much more serious remark to
make,” resumed Mrs. Lennox. “You are going off beyond
my care, out of my sight, for years, to be exposed to all the
dangers as well as the temptations and errors of life. You
have everything to make you happy but one thing, and,
that one thing wanting, all the rest, sooner or later, must
prove vain. Like your father, Mary, and Frank, you are
without religion. Answer me frankly and like a man, are
you not?”

“I am; since you ask me so seriously, I must tell you
the truth. I am without the least approach to religious belief;
nor do I find I am more likely to sin without it than
with it. Be assured, I shall love virtue and walk in the
path of honour as long as I live.”

“I thank you for your frankness, Harry. I myself once
doubted, and I know how plausible doubt can be. I see,
also, in others, like your father for instance, that a man may
possess every noble quality of mind and heart, and yet be
an infidel. I don't start from you; I ain't afraid of you.
You are my son. I admire, sympathize with, and love you
still.”

The tears rolled down her cheek as she spoke, and she
took his hand and pressed it fervently to her lips.

“But I have to request from you,” she continued, “the
same toleration—the same respect I extend. Do not despise
or shrink from me because I believe; for I am older
than you, and have thought of the subject more. I will
not now offer you any argument. We will suppose Christianity
false, the most absurd, impossible series of fables that
folly ever heaped together or credulity ever received. But,
true or not true, I have to request that, during your absence,
and at as early a moment as possible, you will acquaint yourself
with the subject thoroughly. Do not reject it without
understanding it. That is not the part of a well-informed,
sensible man. As Christianity is the religion of modern
civilization, you should comprehend it, if not as religion, as
a remarkable system of philosophy. If the history of its
divine origin be not true, you can scarcely mingle on equal
terms with gentlemen and scholars without, at least, knowing
its history as an earthly influence; yet you do not know
anything of it. Can you tell me on what grounds other
sensible men believe it?”

-- 181 --

[figure description] Page 181.[end figure description]

“No! I confess that it is to me the most unfathomable of
mysteries.”

“Are you exactly aware what are the prophecies?

“No, I am not.”

“Have you ever read the Bible through?”

“No, not continuously.”

“Have you ever read any commentator on it?”

“No. You cross-examine, mother, like a lawyer,” he replied,
laughing, but at the same time blushing.

“Now, then, I am going to make you a parting request.
First, you will not come back till you are well informed
upon the scheme, and the internal and external evidence of
Christianity. I do not ask you to study it for the sake of
believing in it, but that you may seek only to explain what
it is that falls like a spell upon the intellects of so many other
people, and makes them cling to it, notwithstanding its absurdities,
through life and through death. That you should
believe I do not ask; but I ask you to ascertain what it is
that makes other men believe. Will you do this?”

“At least, I will try; indeed, I have always been intending
to study the theory, the philosophy of Christianity, and
to investigate the mystery of its influence on mankind. I
will come back well acquainted with the Bible; I will examine
it as I would a law question—coldly, firmly, without
passion, without respect. But I give you notice,” he added,
laughing, “I shall tell you, without concealment, the result
of my inquiry. I shall spend some time in Germany, where
these questions are dissected with merciless precision.
But if, after three years, I still find (as of course I shall)
that the myths of antiquity, and the ignorance of an age
without a press, had combined to palm upon the credulity
of mankind a religion now in its wane, I fear you will be
yourself shaken in your faith, and that I shall be the instrument
of depriving you of what you value as the greatest
consolation.”

“My son,” said Mrs. Lennox, “I know you are candid,
generous, and pure. Sealed as your eyes now are, when a
beam of light reaches them you will acknowledge it. When
the physician heals you, you will believe on him. No man,
with your sincerity of nature, your clearness of understanding,
and your moral courage and devotion of soul, can ascertain
what makes others believe without believing himself.
I know you will keep your promise, and, keeping it, I know

-- 182 --

[figure description] Page 182.[end figure description]

you will come back to me a Christian. You will learn what
I mean by telling you `seek ye out of the Book of the Lord
and read,' and you will find the `fear of the Lord is the beginning
of wisdom.”'

He shook his head and smiled.

“Well, I am satisfied,” said she, “that you will neither
break your faith with me, nor continue blind to your relation
with Him who died to save you.”

The term “died to save you” grated on Harry's ear as
the cant of a class. The idea of a God “dying” to save the
creatures of his own creation, held out but little prospect of
a realization of his mother's pious wishes. He answered,
however, only,

“I have promised to study the subject conscientiously,
and I will.”

“I have brought you several works,” continued she,
“which you must also promise to read, and which will grow
more interesting to you as your mind becomes sufficiently
enlightened and enlarged to comprehend them. They are
all small editions, to take up as little room as possible. The
`Bible,' a `Prayer Book,' `Butler's Analogy,' and `Paley's
Evidences.' You will read them?”

“Why, if you wish it, yes.”

“I do wish it, and receive your promise seriously and
solemnly. If you have no desire for the labour, do it in
memory of me.”

“I will, you have my word of honour.”

“Now, then, good-night! your obedience deserves a reward,
and will receive one, I am sure.”

She embraced him affectionately, and saying,

“This is the last time I shall bid you good-night, Harry,
for many a year,” left him with her eyes full of tears.

“My poor, dear, kind mother,” thought he, when he found
himself alone, and looking upon the, to him, somewhat formidable
pile of books which he had promised to read. “Who
can oppose such amiable and tender weakness? who can
refuse to gratify such affectionate whims? A nice, studious
time she intends I shall have of it; but no matter, I will keep
my word.”

And for the last time for a long period, he sought the repose
of sleep beneath his father's roof and in his native land.

-- 183 --

CHAPTER XXIX.

[figure description] Page 183.[end figure description]

The morning broke still and bright, just the very sort of
weather one would like to go to sea in. The softest possible
zephyr toyed with the tree-tops, and there was scarcely
a cloud in the whole heaven as large as a pocket-handkerchief.
The Eltons were to breakfast with Mr. Lennox at
eight, and the passengers to go out in the Montreal were
requested, by an advertisement in the newspapers, to be on
board the steamboat De Witt Clinton, Whitehall wharf, precisely
at ten o'clock A.M.

The breakfast was attempted to be made very lively by
Harry and his father, but Mrs. Lennox and Mary were both
plainly affected, and Mrs. Elton did not think it even necessary
to wipe away with her handkerchief the tears which
came trembling, one after another, down her cheeks, till she
was at last obliged to stop eating altogether, in order to
blow her nose. Fanny did not weep; she even smiled,
and sometimes ventured a timid remark to Harry on the
delightful weather; but she was so pale with strong, suppressed
emotion, and so ten thousand times more lovely
and touching than ever she had been before, that Harry,
after one stolen look at her, when their eyes did not meet,
for hers were drooped in silent and most sad revery upon
the floor, formed an inward vow not to look at her again,
unless he were contented to make a regular fool of himself
by countermanding his passage, and remaining at home to
be duped and laughed at a third time by one who certainly,
at this present moment, looked like anything on earth but a
coquette. Nevertheless, he had scarcely formed the vow,
when he found his disobedient eyes fixed once more on
that charming figure, now so still and passive, on that beautiful,
once bright face, now more like death than life, and
yet where, unless art were fair as nature, firm and modest
pride held government over a breaking heart, and kept all
silent and resigned.

“The carriage is ready,” said the servant. “It is half
past nine.”

“I cannot, cannot believe it,” said Mrs. Lennox, folding

-- 184 --

[figure description] Page 184.[end figure description]

Harry to her bosom, “that I am losing my beloved son,
perhaps forever.”

“Oh, pooh! nonsense!” said Mr. Lennox; “think of him
when he comes back, with a pair of mustaches as big as
your arm curled up under his nose, a Turkish turban on
his head, and a strange, foreign accent in his English—hey!
Katy!”

I shall bid you good-by here,” said Mary; “I ain't going
to have any tragedy scenes on board the boat for the
amusement of strangers.”

“Ah! this is only a rehearsal!” said Mrs. Elton; “you'll
do it in earnest when the time really arrives,” and down
came another shower of tears on her cheeks.

“Upon my word!” said Lennox, “it is a ticklish sort of
thing, this bidding good-by, isn't it? I do feel somehow as
if I were going to execution! But only think how much
worse it must be to be really hanged.”

“Please, sir!” said the attentive servant.

“Ah! very true. This is no time to be too late. This
is no `Chancellor Livingston' affair! Come along, come
along.”

“My dear mother,” said Harry, offering his arm. Fanny's
was already closely thrust into Mr. Lennox's. Down
they went to the carriages, crowded in anyhow, and laughing
through their tears.

“Come along, Harry, come along.”

“Ah, no; I shall walk!” said Harry.

Fanny felt, oh who can describe how deeply, all these
little manifestations of complete indifference.

“Walk! Well, you'll be too late, I'm sure you will,”
said his father; “and a sensible set we shall look like, to
be sure, driving down in such a crowd as this, and leaving
the only one who is really going—behind.”

“That's Harry, all the world over,” said Mary. “You
know he was going to send us all out of town to celebrate
his birthday except himself, and he was going to stay at
home and work!”

Harry now shook heartily the clerks by the hand (didn't
they envy him, too?), and the servants, also, now came up
to bid young master good-by, and poor black Simon looking
as if his heart would break, and the foolish old fat cook
blubbering away till everybody else began to cry again, too,
though they could scarcely do so for laughing, and off went

-- 185 --

[figure description] Page 185.[end figure description]

the carriage, thundering away, and off walked Harry just as
fast, and they all got there just in the very nick of time.

“Two minutes more,” said Lennox, “and we should
have had our young mad-cap with us at least another
month.”

“I wish with all my heart,” said Mrs. Lennox, “it were
so.”

“Why not go back at once then?” proposed Mary, laughing.

And now poor Fanny's true agony commenced. There
was everybody on board the boat; many ladies and gentlemen
with whom she was well acquainted, and Emmerson
among the rest. There they all were, laughing, talking,
and jesting, and Harry shaking every human being by
the hand, and speaking so warmly, and smiling so gracefully
at all but herself; and she, of course, received her
share of jests, at which she was obliged to laugh, and of
attentions which she must return, and all the while the
steamboat was pushing her way rapidly towards the tall,
noble-looking ship, which, with sails gradually rising to the
air, and her prow already turned seaward, was beginning
to move, her anchor being already weighed.

During this little interval, Harry was, of course, surrounded
(perhaps eaten up would be a more appropriate expression)
by his affectionate relatives, and some twenty or thirty
personal friends who happened to be on board. On Fanny
he never turned his eyes; but she could not help looking
often and with a swelling heart on his noble, manly form,
and really very handsome countenance, as he seemed enjoying
himself just as if he were not leaving the warmest
heart in the world to pine and break in silence behind him—
just, in fact, as if he were not conscious there was such
a person as she on earth.

And now they have reached the packet, and all hands
are assisted on board, and there is a cold collation, and
some excellent wine, and the company all stand round the
long table and drink each other's health, and happy voyage,
and pleasant weather, and short passage, and safe and
speedy return, and, before the now half-bewildered Fanny
quite expected it, the bell rang, and all were ordered off the
ship, and there were various groups formed of families and
friends embracing (long, deep, oft-repeated embraces they
were, too)—and Harry stood, tall and quiet, and took, by

-- 186 --

[figure description] Page 186.[end figure description]

turns, mother and father in his arms and to his heart. Perhaps
there was a moisture in his lashes while he received
and returned those last sweet tokens of love; then Mary,
who (no one dreamed she would have done so) fairly burst
into tears; then Frank, who smiled a bright, clear smile,
and said,

“Did you ever see such a set of simpletons, Harry?” and
yet, as he embraced his brother, came glittering out of his
own eyes also something which, if they were not tears, he
dashed away exactly as if they had been. The truth is, a
vast deal of business was done this memorable morning, as
Sam Weller would say, “in the water-cart line,” by various
people.

Fanny was the only one whom Harry had not bade farewell
to. She thought he was not going to at all, and she
wished he might not; and when he approached her, at
length, with a cold and formal bow, she would have given
worlds if he could have totally overlooked her. Somehow
or other, she was the very last one to leave the ship, for she
had stood trembling, and thrilling, and holding on to her
tears, till she really scarcely knew how to get away, or
where she was to go.

“Harry,” said she, not altogether suppressing a sob,
“good-by! God bless you!”

“Good-by, Miss Elton!” was his cold reply; “should
we never meet again, you have my best wishes. Here,
steward, take that portmanteau below, will you?”

Fanny was handed down into the steamboat, she scarcely
knew by whom. She stood there a moment among the
crowd, looking up to the beautiful, lofty ship, whose broad,
snowy sails were now nearly all unfurled to the wind, which
began to freshen. The songs of the sailors rose together
with the trampling sound of their many feet as they hastened
across the deck; the vessel began to glide more rapidly
on, while the steamer turned her prow in the contrary direction;
and numbers of people looked down on them from the
quarter-deck, of whom she could not distinguish any individual.
Then some one shouted,

Three cheers!

They were given with enthusiasm, and then returned from
the ship.

Again!

And again the same process was gone through with.

-- 187 --

[figure description] Page 187.[end figure description]

Once more!

And once more three hearty huzzas were given and reciprocated.

Already the vessel was distant many hundred yards, commencing
her long, perilous way across the ocean.

Fanny felt nothing could enable her longer to restrain her
feelings. She groped her way down into the cabin, too
blinded by tears to see; and throwing herself upon a sofa,
where she was fortunately quite alone, covered her face
with her handkerchief and wept in silence.

Poor Fanny! It is not every beautiful, proud, high-spirited
girl who knows what an unpleasant thing it is to be rejected.

CHAPTER XXX.

Fanny's paleness and indisposition passed off as a fit of
sea-sickness, in which she had the sympathy of all, particularly
of Emmerson. By the time they reached town again,
all but herself were, or seemed, quite recovered from the
sadness of mere leave-taking; and when she remembered
the perfect indifference with which Harry had pronounced
his last farewell, she too began to be supported by pride,
shame, and indignation, and made a tolerably successful attempt
to regain her spirits. This was more easy in consequence
of the manner of Emmerson towards her. He approached
and conversed with her some time, with a gentleness
which it seemed could only proceed from an excellent
heart and a sincere character. There was something about
him so unassuming, so ingenuous and persuasive, that, while
he spoke with her, and when she heard his frank and confidential
conversation with the Lennoxes, she could not believe
he had ever been guilty of duplicity or meanness, and
she blushed at her ungenerous suspicions. Harry's cold
“good-by” confirmed her in the conviction that she was
not and had never been beloved by him; and that was exactly
what Emmerson had told her. She had, then, perhaps,
done Mr. Emmerson wrong. The idea gave to her
manner towards him a gentleness equal to his, and in proportion
as her own hopes died away, his were reawakened.

-- 188 --

[figure description] Page 188.[end figure description]

But she longed for the privacy of her own apartment, to
give vent to her anguish in unseen and unrestrained tears.
The sight of the beautiful city, which now no longer contained
the object of her affection, the thought that he would
no more for years, and perhaps never again, behold the
surrounding shores, or mingle with the thousands among
whom her life was to pass, cast a gloom over all things and
over her own soul; but she was pious as well as tender,
and she had been taught to calm the violence of every feeling
and passion by humble appeals to Heaven. And so
time passed on, and things seemed once more to fall into
their usual channel.

For a few weeks, however, the high spirits of the Lennox
family were rather dashed. Fanny's heart was continually
full almost to overflowing, and her eyes were wet
with tears, which she was ashamed or afraid to shed; for,
while reason taught her to be indifferent, feeling and memory
often overcame her strength. The grief of Mrs. Lennox,
also, was too obvious not to be contagious, and the yet
undisturbed high spirits of Mr. Lennox only contrasted more
strangely with the sadness of the rest. Frank, by his noble,
delicate demeanour, humbled as well as affected her.
He plainly showed how well he saw he was not loved, and
never could be; yet in him appeared no anger, pique, or
coolness. His attentions were continued and his friendship
increased, but with a consideration for her which awoke
the sincerest gratitude. That he was unhappy was evident;
but it was the unhappiness of a manly and patient
mind, which is far from yielding to the oppressive weakness.
He neither attempted to excite her compassion, to
awaken her jealousy, nor to pique her vanity by resentful
coolness or affected indifference. In this respect he offered
a graceful contrast to his brother, not unremarked by Miss
Elton; but she did not understand the difference between
the two cases. Sometimes she almost imagined that now
Harry's want even of esteem for her had been so clearly
and so cruelly displayed, she might return some rays of
encouragement to the faithful attachment of Frank, whose
unhappiness she could not bear to see, and might in time
bring herself to alleviate. But she had been educated upon
the strictest moral and religious principles, and knew how
to distinguish between the impulses of amiable weakness
and the dictates of duty; and the image of Harry, careless,

-- 189 --

[figure description] Page 189.[end figure description]

forgetful, contemptuous as he was, reigned too strongly in
her heart to permit her to think of ever receiving the addresses
of another.

After some weeks, during which none of the family had
spirits for another trip to Rose Hill, it was proposed by Mr.
Lennox that they should go again. Various pros and cons
were discussed, and the tendency of the party was decidedly
towards remaining in town. Frank was now momentarily
expecting orders to repair to his post, from which his
leave of absence had been, at the request of his father, prolonged
to an almost unhoped-for period. Under all the circumstances,
no one cared for another country excursion.
To inhabit even that delightful house, when thus deserted
by so many who had made it the happiest spot in the world,
to wander alone by the winding beach, and through the solemn,
silent wood, where the voices of Frank, Glendenning,
White, and Harry had been so often heard, did not seem an
attractive idea. But Mr. Lennox was anxious not to have
them spend the sultry month of August in town, and he
himself enjoyed the weekly holyday passed with them,
away from the dust and noise of the city, the bustle of
crowded courts, or the confinement of a close office.

“May we take Seth with us, father?” inquired Mary.

“No, my dear,” replied Mr. Lennox, without hesitation;
“I don't believe he can be spared. His last trip has not
done him any good, but has, on the contrary, rather spoiled
him. Besides, the effect is unfavourable upon the other
clerks, of selecting one for a pet: it makes him insolent,
and them jealous.”

“Insolent, father? what, poor little Seth? Why, I never
saw such a timid, obliging, manageable boy in my life.”

“Mr. Emmerson will tell you a different story.”

“Mr. Emmerson?”

“He says he can't get along with him at all since his
last trip; and I think you'll allow that he who can't live
with Emmerson, can't live with any one.”

“It's very strange,” said Mrs. Lennox; “but, if Mr. Emmerson
says so, there must be truth in it.”

It was decided, therefore, that they should go without
Seth.

-- 190 --

CHAPTER XXXI.

[figure description] Page 190.[end figure description]

In the afternoon of the day on which this conversation
occurred, Mr. Lennox, with Mary and Miss Elton on either
arm, and Frank with Mrs. Elton, were coming in from a
walk, when, as they entered the house, their attention was
arrested by the sound of voices in the office.

“It is true.”

“It is not true.”

“Do you mean to say I am telling a falsehood?” said the
gentle voice of Emmerson.

“I mean to say you first gave it me to copy, and that you
then desired me not to copy it till you should correct it.”

The door of the office now opened and discovered the
whole party, with Mr. Lennox at the head, but unobserved,
apparently, by either of the disputants.

“I do not say you tell a wilful untruth, my young friend,”
said Emmerson, gently, although the expression which
came over his dark and now pallid countenance betrayed
considerable emotion, “but I deny your statement. You
are habitually negligent. You have forgotten, and propose
this as an excuse. I wish your faults ended there.”

“It is false!” said Seth; “I am not negligent. I appeal
to every clerk in the office. I do my best; I neglect nothing,
and I am incapable of an untruth. I remember most
distinctly your countermanding your order to copy the bill,
that you might correct it; and, moreover, I believe, sir, you
know what I say to be the truth.”

“What is all this?” said Mr. Lennox, coming forward.

“Oh, nothing. One of the daily occurrences of the office
when you are absent,” said Emmerson, with mild indifference.

What is it you charge so boldly upon Mr. Emmerson?”
inquired Mr. Lennox, gravely.

Seth was silent.

“Will you be good enough to favour me with an answer?”
reiterated Mr. Lennox, yet more mildly.

Seth turned very red, then very pale—commenced to
speak, but had, for the moment, either not the presence of
mind or the bodily strength to do so.

-- 191 --

[figure description] Page 191.[end figure description]

“Will you explain, Mr. Emmerson, if you please?”

“I really should be sorry to do so,” said Emmerson,
smiling. “I believe the boy speaks in a passion, and will
deny to-morrow what he has dared to insinuate to-day.”

“But what does he insinuate?”

“I gave him a bill in chancery to copy—it should have
been done a week ago, and if not filed to-day, will be too
late. I should have reminded him of it, but he is so susceptible
and irritable when I speak to him of anything, that
I abstained from doing so, supposing he had copied it, perhaps,
when I was not in the room. To-day I ask him for
it; he replies I requested him not to copy it—a thing on the
face of it—at least—a mistake.”

“And you added, Master Seth,” remarked Mr. Lennox,
“that Mr. Emmerson had not only countermanded this order
to you in this way, but knew he had done so—that is, was
not only making a mistake, but preferring against you deliberately
a false accusation.”

Seth turned still paler, but did not reply.

“I should never have mentioned this,” said Emmerson,
“for I do not wish to injure the boy; but this is what I
mean
when I say I cannot get along easily with him.”

“Seth,” said Mr. Lennox.

“Sir,” said Seth, suddenly lifting his pale face, but meeting
the stern glance of his benefactor with one, if not as
stern, at least not less firm.

“Ask Mr. Emmerson's pardon, and confess you have uttered
an unworthy falsehood, this moment.”

Fire darted into the cheeks of Seth and flashed from his
eyes as he turned them upon Emmerson with a haughty
indignation, totally unlike anything ever seen in him before.
He answered in a low voice,

“Never!”

“You persist in your charge, then?”

“It is true,” said Seth.

“You mean to say that Mr. Emmerson asked you to defer
copying the bill till he had corrected it, and now, while
denying it, is conscious of having done so?”

“I do, sir!”

“Seth! do you know what you say? Do you mean to
charge Mr. Emmerson with dishonour—with duplicity?”

“Before man and God!” replied Seth, firmly.

“Look!” said Emmerson, showing the bill to Mr.

-- 192 --

[figure description] Page 192.[end figure description]

Lennox. “It is drawn by yourself: is it likely I should propose
to correct it?”

“How do you explain this fact, sir?” demanded Mr.
Lennox, still suppressing beneath the calmest exterior an
obviously rising storm of indignation.

“I cannot explain it—I can't explain anything connected
with Mr. Emmerson, but I have asserted the truth. I repeat
it, and Mr. Emmerson knows it.”

“Oh, if you believe me capable of laying a snare for
you!” said Emmerson, with a smile.

“I would not have voluntarily advanced such a charge,”
said Seth, his face extremely pale, but his voice steady and
his eye unshrinking; “but since the point is raised, I scorn
to conceal my opinion. I do believe Mr. Emmerson capable
of any act of selfish meanness or malignant slander, of
any art to provoke, and any lie to ruin me.”

The boy stood erect, with a deep emotion, which appeared
to have given tallness to his stature as well as grace
and dignity to his gestures; his brow and cheeks grew absolutely
swarthy with indignation, and his eyes flashed with
the fire of a noble soul fully aroused. There was a moment
a dead silence. Mr. Lennox, thunderstruck, appeared for
an instant to hesitate what course to pursue, while Emmerson
was so speechless with surprise and rage, that impartial
observers would have certainly supposed him the culprit
of the two. His cheek was yellow with emotion, his
dark eyes were sunken and bent beneath Seth's keen glance,
and the paper shook with an audible noise in his trembling
hand. He looked, in short, more like a fiend than a man.

But everybody found, in these marks of agitation, only
the shame and natural anger which any irreproachable person
might feel on being publicly charged with a dishonourable
act, and, after a single glance of sympathy at him, Mr.
Lennox stepped up to Seth and took him by the shoulder.

“Listen to me, sir,” said he, with a serious tranquillity,
which boded no good. “You are a little, homeless, friendless
boy, with a temper too rebellious and brutal to hope
for employment elsewhere, or I would this instant turn you
out of my house. If you were my son, I would horsewhip
you within an inch of your life; as it is, believing you to
be insane with rage, and not responsible for what you say,
if you go down upon your knees and ask that gentleman's
pardon for the atrocious insult you have offered him, and
if he grant it—”

-- 193 --

[figure description] Page 193.[end figure description]

“Oh! I pardon him unasked,” said Emmerson. “Pray
let us drop the subject. I am far from wishing to destroy
the prospects of the poor little fellow.”

“I may, for the present,” continued Mr. Lennox, “abstain
from turning you out of the house, at least until I can
get you some other mode of support. But obey me at once,
or I shall teach you on the spot how a character so deceitful
and worthless must be dealt with.”

“If I am so worthless,” said Seth, respectfully, but firmly.

“Silence, sir!” said Mr. Lennox, too much accustomed
to implicit obedience from his own grown-up sons to hear
without amazement these bold words. “One breath more,
and you shall learn I can punish as well as reprove.”

“Punish!” echoed Seth.

“My dear father!” murmured Mary.

“I have not been used to suffer such a threat in my boyhood,”
said Seth, “and I don't know why—”

“Pray go on,” said Lennox.

“You are the only man living to whom I would not go
on; but punishment, if you mean chastisement, I did not
permit when a child, and I would not permit now, even if
I merited it!”

“Leave the room! leave the house! never cross my
threshold again!” cried Lennox.

“My dear husband,” said Mrs. Lennox.

“I obey you, sir,” said Seth, and, passing through the
group of ladies at the door quite firm, but his face very
white, he walked with a proud step down the street.

As he turned the corner, however, he remembered he had
no place to go to—no home—not a cent of money—no resources
but what he held from Mr. Lennox, who even paid
his board in a house in which he had now no right to remain.
He remembered, too, the kind friends he might now
never see again, Mrs. Lennox, and Miss Elton, and Mrs.
Elton, and, most of all, Mary, and what they must now
think of him, and how clearly all Emmerson's hints and
calumnies would now appear well founded, and what a cruel
advantage his hated foe would take to slander him, now
that he had really committed such a shocking outrage.

“No matter,” he murmured, “I will saw wood, dig,
sweep the streets, or starve, but I won't have anything
more to do with Emmerson. If there were anything of
the man in him, I'd make him eat his words. But one

-- 194 --

[figure description] Page 194.[end figure description]

might as well threaten and insult a woman! He `pardons
me unasked!' He pardons me! Ah, the scoundrel!”

Thus yielding to the ungovernable passions of inexperienced
youth, and despising, as youth so often does, the dictates
of prudence and propriety, the boy had not only insulted
the person whom he imagined his enemy, but also Mr.
Lennox and his whole family. As this last recollection
forced itself upon him, the tears, which the thought of his
destitute state could not make him indulge in, began to
overcome his power of resistance, and turning down a side
street where no one happened to be walking, he wept and
sobbed as if his heart would break.

But, luckily, the hearts of fine, honest, bold fellows like
him don't break quite so easily.

CHAPTER XXXII.

The next morning the ladies, particularly Fanny, who,
somehow or other, spent nearly her whole time there, importuned
Mr. Lennox to recall his sentence of banishment
against poor Seth; but that gentleman afforded no encouragement
to their petitions.

“He can never again come into my office. The young
scoundrel! I am indignant as well as amazed at the
change which has taken place in him, or, rather, at my
discovery of his real character. Who ever saw such a
modest, bashful, blushing little fellow three months ago?
He could not find courage to speak, and now, yesterday,
when he had a point to carry, I never saw more nerve, determination,
and strength of character: burning cheek,
flashing eye, and words flowing from his lips that sounded
more like Junius or Sheridan than a little, impertinent,
country ploughboy.”

“But these,” said Mrs. Lennox, “are indications of talent,
which, you know, you always predicted he would one
day reveal from under his unpromising exterior.”

“Talent? yes, but talent accompanied by a want of principle,
which promises no very brilliant close to his career.
I really hate the boy, not so much for what he has himself

-- 195 --

[figure description] Page 195.[end figure description]

done, as for one or two doubts which he half caused in me
of the strict integrity of Emmerson's representations. But
I see Emmerson was, as he always is, perfectly, strictly
honest and right. He said the boy was bold, insolent, unprincipled,
and would make mischief in the family; and you
see he has done his best to verify the prediction.”

“But Mr. Emmerson never spoke to us in this way of
Seth,” said Mary.

“No, of course not! He did not wish to interfere with
the boy; but, as the superintendent of my business, it was
his duty to state to me exactly his opinion of all the subordinate
agents of the office.”

“Upon my word!” said Mary, “I don't believe Seth has
had the least intention to do wrong in this circumstance.”

“What! do you imagine Emmerson really countermanded
his order to copy the bill, that he might first correct it?”

“Why, Seth looked to me like a person who meant to
tell the truth at all hazards, simply because it was the
truth.”

“But Emmerson denies this. Besides, the bill is mine.
Mr. Emmerson never corrects my draughts.”

“He might have mistaken; he might have forgotten. It
is certainly very strange, but—”

“You pay Mr. Emmerson's memory a poor compliment.”

“And, my dear father, this poor little Seth! what could
possess him, but his unflinching honesty, to throw himself
into such a dilemma? He knows he is entirely dependant
on you; he knows the confidence you have in Emmerson.
If he had, from negligence, omitted to copy the bill, he
might have better acknowledged it at once, than told a lie
which must bring him thus openly in conflict with his superior
and master; or even had he been inclined to a falsehood,
why add the grave charge against Emmerson that he
knew the truth of his excuse?”

“Mary,” said Mr. Lennox, after a pause, “you seem to
take a great interest in this boy, but I beg you will conduct
his defence with a little more forbearance towards others.
You have almost inferred, not only that Seth is innocent, but
that Mr. Emmerson is guilty. Of course, you are not aware
of what your words might be made to infer, but hereafter I
beg you will be more careful. What Mr. Emmerson says
is not only honest, but true. He is not only the purest,
most frank, and disinterested of men, but he is the most

-- 196 --

[figure description] Page 196.[end figure description]

acute judge of character, and the best informed upon every
subject on which he ventures to speak. I trust not only his
integrity, but his memory. He never forgets. The precision
and coolness of his mind are actually astonishing. It is
to him I look as the guardian of Harry and the inheritor of
half my business, whenever I may choose to retire myself
from the toils of the office. A breath against his character,
and I am sure he would withdraw himself from me forever.
You will oblige me by never mentioning Seth's name again,
either to him or to me. But here he comes.”

“Good-morning!” said Emmerson, with a smile and manner
of such quiet self-possession that, while he spoke, every
one present acknowledged the truth of Mr. Lennox's representation
of him, and gave up Seth as a good-for-nothing,
indomitable, quarrelsome little rascal. Even Mary, for the
moment, ceased to justify him in her thoughts. Fanny alone
began to see a little into the peculiar character of Emmerson.

“We are discussing the merits and demerits of that young
scamp Seth,” said Mr. Lennox, “and I am doing justice to
your superior discrimination of character.”

“Oh,” replied Emmerson, modestly, “my opportunities
were better. I was with him more, and he was less on his
guard with me. But I am sorry you were so severe with
him.”

“His conduct was certainly very extraordinary,” said
Mrs. Lennox, “and seems, indeed, inexplicable.”

“Why, the fact is, the poor little fellow has a morbid,
diseased imagination!” said Emmerson, as if speaking upon
a subject in no way interesting to him. “I have always
found him so suspicious and susceptible, that I was neither
surprised nor displeased at the explosion of yesterday. He
is always fancying people are trying to injure him—a most
unfortunate disposition. Do you know that this little gentleman
is ambitious, too?” he continued, as if relating an
excellent joke. (Emmerson rarely joked, unless the subject
had, as in the present case, some bearing upon himself.)
“Ha! ha! ha! he has ideas and plans of all sorts.
Do you know he expects to be a very great man one of
these days? Ha! ha! ha!”

“Well,” said Mary, quietly, “it depends only on himself.
Many a great man has risen from the plough.”

“He's much more likely to come to the gallows, I fear,”

-- 197 --

[figure description] Page 197.[end figure description]

said Emmerson, in a whisper. “I dont speak all I could
of this wicked little fellow. He is a bad, worthless, dangerous
person.”

They were going to ask what he meant by this insinuation,
when a servant entered with a letter for Frank, and
Emmerson took his leave.

“At last!” said Frank. “By your leave, ladies and gentlemen!
So! I am to start for my post in three days.”

This news threw the family into a commotion, although
it was no more than they had long expected. Perhaps,
strange as it may appear, no one was pleased at it except
Fanny and Frank himself.

He had no sooner been convinced that her love was bestowed
on his brother, than he conscientiously resolved to
master his own passion without the least diminution of his
esteem for her qualities or interest in her happiness. While
daily exposed to her presence, he found this a difficult task,
and he prepared, therefore, to leave her with a tender satisfaction,
shared by her, because she knew that, when absent,
he would speedily succeed in diverting his thoughts by new
scenes and adventures. But the sweet, pretty girl unconsciously
added to his passion by her desire to show towards
him the utmost warmth of a friendship which only stopped
short at love.

The preparations for sending Frank off, however, did not
prevent Mrs. Lennox from following her wish and that of
the rest of the family, fully sanctioned by Mr. Lennox, in
seeking out Seth, with the purpose of offering him such aid
as he might require. With considerable difficulty, they succeeded
in tracing him to the office of a lawyer, where he
had procured some copying at a price sufficient to provide
him with a sustenance. Mrs. Lennox enclosed a note to
him for twenty dollars, begging to hear from him whenever
he might require similar assistance. Her husband would
allow her to say no more, either in the way of encouragement
or advice, as he said it would look like an intimation
against Emmerson.

The next day was the last of Frank's stay, and at dinner
the family sat longer than usual, and the young officer received
much excellent advice from everybody present.
Mrs. Lennox was going on to beg he wouldn't smoke so
much, would wear flannel next his skin, etc., etc., etc., when
two notes came in, one for Frank and one for Mrs. Lennox.

-- 198 --

[figure description] Page 198.[end figure description]

The latter was from Seth. The twenty dollar bank-note
was enclosed, with the following words:

To Mrs. Lennox.
Madam,

“I haven't done anything wrong that I know of; but while
I labour under the imputation I will not accept assistance,
except it is offered because they think me incapable of a
dishonourable action. I seize this occasion to apologize for
my rudeness to Mr. Lennox, once my noble friend and benefactor;
you and all your family have my thanks and best
wishes. I respectfully thank you for your interest in me;
but don't fear, I shall get along somehow, and don't intend
to knock under yet.

“Your respectfully obedient,
Humble, and grateful servant,

Seth J. Copely.”

“There's a young, haughty, ungrateful dog for you,” said
Lennox.

“Now, I like that!” said Mary; “that's noble—that's the
way a man ought to act. Seth is as innocent as Emmerson
himself.”

“Mary!” said Lennox, with a frown of displeasure.

“Where's Frank?” said Mrs. Lennox.

He was gone.

“He also had a letter,” remarked Mary.

“Did you see him read it?”

“No, I paid him no attention.”

“Did you observe Mr. Frank?” inquired Mr. Lennox of
the servant.

“Yes, sir. He opened the letter, read it, rose, and immediately
went down stairs.”

“Is he gone out?”

“He took his hat, sir, and went out.”

“Did he seem surprised or alarmed on reading this
letter?” inquired Mrs. Lennox, anxiously.

“He looked, ma'am,” answered the servant, “very much
as he usually does, and got right up and went out.”

“I hope,” exclaimed Mrs. Lennox, rising suddenly, “he
has received no bad news.”

“I hope,” cried Mr. Lennox, good-naturedly, imitating
her manner, “I hope he has not jumped out of the window!”

“But,” said Mrs. Lennox, half laughing and half alarmed,
“should anything have happened!”

-- 199 --

[figure description] Page 199.[end figure description]

“Pooh, pooh, Katy! what a superfine Spartan mother
you would have made! I fancy your presenting Frank his
shield, and telling him `with it or upon it!' ”

“Mother would say,” interrupted Mary, laughing, “ `with
it or without it! but, at all events, do you mind and come
home!' ”

CHAPTER XXXIII.

We must now request the reader to go back to Glendenning.
When he reached Montreal, he began to feel the
stirrings of different thoughts. Two or three recollections
came coldly in among his warm reveries of Rose Hill, and
the higher aspirations which his residence there had awakened.
In the first place, he had not been very particular
in his society in that town, and, truth to say, although his
wildness and love of frolic had not prevented his forming
intimate relations with the most worthy among his brotherofficers,
he had also admitted to a perfect familiarity one or
two whose principles and character were not by any means
what they should be. Among these was a Lieutenant
Breckenbridge, who had been his companion in various
nameless orgies, and whose reputation did not stand high,
Glendenning determined to gently and imperceptibly disentangle
himself from this intimacy, in obedience to his laudable
resolution of reform. It was a delicate, perhaps a difficult
thing to do, for Breckenbridge was hot-headed, daring,
quick to suspect a slight, and prompt in his resentment.
But, as Glendenning knew him to be licentious, unprincipled,
and a habitual sneerer at everything pure and holy, he
determined to avoid future contact with him.

There was another circumstance, much more grave, which
checked the pleasure of his virtuous dreams as he entered
the town of Montreal. It was the terms on which he stood
with his commanding officer, Lieutenant-colonel Nicholson.
This gentleman was the second son of Lord Middleton, and
a specimen of the sort of man into which a bad-hearted,
spoiled child may be transformed. Full of the idea of his
high family, great expectations, and personal rank and

-- 200 --

[figure description] Page 200.[end figure description]

appearance (for he was a very handsome man of fifty), his
character was cold, pompous, and arrogant. While his understanding
was small, his opinion of it was immense, and
nothing could exceed his vanity, unless, perhaps, the vindictiveness
with which he revenged any offence that wounded
it.

A coward in secret, his cowardice was overmastered by
his self-importance; but while even in his overbearing manners
he studied his own safety, he was indifferent to the
danger of others. A toad-eater where his fears or his interests
required, he was a relentless tyrant to those beneath
him. Although invested by his rank, connexions, and
wealth, with a certain consideration in the eyes of the
world (for how few are not worshippers of these things?),
his real character was cruel and despicable. His stature
was tall and commanding, and an erect and military air added
to the impression of a countenance which announced
not only the habit, but the determination of command. In
birth and education he was a gentleman, but fashion, unfortunately,
considers compatible with that character qualities
which are in themselves not desirable. His own passions
were his only law, the world his only thought, and himself
his only god. His manner was usually cold and haughty,
but when among persons he considered his equals, it became
free and agreeable, and he possessed the power, in
the society of his immediate associates, of veiling his darker
peculiarities beneath an appearance of military frankness,
and a certain air of bonhomie which enabled him to make
plenty of friends when he desired to do so. If nature had
bestowed upon him any good quality, it was, perhaps, a
spirit of hospitality, of which the marked magnificence was
visible in the splendour of his balls, the elegant taste which
presided at his dinners, and the hearty welcome with which,
at his own table and in his own house, he received all whom
he had deemed worthy the honour of an invitation. But even
this originated in his love of ostentation and the vulgar ambition
of self-display; for, while giving a ball, for the perfect
brilliancy of which no expense was spared, he would
stint a deserving servant even of his just dues, and turn with
the coldest indifference from the most touching case of homely
distress. To these sharp, but not uncommon features, let
it be added, that Colonel Nicholson's supreme delight was
to thwart everybody, to make all around him

-- 201 --

[figure description] Page 201.[end figure description]

uncomfortable, to wound the feelings of his wife, and friends, and
servants, to touch sore points, to entangle everything, to
distress and insult everybody, and to keep people at a distance,
and the reader has as much of his portrait as is necessary
to the development of our story.

Yet, such are men, such is the world, and such is public
opinion, it was not easy for any, except those immediately
in contact with him in a subordinate station, to say whether
Lieutenant-colonel Nicholson was an extremely good or
a very bad man. There is no despicable quality which may
not be called by a graceful name, and there is no despicable
man, either, who may not find a clique to praise and whitewash
him. The choice few among whom this great personage
thought it not beneath him to unbend, meanly flattered
by his selection, and deriving various advantages from
the intimacy, feeling all the little good of his character, and,
of course, not brought in contact with any of his bad points,
sturdily defended him against the just indignation of those
who had smarted beneath his arrogant insults, and seen the
malignity of his heart and the smallness of his mind. From
these the world at large learned that his despotism was a
mere necessary habit of command, his vain hospitality was
generous kindness, his cunning sagacity, his cowardice
prudence, and his stinginess wise economy. Thus, by
dwelling upon and exaggerating his better peculiarities, by
denying or explaining away the worse ones, he was made
out by them to be a meritorious person; and the world, who
heard him execrated by one set and adulated by another,
decided, when they took the trouble of deciding at all, that
he was probably a severe disciplinarian, and therefore an
excellent commander, and that the accusations against him
arose from the unbending haughtiness of his disposition,
which, although it made him unpopular, was but the repelling
cover of a magnanimous heart. As he had executed
his sometimes unpleasant duties with unscrupulous fidelity
and impartiality, too noble and careless to consider consequences,
or to descend to arts of conciliation, he must be a
superior officer and a worthy man. Thus, in this strange
world, the purest person is often weighed down by misfortune
and blackened by calumny, while a scoundrel in the
perpetration of unprincipled actions, not only often escapes
free from public reprobation, but receives the public applause,
particularly if Providence have placed him in an exalted
position.

-- 202 --

[figure description] Page 202.[end figure description]

But, though the world at large would not take the trouble
to decide respecting Lieutenant-colonel Nicholson, the officers
who served under him had too often felt his ungenerous
arrogance and paltry insults not to hate him with all
their hearts. His complete power to worry those under
his command was practised without restraint from mercy or
generosity. They had long smarted under a thousand
vague and unnameable pieces of oppression, each one of
which, to a gentleman, is more galling than broader insults.
If there are few who know how to obey, there are still fewer
who do not betray the innate depravity of human nature
when called upon to command. In the history of absolute
sovereigns, and particularly of the Roman emperors, the
human character is sculptured in colossal forms, and we
there see man intrusted with power. Rome is fallen
through the infinite mercy of Providence, and the world is
cut up into small states; but the human heart, only narrowed
in its sphere, remains essentially the same, when religious
influences have not rescued it from itself; and how
many an inglorious Roman emperor is there on the deck of
a ship, at the head of a regiment, in a schoolroom or a
workship, who, if he dared, or if he could, would place his
statue in the temple of God.

Of all the officers of the — regiment, Glendenning had
been the least likely to bear with patience the irritating
slights of his commander, and on his first entrance into the
army, our young madcap had not been many months under
his treatment, when, stung by one of those insults which
Colonel Nicholson knew so well how to inflict without
compromising himself, he resolved, with characteristic impetuosity,
to make him answer it in the field. He had possessed
sufficient prudence, however, to cause a mutual
friend to sound his enemy in an informal way, as to whether,
in case of a cartel, he would accept it, waving his rank,
or whether he would proceed, as, under the circumstances,
he possessed the right to do, to bring the officer sending
such a challenge to court-martial. The worst feelings were
awakened in the breast of Colonel Nicholson at this intimation,
which had been made in so indirect and confidential
a way as to render any notice of it impossible. Wounded
vanity, therefore, at finding his mighty dignity thus set
at naught by a subordinate officer, and a thirst for revenge,
prompted him to reply, “Let him only try me!” with a
wish to have the intimation supposed an affirmative.

-- 203 --

[figure description] Page 203.[end figure description]

Not thinking this answer could be intended to have the
double meaning of an ancient oracle, Glendenning directed
a friend, accordingly, to invite him to a meeting, but, by an
accident, discovered, just in time to save himself, that it
was Colonel Nicholson's determination to decline the meeting
and bring upon the challenger the severest consequences
of a military prosecution. Glendenning was known to
be a dead shot; and there were not wanting persons who
gave this fact weight in accounting for the course of the
commanding officer. The affair was, however, arrested
just in time, but not without an important change in the
feelings of both the gentlemen towards each other. In addition
to the opinion entertained by Glendenning of his
commander as a cold-hearted, malignant person, he now
felt that he was a coward; while Colonel Nicholson had,
with an inexpressible but concealed rage, beheld in Glendenning
an open and insolent rebel against his authority,
who barely hid beneath the necessary mask of official prudence
the fact, that he despised his pretensions, suspected
his courage, and read his character aright.

Perhaps the most vindictive feeling that can be aroused
in the breast of such a man is that with which he perceives
his claims to importance ridiculed by an inferior. All else
that he had availed him nothing, “so long as he saw Mordecai
the Jew sitting at the king's gate.”

CHAPTER XXXIV.

There are, or, at least, at the time of which we are writing,
there were, no barracks for officers in Montreal. It
was customary for two or three to take a house together.
For some time White and Glendenning had lived in this
way, but latterly Glendenning had found rooms in the house
of a young portrait painter, who, with his wife and child, occupied
only the lower part of the building.

The life of an officer in a garrison town is not varied by
many pleasures. Both at the parades and the daily messtable
dinner, he had the not very agreeable certainty of
meeting Lieutenant-colonel Nicholson, and of being

-- 204 --

[figure description] Page 204.[end figure description]

subjected to the offensive superciliousness of that high and
mighty personage. The evenings were enlivened by a certain
routine of society, and sometimes by a rout, in giving
which species of entertainment, the reader has been informed,
it was Colonel Nicholson's peculiar ambition to excel.

Till now, Glendenning, unaccustomed to read, study, or
reflect, without any particular respect for himself or purpose
in life, had been driven by ennui, and the example of
his chosen companions, into billiard-rooms and whist-clubs,
where he spent a large portion both of his time and money.
But since his return he had adopted different habits; he was
more reserved among his old comrades, and much less seen
abroad than formerly. He attended, with punctilious care,
to his professional duties, and came under the hand of Colonel
Nicholson several times, with a tranquil and even gentle
forbearance which astonished, while it did not at all conciliate,
that gentleman. Various invitations to take part in
certain old larks were courteously but firmly declined.
Breckenbridge at first rallied him, but, after having made
several ineffectual attempts to bring him into his old ways,
coolly ceased his endeavours, and for some time they scarcely
met, except in a general way. Breckenbridge felt as if
he were cut, a process to which his style of life had not
rendered him entirely a stranger, but which became the
subject of serious reflection when experienced from Glendenning.
The latter, however, pursued his way quietly,
laid out a course of reading, which he followed assiduously,
and continued in earnest to look into the evidences of Christianity,
in which he even began to feel a singular interest.
He had been but imperfectly educated, and now, for the first
time in his life, he began to study and to think. He read
the “Analogy of Religion,” by Butler, a book in everybody's
hands, but which he had never heard of but through the
recommendation of one who, he felt, was perhaps his truest
friend on earth—Mrs. Lennox. This remarkable piece of
reasoning deeply riveted his attention, and overwhelmed
his light and trivial mind with astonishment. He thus
gathered a conviction that, notwithstanding the silent and
inactive indifference with which many intelligent, cultivated,
and fashionable people choose to regard the subject,
the scheme of Christianity may be true. The thought was
new, vast, and sublime. He felt its quickening power penetrate
his mind, throw a new aspect over life and nature, and

-- 205 --

[figure description] Page 205.[end figure description]

startle him to the deepest recesses of his soul. He meditated
on it continually. He studied with severest perseverance.
He doubted, he feared, he rejoiced and trembled.
Then some old instinct, ludicrous association, or unlucky
word would rise in his heart or his recollection, and all the
sublime but half-formed vision would melt away.

Still, however, he studied, and many a day and many a
night he spent—himself greatly surprised at the power
which had led him to such an occupation—reading the Bible
and works illustrative of it. The more he read, the
more he was struck—the more he was convinced. But
when he closed the volume and went to a drill or parade,
or when he came under the eye of Colonel Nicholson, and
felt the blood in his veins moving quicker at the cold tone
of his voice, or the decisive, magisterial wave of his hand,
he wondered at his folly in yielding credit to nursery fables.

At this interesting epoch of his life, a kind Providence
seems to have in some degree separated him from White,
by leading him to a lodging with Mr. Southard and his family,
the young painter before mentioned. White was a gentleman
in more than one sense, but he was one of those
gentlemen whose opinions are most perfectly decided
against the claims of any religion to divine origin. Southard
and his family, on the contrary, were devout and cheerful
believers, and perhaps the sweet little group gathered
at his table, could the artist have painted it, would have
been the most graceful and pleasing of all his subjects.
He was one of those pure and simple beings whom nature
sometimes forms and religion perfects on the earth, an humble,
contented, and not altogether unsuccessful imitator of
his divine master. He was poor, without being either dazzled
with riches or ashamed of poverty, lowly in rank, and
yet lowlier in spirit. Even his talent in his profession was
not above mediocrity, but he knew it and smiled at it, and
was contented with what his Creator had given him. He
had the enthusiasm without the jealous susceptibilities of
an artist. He was almost unknown, and scarcely desired
to become less so. His modest wants were supplied by his
industry, and in a heart tenderly alive to the charm of nature,
the sweetness of truth, and the beauty and meaning of
all things, he had a source of constant and extreme enjoyment.
In compensation for the want of professional talent,
and of the distinctions and luxuries which it produces,

-- 206 --

[figure description] Page 206.[end figure description]

besides a warm, true heart, an upright character, and a sensible
mind, he had been blessed with a lovely wife, in whom
he found at once the most useful and delightful companion
and the tenderest, most affectionate friend. A single child
was the fruit of their union, a little girl three years old.
Careless of the stern toil and gorgeous spectacles and sorrows
of the world, he lived—rare fate—happy in himself—
doubly happy in his wife; and all the happiness he desired
seemed trebled to him—beyond his hopes and merits—
while he watched the growth and improvement of the little
Catharine.

For these people Glendenning had long conceived a
warm regard. There was something in the picture of their
humble and contented happiness, so rich with so little, in
their pure and sincere characters, which had touched his
soul. Now particularly, that he was beginning to experience
a change of opinion on the most important of subjects,
he found a new charm in their society, and he spoke to
them frequently on the great topics which were engaging
his attention. Nothing but such a happy home of his own
could have been so soothing and delightful to his feelings
as this circle, where he every day became more and more
familiarly welcomed, and more and more regarded as a valuable
acquisition and a necessary part of the circle. These
companions, in some measure, filled the chasm which had
been left by his separation from the Lennoxes, and they
were interested in the same subject, and continued with him
the same course of reasoning. Here he began to feel at
home—a sweet word, the meaning of which he had never
known before. Thus passed away several weeks in elevating
studies and deeply interesting conversations, until
he said one day to his hosts, “Almost you persuade me to
become a Christian!”

He had already received one affectionate maternal letter
from Mrs. Lennox, full of minutiæ respecting the family,
and closing with an earnest and impressive hope that he
would continue his study of the religion of Jesus, assuring
him that “it was good tidings to the meek, and a light shining
in a dark place; that it revealed the method of reconciliation
for iniquity, and presented the oil of joy for mourning,
and the garments of praise for the spirit of heaviness.”

He smiled at this characteristic language, which so vividly
recalled his affectionate friend, but the smile was not

-- 207 --

[figure description] Page 207.[end figure description]

one of ridicule. He even thought he began to comprehend
the meaning of those phrases, as he had already done of
the sweet word home. They conveyed ideas and feelings
which had never before found entrance into his mind or heart.

“Poor fellow!” said Mrs. Southard, one evening, as he
went out to go to bed, after a long and ingenuous debate on
the theme, in which he now found singular interest—“Poor
fellow! the scales are balanced.”

“Yes,” said Southard, “a hair will turn them.”

CHAPTER XXXV.

One morning, as Glendenning was returning from a drill,
he met an officer with whom he had long been well acquainted.
He had come to Montreal from Quebec on some
business, and this was their first meeting.

“Hallo! Clinton!” said Glendenning, as he approached.
“How are you?”

The young man walked directly on, without turning to
the right or left, and as stiffly as if he had been going
through a drill. Glendenning thought it was a boyish jest,
and stopped, expecting to see him presently turn and burst
into a laugh, to exchange their accustomed salutations.
But he passed, and continued on his way with the same
rigid and rather quickened pace, till he disappeared round
a corner.

Glendenning rubbed his eyes, astonished and also bewildered.
Could he have been mistaken in the man? Impossible!
And yet the total unconsciousness of his presence
shown by the stranger, whoever he was, implied that
he had been. He laughed at the incident, and thought no
more about it, concluding that the friend he had supposed
himself addressing was probably, in reality, at Quebec.

The next day invitations for a grand fête were issued to
all the officers by an old military friend who had served in
India, and was now spending a few months at Montreal.
Glendenning himself was not among the guests invited.
He thought it very odd—but, of course, a mistake. He soon
lost all recollection of it in his absorbing studies.

-- 208 --

[figure description] Page 208.[end figure description]

A day or two afterward he was met in the street by
Breckenbridge, who, as the reader has been already told,
had in former times been long one of his companions. He
felt that his example had been most pernicious to him.
Breckenbridge was warm-hearted, handsome, and witty, a
dare-devil, thoughtless, good-for-nothing fellow, whom one
could not be much with without liking till the discovery was
made that a naturally good heart had been so completely depraved
by debauchery and gambling, that every spark of
real honour was extinguished in it, and that he was likely
to retain even the exterior qualities of an amiable, amusing
companion, only as long as he found any interest in assuming
them. By slow but sure degress, he was degenerating
into buffoonery, and his libertinism had been latterly deepened
by ruinous extravagance. The more he indulged in sensual
enjoyments, the more unappeasable became his appetite,
and the less fastidious his taste, till at length his best
friends asked for him but the questionable praise of being
a bon enfant. He was not malignant, but he was violently
passionate, and the bold recklessness of his temper made
him one dangerous to offend. Glendenning had not been
able to effect his awkward task of withdrawing from this
intimacy without awakening the suspicion of the object of
his distrust, but, whether he did so or not, he was quite resolved
to be seen no more than was actually necessary with
a man whose habits he had already learned to abhor, and for
whose character he felt anything but esteem. He found it,
however, rather difficult to disentangle himself from an acquaintance
with no other cause than a conviction that it was
morally derogatory to him, as he desired to avoid a quarrel
with the associate thus abandoned. He was no hypocrite,
yet he did not exactly wish to say to one whose friendship
he had encouraged, you are unworthy of me as a companion,
either directly or indirectly, and Breckenbridge, who
had at last caught an idea of the truth, felt a malicious delight
in pressing himself importunately upon his reformed
friend whenever they accidentally met in public.

“How d'ye do, Glendenning? how are you?” said Breckenbridge,
holding out his hand.

Glendenning politely, rather gravely, returned the salutation.

“What the devil is the matter with you?” said Breckenbridge.

“With me? Nothing!”

-- 209 --

[figure description] Page 209.[end figure description]

“You're so d—d grave and stiff, I don't know you.”

“Let me introduce you, then,” said White, laughing, as
he joined them: “This is my reformed friend Glendenning—
the virtuous and scientific companion whom we used
to know.”

White had, not maliciously, but unfortunately, struck on
the very chord. He himself had felt vexed at the stupid
gravity of his friend, but thought of noticing it by nothing
more than a jest.

“So!” said Breckenbridge, “you are a d—d fine chap for
a small party! What's come over you? I don't understand
it. We used to be `hale fellows well met.' Now, I
swear! you act as if you wanted to cut me.”

“Pooh! nonsense,” said White, who now perceived, by
the expression of Breckenbridge's face, that he was in earnest;
“let us go in here, and you shall have a game of billiards.”

“Certainly,” said Breckenbridge. Then turning to Glendenning:
“You won't come, I suppose?”

“Oh yes, I will,” said Glendenning, with his habitual
facility of character.

“Will? that's something like. Do you know there's a
report going round that you're going to resign and turn parson?”

“Will you play, White?” said Glendenning.

“No; I've a nasty rheumatism in my shoulder; I can't
hold a cue.”

I'll play,” said Breckenbridge.

This was exactly what Glendenning did not want. He
was obliged to yield, however, though with reluctance; and
the worst of it was, his reluctance was clearly detected by
his antagonist.

Several other officers came in. Glendenning, who had
scarcely been in a billiard-room since his arrival, now embarrassed
and vexed, nodded to them slightly, and received
as slight a return.

“I'm glad to have a crack with you,” said Breckenbridge.
“You used to be a hand worthy of me; but now, I suspect,
you're practising other games.”

Glendenning went on playing, without making any reply
to that and various other exclamations on the part of Breckenbridge,
in which the words “sanctified face” and “too
good to be worth much” appeared directed ironically against

-- 210 --

[figure description] Page 210.[end figure description]

him. A year before, he would have been in a row with
less provocation, but now he had other ideas, and had really
made progress, though but a slight one, in the manly
art of self-government.

While the game was thus going on, a gentleman whom
Glendenning had seen at Mr. Lennox's, in New-York, came
in, having recently arrived. The acquaintance was renewed
warmly on both sides.

“I have a letter for you,” said this person, “from your
friend Mrs. Lennox. I was going to your lodgings, when
some one who had accidentally seen you directed me here.”

He handed the letter, and, excusing himself, went out,
when Glendenning, with an apology, opened and commenced
reading.

He had not proceeded more than a few lines, when he
felt a sharp blow upon his shoulder from Breckenbridge's
cue, and a

“Now, then, old fellow! D—n your letters! Push ahead,
will you?”

“I tell you what, Mr. Breckenbridge,” said Glendenning,
haughtily, “I wish you to understand that I don't allow any
man to take such a liberty as that with me, and you less
than another.”

“What do you mean by that?” said Breckeabridge, with
a darkening brow.

“What I say, sir.”

“Indeed? me less than another? you mean that as an
insult.”

Glendenning's eye fell flashing on him, and he was about
to reply, “He might consider it so if he chose,” when he
checked himself.

“No, Mr. Breckenbridge, I do not wish to insult you.”

“Then please to explain why you allow me to take such
a liberty with you less than another.”

“I have no explanation to make.”

“Then you have an insult to retract, and you shall eat
your words at this table.”

“I am not in the habit of speaking without a cause,” said
Glendenning, quietly, “neither am I in the habit of retracting
without one.”

“Explain, then, explain. If you are grown so touchy as
not to allow any one the ordinary familiarity of a friend, I
have nothing to say. But why me less than another?

-- 211 --

[figure description] Page 211.[end figure description]

“Oh! if you drive me to an explanation,” said Glendenning,
his hot blood mounting higher and higher, “I will
give it you, certainly, but I did not desire to give it, at least
not in public.”

“Let us hear it, at all events,” said Breckenbridge, with
a laugh which infuriated his opponent.

“You less than another,” said Glendenning, calmly and
haughtily, “because, from your manners, character, and occupations,
I consider you less desirable as a friend, Mr.
Breckenbridge, and I avail myself of this occasion, moreover,
to say that our acquaintance must, hereafter, be upon
a less familiar footing.”

“Well, Captain Glendenning,” said Breckenbridge, quietly,
and without showing the expected indignation at this insult,
“I tell you what! I may not be what I ought to be—
few of us are—yet I trust I can be reproached only with
rashness which has injured myself. Your character and
actions do not admit of such a defence.”

“Sir!” said Glendenning.

“I suppose you heard my observation; if not, I'll repeat
it,” said Breckenbridge, without any symptom of anger or
loss of composure.

“Your remark is not worthy even of you,” said Glendenning;
“if I have insulted you, take the course of a gentleman;
I am ready to meet you as if you were one, but an
unmeaning calumny can be as little creditable to you as injurious
to me.”

“Meet you,” said Breckenbridge, “meet you! ha! ha!
ha!”

The laugh was echoed by several gentlemen and officers
among the by-standers.

“What do you mean by that?” said Glendenning, with
an air rather of astonishment than anger.

“Ah! ha!” said Breckenbridge. “Now, then, it's my
turn. Every dog has his day! I mean, sir, precisely what
I say.”

There was another laugh, and Glendenning saw, with an
emotion difficult to be described, that the feeling of the room
was against him.

“You shall retract your atrocious insinuation on the spot,”
cried he.

“Ah! bah!” repeated Breckenbridge, laughing; “I'm
not in the habit of speaking without a cause, neither am I
in the habit of retracting without one.”

-- 212 --

[figure description] Page 212.[end figure description]

“I will give you cause, then,” said Glendenning.

“You can't do it!” replied Breckenbridge, firmly. “Captain
Glendenning, the high and the haughty, let me tell you
a secret: there isn't an officer in Montreal that would meet
you.”

“You're a fool!” cried Glendenning.

“Come, come away!” said a Captain Drake, taking
Breckenbridge by the arm.

In a moment the room was empty. Glendenning, astounded,
stood alone with White.

“Well, that's cool!” said White. “I don't quite understand
it.”

“Will you take a message?” cried Glendenning.

“Certainly,” replied White, rolling the balls against each
other on the table.

“Then let us be acting immediately.”

As they left the house, Glendenning came upon the officer
who had yesterday so singularly passed him in the street.

“Clinton!” cried he, bewildered; “it was you, then?”

The young man gently turned aside, and continued his
way without offering the least sign of recognition.

Glendenning uttered an exclamation of bewildered astonishment.

In the evening White took a message to Breckenbridge,
but did not return to give any account of its reception.

CHAPTER XXXVI.

Glendenning did not sleep that night, neither did he
resume his studies. His old passions were fully aroused,
and he resorted to his old habits of deadening them—a bottle
of Madeira and a box of cigars. Hour after hour he
paced the floor, “like a proud steed reined, champing his
iron bit.” The mystery in which he was involved was perfectly
inexplicable; so that, during long intervals of reflection,
shame and rage were almost lost in curiosity and
wonder. His past life had been rash and thoughtless;
that he knew and regretted. But that had been sufficiently
known before, and not visited with consequences like these.

-- 213 --

[figure description] Page 213.[end figure description]

Yet now that new and more rational plans had opened upon
him for the first time, with boiling veins and a heart appalled,
he saw himself scornfully, and, it seemed, generally
insulted and despised. What act of his had produced this,
or by what means the unanimity of public action had been
brought about, he racked his imagination and memory in
vain to conceive. He reviewed his past life, as far as possible,
in every minute detail; his words—his very thoughts.
He saw with humiliation the course of a trivial, reckless,
till now worthless young man, employed in no respectable
purpose or occupation—governed by unworthy impulses
and passions—guilty of wild and unwarrantable actions.
But nothing that he could fix his eyes on accounted, in the
remotest degree, for the present state of affairs. He was
cut
. His fellow-officers had openly refused to associate
with him, and a blackguard, whom he himself considered
beneath him as a companion, had, with the unconcealed approbation,
and to the unconcealed amusement of a roomful
of his brother soldiers, jeeringly and tauntingly declined
noticing his insult, and, apparently, receiving his message;
for White, who had taken it in the early part of the evening,
had not even returned to inform him of the result.
White himself seemed to have abandoned him.

What pestilential slander had attached itself to his name?
Was he charged with robbery or murder? What crime
had he committed more than is committed (alas! that it
should be so! but it is) by other young men, who, notwithstanding,
keep their places in society, are courted and caressed,
are presented by fathers and mothers to their modest
and innocent young daughters, and hailed by their companions
with pride and delight? None. He had done
nothing. Could the odium against him have any relation
with the affair of Frank Lennox? His reason rejected the
possibility. True, he had there insulted a lady; but surely
that had been amply expiated; and, since the lady herself
and her friends forgave him, it could hardly be conceived
that strangers should take up the matter at this late date,
and even if they had taken it up, it could never have produced
such startling effects.

Was it that he had “almost become a Christian?” He
knew that many gentlemen, worldly men and military officers,
distinguished statesmen, and the leading men of modern
Christian society, smiled at the visionary idea of

-- 214 --

[figure description] Page 214.[end figure description]

adopting Christian precepts in active life; and that able and
conscientious conductors of that free press which cannot
fail greatly to modify public opinion, did not hesitate to
state in their columns that Christian precepts had been
found incompatible with the operations of practical life.
But was he to be made a pariah for examining into them?
Was the Bible, as in the time of Nero, become a mark of
scorn and dishonour? and the Christian—was he, then, an
outcast? No; it was absurd. All his attempts at explaining
the causes of his present galling position were lost in
wild and improbable conjectures.

The clock struck eleven, twelve, one, two, and no White—
three, four, and day broke, first overflowing the star-paved
shore of heaven with a stream of pale light, which deepened
into radiant floods and gorgeous, fiery shapes, so that he paused
in his disturbed walk of agony, to look into those abysses
of insupportable, ineffable glory, and as the sun lifted itself
calmly and slowly above the horizon, he forgot a moment
his own private griefs in thinking how much nature exceeds
imagination, and in remembering scenes of his visit to Rose
Hill, where he had often been thus abroad early on some
excursions of pleasure in the cool, oderous morning air.

But the clock struck five, and he started at the recollection
of Breckenbridge, Clinton, and White. At the recurrence
of their images, nature, morality, and the sense of
God, the new-born faith in the religion of Jesus, thoughts
of duty, the idea that this state on earth is one of trial and
probation, and all the associations of Rose Hill, and the
Lennoxes, and those delicious evenings, and those pure
and spiritual conversations, passed from his mind, to give
place to unbridled passion and visions of bloody revenge.

It was, he knew not how near morning, when his reflections
were interrupted by a knock at the door, and
Southard entered in morning-gown and slippers.

“I beg your pardon,” said Southard, “but I've come up
to see what's the matter with you. We've heard you
pacing all night backward and forward, and often speaking
aloud.”

“I hope I haven't disturbed you?”

“Only with the apprehension that you are either uneasy
or ill.”

“I'm both,” said Glendenning, “vexed and grieved, as
well as ill.”

“What is it? Can we do anything for you?”

-- 215 --

[figure description] Page 215.[end figure description]

“No, no, my dear fellow, no. You cannot aid me—cannot,
at least yet, even share my troubles.”

“Then I must ask no more,” said Southard; “but, without
knowing them, I can advise you not to yield too much
to merely temporary cares and sorrows. They pass away.
Leave them to Him who sends them.”

“It's easier to advise those things than to do them, my
friend,” said Glendenning.

“Of course it is; but it is nevertheless possible to do them.”

“No, no; it is not possible.”

“Yes, it is. All is possible with the aid of God.”

“And if you had lost your wife last night,” said Glendenning,
“perhaps you would feel how insufficient mere
precepts, either of morality or religion, are to meet the
blighting cares of life.”

“I should suffer, doubtless,” replied Southard. “I should
shrink, and mourn, and weep; but he who believes and trusts
in the one true and everlasting God, and comprehends with
faith the perfect system of consolation offered by the Christian
religion, although he cannot avoid the storms and wrecks
of life, yet he has a star to guide him and a pilot to steer
him. Believe me, there is neither wisdom, philosophy, nor
religion in worrying one's self about things that can't be helped.
Do your best, and let things go. Satisfy your conscience
and sleep in peace. Read your Bible, and you will find support.
`Which of ye, by taking thought for himself, can add
one cubit unto his stature?' ”

Glendenning was at first disposed to think it intrusive
and rather ridiculous, a man's coming into his room to preach
religion at daybreak in morning-gown and slippers. But
the words of Southard, and the answering echoes which
thrilled in his own heart and his own reason, did once
more make him pause, and called up again a feeble sense
of his new-born hope and faith.

“Trust in God,” continued Southard. “Man neither
made himself, nor can take care of himself without his Creator.
He placed you in the world; He will receive you
going out of it; and if you will let him, he will guide, support,
and console you during your progress through it.”

Glendenning shook his head.

“Come to me, ye that are weary and heavy laden, and
I will give you rest.”

“I wish I had your unwavering faith,” said Glendenning,

-- 216 --

[figure description] Page 216.[end figure description]

“and sometimes I have; but it is fluctuating and feeble.
The first storm whirls it away.”

“It will be given you if you truly and sincerely ask it;
that is all you want to be a happy man. Once convinced,
you walk the earth like a god, careless of its inconveniences,
its cold or its heat, its joy or its sorrow, its glory
or its shame, and only waiting your summons to go back to
a celestial abode, where moths do not corrupt and thieves
no more break in and steal. But come! I will have done
preaching, and leave you to better thoughts. You've been
awake all night, too. You must sleep, or you'll cut a poor
figure at the ball to-night.”

“Ball!” said Glendenning. “What ball?”

“Why, the ball—Colonel Nicholson's ball.”

“Does Colonel Nicholson give a ball? and to-night?”
said Glendenning, a flush of painful emotion overspreading
his face.

“You don't mean to say you're ignorant of it?” said
Southard, with some surprise. “Why all the town are
talking about it.”

“I was ignorant of it,” said Glendenning.

“But how is it that you—where is your invitation? All
the officers are to be there. Have you not received your
invitation?”

“Has any one come for me?”

“Not to my knowledge.”

A ray of light shot into Glendenning's mind.

“It is very extraordinary,” said Southard. “It is quite
certain there must be some mistake.”

But perceiving Glendenning, was not attending to him,
and appeared lost in thought, he bade him good-morning and
left him.

“So!” said Glendenning, “that's my man. He has done
it by some infernal slander; but let him beware. If I can
catch him — him, of all men! But stop, be cool; I have
only to wait. The Horse Guards? I defy them. A court
martial? I invite—I court one. My commission? I'll resign
it. Let me be cool and patient! I shall know all in
a day or two. No more questions! no more challenges yet!
Some one must be at the bottom of it, and who but he! If
I can trace it to him—I throw away all considerations of
self. I care not for rank, power, laws, nor consequences.
Does he think again to shelter himself behind paltry questions
of etiquette and articles of war?”

-- 217 --

[figure description] Page 217.[end figure description]

He went out and bathed, came home and dressed as
usual, breakfasted, and still no White. His heart was oppressed
with passion and his mind bewildered in mystery;
but he kept himself composed with the words, “Wait, be
cool! The hour will come!”

Shunning the society or even the eye of every human
being, he spent the whole day alone in the environs of this
magnificently situated town, wandering, now along the shores
of the broad and noble stream, now climbing some of the
heights, from which he beguiled the intervals of keener reflection
by the dazzling and exquisite views which broke
upon him of the island, town, and river, and now penetrating
into the green, untrodden solitudes of a forest, soothing
himself with the sweet sights and sounds of that nature
which God has directly given as a significant reflection of
the human soul, as an eternal type and a deep lesson to
those who study and read aright; but to others, a book of
pretty pictures for the amusement of children.

He took some refreshment in the course of the day at a
tavern, and when the evening was sufficiently advanced to
permit his walking home unrecognised by such of his acquaintances
as might be abroad in the streets, he returned
to town.

No change had taken place in his mind. He had sought
neither in the advice of any wiser friend, nor in the perusal
of the Bible or any religious book, nor directly from his
Creator in humble prayer, light for his guidance or strength
for his support.

On his way home he found himself suddenly before the
elegant house of Colonel Nicholson. It was blazing with
lights, and within and around it were all the tokens of a
brilliant fête. Figures passing and repassing before the
windows, carriages dashing up, giving out their gay and
richly-dressed company, and hurrying away, the heads of
dancers, the sound of music, etc.

The stigma his commanding officer had cast upon him by
omitting to invite him seemed to burn like a brand of shame
on his forehead for all the world to see. The surrounding
darkness seemed scarcely black enough to hide it. He
stood a moment with folded arms and a pale countenance
to gaze and brood.

It was not only an intentional insult—meant as such, received
as such—but it was, in sober truth, an injury which

-- 218 --

[figure description] Page 218.[end figure description]

the reputation of a young officer could scarcely survive. It
was an undisguised declaration of enmity on the part of
Colonel Nicholson; a public proclamation of his contempt
and of Glendenning's shame, of his opinion that Glendenning
was not a proper associate for gentlemen. And, moreover,
he knew that Nicholson's mean and cowardly soul,
however vindictive and merciless, would not have ventured
upon so bold and open a measure, unless protected from
the consequences, from the reproach of public opinion, and
the indignant resentment of his victim, by circumstances of
a very marked and extraordinary nature. Nicholson was a
man who launched the deadly blow only from a place of
safety
.

With these fierce and burning thoughts, the young man
stood some time in the shadow, meditating on the best mode
of action, and “feeding fat” his thoughts of vengeance.
Once he approached a few steps, resolved to stalk into the
gay and crowded rooms, all dusty, sweat-stained, and ghastly
as he was, reckless of the screams of affrighted women
and the frowns of furious beaux, and to take by the throat
the malignant villain who had cast this black shell upon
him; but he withheld himself from what a moment's reflection
told him would be only an act of unmanly desperation,
perhaps most gladly hailed by his enemy, and most triumphantly
used as a means of completing his ruin. The
very intensity of his passion taught him prudence; his very
agitation made him calm and wary.

“Ah!” uttered he, as he turned away, sick and suffocated
with his unaccustomed effort to restrain violent emotion,
one of the highest and most necessary arts of a moral being,
and one possessed only by the truly great and good—“Ah!
if the dog would but fight! if I could but plant him, face to
face, before me!”

Poor Mrs. Lennox! where was her mild and gentle image,
her holy words? where the new ideas she had awakened,
the promise she had extorted, the angel voices she
had called up in his bosom, the light of heaven she had shed
over his path? Gone, lost! as hope, love, reason, truth,
common humanity, respect for God, and the moral sense,
and all that is pure and high, and spiritual and unworldly,
must ever be lost in the heart that gives itself to the brutal,
bloody, depraving duel, when, “groping at noonday,” the
infidel turns from heaven and voluntarily embraces earth
and hell!

-- 219 --

CHAPTER XXXVII.

[figure description] Page 219.[end figure description]

At last he reached his home. A violent ring of the
bell brought Southard himself to the door.

“You frighten us,” said he; “we did not know what
had happened.”

“How so?”

“By ringing so hard.”

“I was not aware of it,” said he, coming in, and putting
down his hat. “Has White been here?”

“No.”

“Nor sent?”

“No.”

He sunk into a chair with folded arms, in dark and
moody silence. He looked like a demon thus breaking
in from the lower world, gnawed by fierce thoughts of
murder and hate, upon a scene full of very different influences.

Mrs. Southard had been engaged in their neat, humble
drawing-room washing and dressing her little girl
for bed. The carpet was strewed with flowers, mutilated
dogs, sadly misused nine-pins, and the fragments of
a broken tin carriage, which, now thrown aside and
neglected, showed that the child had finished another
innocent and happy day. Bright, clean, as fresh as a
morning rose-bud, her lips and cheeks not at all unlike
one, and her large eyes of tender blue as full of light
and soul as they could be, she sat on her mother's knee,
her silken hair only half covered by the small, snowy
cap, but peeping out here and there in soft, rebellious
curls, half auburn, half gold. Southard, who had been
reading Milton, had laid down the volume, and was looking
at the group with the delight of an artist mingled
with the tenderness of a father, and watching to see its
effects upon their friend.

Glendenning had a sould for such a picture, and was
arrested by it. It struck strangely on his thoughts.
He was one of those who feel the singular refreshment

-- 220 --

[figure description] Page 220.[end figure description]

of being with children, and with this one he had long
formed a tender intimacy.

“There,” said Southard, “is the most beautiful object
in creation—a child just fresh from the hands of
God.”

“The most beautiful,” said Mrs. Southard, “at least
in the eyes of a father. But Kate has a remarkable
face.”

“She has, indeed,” said Glendenning.

“Do you know,” said the mother, charmed to find
that he appeared enlivened by the sight, “do you know
she can sing, and dance, and play horse, and run like a
robin-redbreast, and repeat twenty pieces of poetry?
Come, Katy, tell Captain Glendenning about `Reason, and
Folly, and Beauty, they say
'—come—`Went on a party of
pleasure one day
.' ”

“No, no,” said Kate, with a side-long, blushing look
at Glendenning.

“Naughty girl,” said the mother. “Come!”

But Katy only put her finger to her lip, and turned
bashfully towards her friend a fat little snowy shoulder,
so beautiful that the desire to touch and kiss it drove
even Nicholson out of his mind.

“And do you believe how the little toad is learning
to talk?” resumed Mrs. Southard. “I can't do a thing
that she does not imitate. I told her to-day she must
not have something which she wanted, and she replied,
`She could not possibly do without it!' and this afternoon
she wanted to go out, saying `I had no notion how extremely
delightful
it was.' ”

“Mothers are the same all over the world,” said
Southard, apologetically.

“And what have you been doing to-day, my little
dear?” asked Glendenning, taking her on his knee, for
a moment forgetting his troubles, and looking with delight
at her beauty, thus set off beyond the power of
jewels, or the toilet of Pope's Belinda, by the little nightgown
and snowy cap.

“I watered my ikle wose-bush.” said the child.

“Your ikle wose-bush! Ah! did you ever hear the
story of the silver trout?”

“No.”

“Once there was a little silver trout, and her mamma

-- 221 --

[figure description] Page 221.[end figure description]

told her she might go off and swim about, but she
mustn't eat anything she should see, without first asking
her. So the little trout went off, and at length came to
a nice little worm, and, being very hungry, you know,
she forgot what her mamma had told her, ate up the
worm, and, oh dreadful, don't you think there was a
hook, like a naughty pin, in it, and a string to it, and a
naughty boy had hold of the string, and he drew the
poor little trout out of the water and killed him, and
had him fried for supper.”

“Tell more!” said the child, fixing her blue eyes on
him with a kind of hushed and beautiful awe.

“That's deep tragedy to her,” remarked her father,
smiling at her profoundly serious countenance.

“Once there was a little girl,” continued Glendenning,
“who was very naughty, and wouldn't mind her
mamma.”

A shadow came over Kate's face.

“And then her mamma died, and she had no home,
and then she had no dinner, and no coat, and no hat,
and no nice little shoes, and, don't you think, she had
to stand by the roadside alone in the cold winter, and
to beg for some bread, and the first man she asked said,
`No, go away, naughty, naughty little girl;' and then—”

But the quivering lip, and the two great tears forcing
themselves from the blue eyes of his little listener, and
rolling down her cheeks, warned the narrator not to
deal too largely in the pathetic.

“Oh!” said the mamma, delighted, and herself rather
touched by the idea of the little girl on the roadside
without any mamma, “she's very tender-hearted, my little
Kate.”

“And, I vow, I believe Julia's eyes were wet too!”
said Southard, laughing.

“Come, now, to bed!” said Mrs. Southard; “but first
say `Twinkle, twinkle, little star,' for Captain Glendenning.”

“No,” said the child.

“Yes.”

“No, no, mamma, not to him.”

“Then tell him about,

`Oh, ladies, beware of the gay young knight,
For he loves and he rides away!' ”

-- 222 --

[figure description] Page 222.[end figure description]

“Oh, no! mamma, not to him.”

“And why not to him?

“Because he's a coward,” replied the child, with her
b oken accent.

“A what?” said Glendenning.

“Colonel Nicholson says so, you know,” said the
child.

“A what, my dear little girl?” asked Glendenning,
gently, the expression of repose and pleasure which had
gradually come into his face, however, entirely disappearing.

“Oh hush, Katy, naughty girl,” said Mrs. Southard,
exchanging a look of such meaning with her husband,
and giving such other evidences of alarm, that Glendenning
needed no farther explanation to convince him the
child had overheard and was repeating some real conversation.
He seized her gently by the hand, and said,

“Do you mean a coward, my dear?”

“Yes! yes! a coward!” said she, delighted to be
understood.

“For Heaven's sake!” exclaimed Southard.

“Dear Captain Glendenning!” interrupted Mrs.
Southard.

“I understand—I partly know,” said Glendenning;
“but you will, of course, explain this to me, Southard?”

“Certainly I will. It's a stupid and a painful thing.
But I intended to reveal to you what I heard this afternoon,
and the child has, perhaps, broached the subject
opportunely.”

“It's the greatest nonsense in the world, Captain
Glendenning,” said Mrs. Southard, rising with the child.
“Don't be angry or rash! It will pass over, if you are
prudent and patient. Good-night! good-night! I shall
not be able to leave Katy for at least half an hour. I
always sit by her till she falls asleep.”

“Now, then,” said Glendenning, when they were
alone, “if you are my friend, tell me frankly, fully, all
the calumny that has been hatched against me by that
man.”

“The circumstance to me,” said Southard, “would
not, could not wear such a serious aspect as I confess
others find in it. I hope you will treat it with the contempt
it merits.”

-- 223 --

[figure description] Page 223.[end figure description]

“Let me hear it first.”

“You had an affair of honour in New-York this summer
with Mr. Lennox?”

“I had.”

“A lieutenant of the United States army?”

“Yes.”

“You were insulted in the theatre, and received a
blow?”

“I did.”

“You went out with him, and settled the matter amicably?”

“I did.”

“Dined with the young man, and spent a week at his
country seat?”

“I did. All this I did; and now your story. The
rest, the rest!”

“You have it. It is this that I have told you. Colonel
Nicholson has, informally, unofficially, revived the affair,
and expressed an unfavourable opinion of it. He
does not seem a friend of yours, and, in his way, has
chosen to view the matter as an evidence of your—now
be calm—”

“Go on!” said Glendenning.

“You have his words. My little Kate heard an officer,
who is sitting for his head to me, tell my wife—”

“I'm a coward?”

“These were the words, as reported to us, of Colonel
Nicholson, who declares that he has some intention of
ordering an official investigation. He has, 'tis useless
to deny it, for the moment seriously injured your reputation.”

Glendenning made no reply, but paced thoughtfully
backward and forward, with a tranquillity which surprised
his informant. At length he said,

“Thank you for explaining this to me. I see it all.”

“And, I trust, treat it with contempt.”

“Not exactly with contempt, but nothing can be done
with it. I can't undo the past; I can't fight the duel
over again. If my brother officers have the stupidity
to be led away by the opinion of a person they despise
as much as they do this Colonel Nicholson, let them.
I will resign my commission, and meet Colonel

-- 224 --

[figure description] Page 224.[end figure description]

Nicholson himself. Should he refuse to meet me, I'll horsewhip
him, if he were twenty Colonel Nicholsons.”

“Tut! tut! tut!” cried Southard: “horsewhip your
lieutenant-colonel?

There was a ring at the door, and the servant announced
Captain White, who immediately entered with
his usual undisturbed and indifferent manner. He was
one of those natures which nothing lashes into phrensy.
Deep emotion only stilled him, and gave him more perfect
mastery over his reason and passions.

“How are you, Southard? How are you, ma'am?”
said he to Mrs. Southard, as she entered hastily and affrighted,
for the voice of Glendenning had reached her
while watching her child to sleep.

“How are you, Glendenning?”

“Where have you been?” inquired Glendenning.
“Why did you not return to me? Why are you not
at the ball?”

“I have been looking into matters a little, and, as for
my absence from the ball, if you mean Colonel Nicholson's
ball, I have not been invited. I wish you'd give
me a cup of tea, Mrs. Southard, will you?”

“We are just going to have some,” said she, as she
rang. “Oh, what is all this to end in?”

There was a pause, which no one seemed inclined to
break.

“You take it coolly, Captain White,” at length said
Glendenning.

“Coolly! why not?”

“You are just in time with your coolness now,” said
Southard; “Captain Glendenning is likely to have use
for it.”

“It is at his service, and therefore I sought him. A
little sugar, if you please! your tea has positively the
flavour of Caravan, Mrs. Southard.”

“It is but common tea,” said the lady.

“Then, perhaps, I am thirsty. What a day we've had.
Rome and Naples have few more delightful.”

“If it would but last the year through,” said Mrs.
Southard, who perceived he desired to change the conversation.

“It wouldn't be so pleasant.” answered White. “I
remember once spending a winter at Rome, and I

-- 225 --

[figure description] Page 225.[end figure description]

positively surfeited on the beauty of the climate. No wind,
no cloud; a sky of the most transparent clearness and
exquisite hues; week after week, month after month,
nothing but that everlasting bright heaven and still air.
I got monstrously sick of it, to be sure, and was as glad
to see a dull day as I am here to see a fine one.”

“What a climate for art, for architecture, statues,
temples, columns, and triumphal arches!” said Southard.

“Yes, famous place! interesting things! good buildings!
and devilish nice people they must have been!”

“Unchristian, bloody, and barbarous, though!”

“But immensely clever,” said White, finishing his
second cup. “Now, then, Glendenning, a word to you.”

His friend silently rose and followed him into his
room, where the servant had placed lights.

END OF VOL. I.
Previous section

Next section


Fay, Theodore S. (Theodore Sedgwick), 1807-1898 [1843], A romance of New York volume 1 (Harper & Brothers, New York) [word count] [eaf099v1].
Powered by PhiloLogic